C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 1

L

van de Laar, Elisabeth Th. M., The Inner Structure of Wuthering Heights : a study of an imaginative field , The Hague 1969. no.23, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Laboratory of psycholinguistics of the University of Bucharest II, Survey of Research Activity (1972) 1973 Labov, William, The Social Stratification of English in New York City , Washington, D. C. 1966 Labuda, Gerard, Fragmenty dziejow slawianszczyzny zachodniej , Poznan vol.I 1960 Labuda, Gerard, Pierwsze panstwo slowianskie : panstwo samona , Poznan 1949. no.IV, Biblioteka historyczna, posnanskiego towarzystwa przyjaciol nauk Lachmann-Schmohl, Renate, Ignjat Dordic : eine stilistische Untersuchung zum slavischen Barock , Graz 1964. no.5, Slavistische Forschungen LACUS, Columbia, S.C. The First LACUS Forum 1974 (ed. Adam Makkai and Valerie Becker Makkai) 1975 The Second LACUS Forum 1975 (ed. Peter A. Reich) 1976 The Fourth LACUS Forum 1977 (ed. Michel Paradis), Columbis, S.C. 1978 The Fifth LACUS Forum 1978 (ed. Wolfgang Wölck and Paul L. Garvin), Columbia, S.C. 1979 Ladefoged, Peter, Elements of Acoustic Phonetics , Chicago 1962 Lado, Robert, Linguistics Across Cultures : applied linguistics for language teachers , Ann Arbor 1961 *Lagane, René and Jacqueline Pinchon, La norme , Paris 1972. no.16, Langue française Laichteruv vybor nejlepshich spisu pouchnych, Praha LIII, Jan Jakubec, Dejiny literatury cheske , I 1929 , II 1934 Laigonaite, A., Literaturines lietuviu kalbor kirchiavimas , Vilnius 1959 Lake Classical series, Chicago Selected Orations and Letters of Cicero (ed. Harold W. Johnston) 1906 Lakoff, George, Counterparts, or the Problem of Reference in Transformational Grammar , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University linguistics club Lakoff, George, Pronouns and Reference , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph, Indiana University linguistics club Lalevic, M. S., Sintaksa srpskog jezika , Beograd 1951 Lalis, A., Anglishkos ir lietuvishkos kalbu zodynas , Chicago 1905 vol.II, English. - Lithuanian Lam, Jan, Glowy do pozloty , Wroclaw 1953. no.148, ser 1, Biblioteka narodowa Lamb, Sydney M., The Digital Computer as an Aid in Linguistics , from Language, vol.37, no.3, pt.I, July - Sept. 1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.56, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Lamb, Sydney M., Outline of Stratificational Grammar , Washington 1966 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 2

Lambert, W. E., A. A. Rigault and G. R. Tucker, The French Speaker’s Skill with Grammatical Gender: an example of rule-governed behavior , The Hague 1977. no.8, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Lamberton, W. A. (ed.), Thucydides , books II and III, New York 1905. in Greek series for colleges and schools *Lambertz, Maximilian, Albanisches Lesebuch : mit Einführung in de albanische Sprache , Leipzig 1948 part I, Grammatik und albanische Texte part II, Texte in deutscher Übersetzung Lamzdorf, V. N., Dnevnik 1891-1892 , Moskva - Leningrad 1934 in Russkie memuary drevniki, pis’ma i materialy [reprint The Hague 1970], no.164, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) Landar, Herbert, Language and Culture , New York 1966 Landar, Herbert Jay, Navaho Syntax , Baltimore, Md. 1963. Language dissertation no.57, Language vol.29, no.3, pt.2, July - Sept. 1963 Landmann, Michael, Philosophical Anthropology (transl. David J. Parent), Philadelphia 1974 *Lanen, J. R. and M. J. Leitner (ed.), Dictionary of French and American Slang , New York 1965 (three copies) *Langacker, Ronald W., Language and its Structure : some fundamental linguistic concepts , New York 1968 (two copies) Langage et histoire (by Jean-Claude Chevalier and Pierre Kuentz), Paris 1972. no.15, Langue française Langdon, Margaret, Comparative Hokan - Coahuiltecan Studies : a survey and appraisal , The Hague 1974. no.4, Janua Linguarum, series critica Langdon, Margaret and Shirley Silver (eds.), Hokan Studies: papers from the first conference on Hokan languages held in San Diego, California April 23-25, 1970 , The Hague 1976. no.181, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Langendoen, D. Terence, The London School of Linguistics : a study of the linguistic theories of B. Malinowski and J. R. Firth , Cambridge, Mass. 1968. Research monograph no.456 Langendoen, D. Terence, The Study of Syntax : the generative - transformational approach to the structure of American English , New York 1969 *van Langendonck, Willy, De eigennaam en de kategorieen definiet, iteratief en kwantitatief in het nederlands en in een zuidbrabants dialekt , Leuven 1970. dissertation, Katolieke Universiteit te Leuven *Langenscheidta slownik kieszonkowy jezykow polskiego i niemieckiego (Albert Zipper and Emil Urich), Berlin - Schöneberg czesc pierwsza, Slownik polsko-niemiecki 1920 czesc druga : Slownik niemiecko - polski 1919 Langenscheidtov dzhepni rjechnik , Zagreb dio I, Englesko - hrvatskosrpski rjechnik (ured. Rudolf Filipovic) 1970 *Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch der griechischen und deutschen Sprache , Berlin - München - Zürich 1967 erster teil, Griechisch - deutsch (von Hermann Mence) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 3

Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch der polnischen und deutschen Sprache (by Albert Zipper and Emil Urich), Berlin - Schöneberg 1920 erster teil : Polnisch - deutsch zweiter teil : Deutsch - polnisch *Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch der rumänischen und deutschen Sprache (Ghita Pop and Lange-Kowal), Berlin - Schöneberg erster teil : Rumanisch - deutsch 1911 *Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch der russischen und deutschen sprache (by Karl Blatner), Berlin - Schöneberg erster teil : Russisch - deutsch 1947, 1957 (total : two copies) zweiter teil : Deutsch - russisch 1930 *Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbucher , Berlin - Shëneberg I, Russko - nemeckaja n.d. *Langer, Susanne K., An Introduction to Symbolic Logic , New York 1953. Dover S164 *Langford, C. H. and C. T. Lewis, Symbolic Logic , New York 1959 Language and Being in Wittgenstein’s ‘Philosophical Investigations’ (by Jeffrey Thomas Price), The Hague 1973. no.178, Janua Linguarum, series minor Language and Creativity: an interdisciplinary essay in Chomskyan humanism (by Bernard D. den Ouden), Lisse 1975. no.1, PdR press publications in philosophy of language Language and Discourse (by Herman Parret), The Hague 1971. no.119, Janua Linguarum, series minor Language and Humour : a collection of linguistically based jokes, anecdotes, etc. topically arranged, with an introductory chapter on the linguistic foundations of humour (by G. G. Pocheptsov), Kiev 1974. (with author’s inscription) *Language and its Structure : some fundamental linguistic concepts (by Ronald W. Langacker), New York 1968 (two copies) Language and Language Learning, London no.10, D. Abercrombie, Studies in Phonetics and Linguistics 1965 *Language and Languages (by George L. Trager), San Francisco 1972. in Chandler publications in anthropology and sociology (three copies) Language and Lewis Carroll (by Robert D. Sutherland), The Hague 1970. no.26, Janua Linguarum, series maior Language and Linguistics in the People’s Republic of China (ed. Winfred P. Lehmann) [an account based on the visit of the linguistics delegation Oct. 16 to Nov.13, 1974], Austin - London 1975 (two copies) *Language and Literature series (ed. C. T. Onions), London Bernhard Karlgren, Sound and Symbol in Chinese 1929 *Language and Mind (by Noam Chomsky), New York 1972 (enlarged edition) *Language and Perception (by Philip N. Johnson-Laird and George Miller), Cambridge, Mass. 1976 Language and Philosophy (by Justus Hartnack), The Hague 1972. no.157, Janua Linguarum, series minor Language and Prosody of the Russian Folk Epic (by Roy G. Jones), The Hague 1972. no.275, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Language and Psychiatry (by Harley C. Shands and James D. Meltzer), The Hague 1973. no.165, Janua Linguarum, series minor C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 4

Language and Rules (by Jon Wheatley), The Hague 1970. no.80, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Language and Symbolic Systems (by Yuen Ren Chao), Cambridge 1968 Language Behavior : a book of readings in communication (ed. Jonnye Akin, Alvin Goldberg, Gail Myers and Joseph Stewart), The Hague 1970. Elwood Murray Festschrift. no.41, Janua Linguarum, series maior Language Communication and the Brain : a neuropsychological study (by Mariusz Maruszewski), The Hague - Warszawa 1975. no.80, Janua Linguarum, series maior Language, Culture and Personality : essays in memory of Edward Sapir (ed. Spier, Hallowell and Newman), Menasha, Wisc. 1941 Language in Relation to a Unified Theory of the Structure of Human Behavior (by Kenneth L. Pike), The Hague 1967, 1971 (2nd ed.). no.24, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Language in the Crib (by Ruth Hirsch Weir), The Hague 1970. no.14, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Language in the Philosophy of Aristotle (by Miriam Therese Larkin), The Hague 1971. no.87, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Language in the Philosophy of Hegel (by Daniel J. Cook), The Hague 1973. no.135, Janua Linguarum, series minor Language Learning in Wittgenstein’s Later Philosophy (by Charles S. Hardwick), The Hague 1971. no.104, Janua Linguarum, series minor Language Learning : the individual and the process (ed. Edward W. Najam, assoc. ed. Carleton T. Hodge), Bloomington - The Hague 1966. report of the Indiana University - Purdue University Foreign Language Conference held at Indiana University, March 11-13, 1965. IJAL, volume 32, no.1, Jan. 1966, pulbication 40 Language of Motivation and Language of Actions (by Maria Nowakowska), The Hague 1973. no.67, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Language, Mathematics, and Linguistics (by Charles F. Hockett), The Hague 1967. no.60, Janua Linguarum, series minor *On Language : Plato to von Humboldt (ed. Peter H. Salus), New York 1969 The Language Process : toward a holistic schema with implications for an English curriculum theory (by Donald A. Sanborn), The Hague 1971. no.103, Janua Linguarum, series minor Languages and Linguistics, Georgetown University monograph series on (ed. Charles W. Kreidler), Washington, D. C. 1965 no.18, Report of the 16th annual round table meeting on linguistics and language studies 1965 The Languages of a Bilingual Community (by J. R. Rayfield), The Hague 1970. no.77, Janua Linguarum, series practica Languages of Australia and Tasmania (by S. A. Wurm), The Hague 1972. no.1, Janua Linguarum, series critica Languages of the U.S.S.R. (by W. K. Matthews), Cambridge 1951 Language, Thought and Culture (ed. Paul Henle), Ann Arbor 1966. AA97, Ann Arbor paperbacks (two copies) *Language, Thought and Perception : a proposed theory of meaning (by Uhlan von Slagle), The Hague 1974. no.98, Janua Linguarum, seris maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 5

*Language Typology : a historical and analytic overview (by Joseph Greenberg), The Hague 1974. no.184, Janua Linguarum, series minor *“Langue et langage”, Paris Michel Galmiche, Sémantique générative 1975 Langue et parole, München Heft 2, H. Lausberg, Interpretationen dramatischer Dichtungen , I 1962 La langue russe au XVI e siècle (1500-1550) , Paris vol.I, Boris Unbegaun, La flexion des noms 1935. tome XVI, Bibliotheque de l’institut français de Léningrad Les langues dans l’Europe nouvelle (avec un appendice de L. Tesnière, Statistique des langues de l’Europe ) (by A. Meillet), Paris 1928 *Les langues de l’Europe du nord, Paris no.1, Ingeborg de Stemann, Manuel de langue danoise 1949 *Les langues de l’Europe orientale, Paris no.III, F. Feydit, Manuel de la langue arménienne 1948 no.V, Alain Guillermou, Manuel de langue roumaine 1953 *Les langues et leurs structures, Paris vol.1, Aurélien Sauvageot, Esquisse de la langue finnoise 1949 *Lanigan, Richard L., Speaking and Semiology: Maurice Merleau-Ponty’s Phenomenological Theory of Existential Communication , The Hague. no.22, Approaches to semiotics *Lanman, Charles Rockwell, A Sanskrit Reader : with vocabulary and notes , Boston 1903 in one volume : pts I and II, text and vocabulary part III, notes Lapidus, B. A. and S. V. Shevtsova, The Learner’s Russian - English Dictionary (with foreword and article on orthography by Morris Halle), Cambridge, Mass. 1963 Lappo-Danilevskij, A., Organizacija prjamago oblozhenija v Moskovskom gosudarstve so vremen smuty do èpoxi preobrazovanij , S.-Peterburg 1890 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.136, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lapsina, V. L., A. N. Marchenko, E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova, G. I. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Kruglova, Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Large, John W. (ed.), Vocal Registers in Singing : proceedings of a symposium , The Hague 1973. no.164, Janua Linguarum, series minor Larin, B. A., Ob odnoj slavjano-balto-finskoj izoglosse , Leningrad 1963. doklady, V mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (Sofija) *Larkin, Miriam Therese, Language in the Philosophy of Aristotle , The Hague 1971. no.87, Janua Linguarum, series minor [Larkin, Philip] An Uncommon Poet for the Common Man : a study of Philip Larkin’s poetry (by Lolette Kuby), The Hague 1974. no.60, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Larousse encyclopedia of Byzantine and Medieval Art : Art and Mankind (ed. René Huyghe), New York 1963 Larousse World Mythology (ed. Pierre Grimal), London - New York 1965 Lasarev, V., Andrej Rublev , Moskva 1960 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 6

Laskaris, M., Vatopedskata gramota na car’ Ivana Asenja II , Sofija 1930. vol.XI, Balgarski starini Laskowski, Roman, Derywacja rzeczownikow w dialektach , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk czesc II, Rzeczowniki z formantem w funkcji przedmiotowej 1971 (two copies) *Lasserre, E., Est-ce à ou de ? , Lausanne 1965 I. Répertoire des verbes, adjectifs et locutions se construisant avec une préposition *Last Train from Berlin (by Howard K. Smith), New York 1943 Lashuk, L. P., S. A. Vodovozov and Ju. K. Efremov, Obshchej obzor : evropejskij sever , Moskva 1971. in Sovetskij sojuz : rossijskaja federacija Lathrop, Thomas A. and Frede Jensen, The Syntax of the Old Spanish Subjunctive , The Hague 1973. no.182, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Latijnse leergang (voortzetting van het werk van Dr. K. van der Heyde) (by F. G. Rotteveel Mansveld and R. Waleson), Groningen 1970 I, Grammatica (verzorgd door F. G. Rotteveel Mansveld) II, Oefenboek (verzorgd door R. Waleson) *Latin : a structural approach (revised ed.) (by Walto E. Sweet, Ruth Swan Craig and Gerda M. Seligson), Ann Arbor, Mich. 1971 *Latin Grammar (by Robert J. Henle, S.J.), Chicago 1965 (two copies) *The Latin Language : a historical outline of its sounds, inflections, and syntax (by Charles E. Bennett), Boston 1907. in Bennett’s Latin series Latin Punctuation in the Classical Age (by E. Otha Wingo), The Hague 1972. no.133, Janua Linguarum, series practica *From Latin to Italian : an historical outline of the phonology and morphology of the Italian language (by Charles H. Grandgent), Cambridge, Mass. 1927 Latvian - English Dictionary (E. Turkina ; ed. M. Andersone), Riga 1963 Latvieshu - anglu vardnica (E. Turkina ; ed. M. Andersone), Riga 1963 *Latvieschu-krievu vardnica (sast. autoru kolektivs), Riga 1953 Latyshko-russkij slovar’ (sost. kollektiv avtorov), Riga 1953 Latvieshu valodas vardnica, papildinajumi un labojumi K. Mülenbacha (by J. Endzelins and E. Hauzenberga), Chicago 1953-56. six volumes Laurat, Lucien, Staline : la linguistique et l’impérialisme russe , Paris 1951 *Laurenz-Spiegel, Hendrik, Twe-spraak Ruyghbewerp kort begrip rederij-kunst (ed. W. J. H. Caron), Groningen 1962. no.III, Trivium : oude nederlandse geschriften op het gebied van de grammatica, de dialectica en de rhetorica Lausberg, Heinrich, Elemente der literarischen Rhetorik : eine Einführung für Studierende der romanishcen Philologie , München 1949 *Lausberg, Heinrich, Handbuch her literarischen Rhetorik , München 1960. two volumes Lausberg, H., Interpretationen dramatischer Duchtungen , I, München 1962. Heft 2, Langue et parole *Lauterbach, Richard E., These are the Russians , New York - London 1945 *Lautréamont, Comte de (Isidore Ducasse), Oeuvres complètes : le chants de Maloror poésies. lettres , Paris 1958 *Lavisse, Ernest, Histoire de France : cours moyen , Paris 1956 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 7

Lavrin, Janko, An Introduction to the Russian Novel , London 1942 Lavrov, P. and M. Dolobko, Les feuillets du zograph , Paris 1926. no.I, Textes publiées par l’Institut d’études slaves Lavrov, P. and A. Vaillant, Les feuillets de zograph - supplément , Paris 1930. no.I, Textes publiées par l’Institut d’études slaves Lavrov, P.A., Materialy po istorii vozniknovenija drevnejshej slavjanskoj pis’mennosti , Leningrad 1930 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.67, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Lawrence, D. H.] Boarding the Ship of Death : D. H. Lawrence’s quester heroes (by Samuel A. Eisenstein), The Hague 1974. no.42, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica [Lawrence, D. H.] D. H. Lawrence’s Bestiary : a study of his use of animal trope and symbol (by Kenneth Inniss), The Hague 1971. no.30, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Lazarev, V. N., Drevnerusskie mozaiki i freski XI-XV vv. , Moskva 1973. in Iz istorii mirovogo iskusstva *Lazarev, V. N., Moskovskaja shkola ikonopisi , Moskva 1971 *Lazarev, V. N., Novgorodskaja ikonopis’ (Novgorodian icon-painting), Moskva 1969 *Lazarev, V. N., Russkaja srednevekovaja zhivopis’ : stat’i i issledovanija , Moskva 1970 Lazarevic, Laza K. , Pripovetke , Beograd 1957 (two copies) [Lazarevic, Stefan] Lebensbeschreibung des Despoten Stefan Lzazrevic von Konstantin dem Philosophen (im Auszug herausgegeben und übersetzt von Maximilian Braun), ‘s- Gravenhage - Wiesbaden 1956. Band I, Slavo-orientalia Lazarsfeld, Paul F. and Robert K. Merton, Mass Communication, Popular Taste and Organized Social Action , from Mass Culture (eds. Bernard Rosenberg and David Manning White), The Free Press, 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. S-163, Bobbs- Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Lazhechnikov, I. I., Sochinenija (v dvux tomax) , Moskva 1963 tom 1, Poslednij novik tom 2, Dedjanoj dom - basurman *, Edmund, Claude Lévi-Strauss , New York 1974. in Modern masters series *Leaders of Modern Anthropology series (ed. Charles Wagley), New York Adelin Linton and Charles Wagley, Ralph Linton 1971 Robert F. Murphy, Robert H. Lowie 1972 League, Richard, Investigation into the Representational Mediational Process of Osgood and the Semiotic Interpretant of Morris , 1968. photocopy of unpublished paper The Learner’s English - Russian Dictionary (by S. Folomkina and H. Weiser) with foreword and article on orthography by Morris Halle, Cambridge, Mass. 1963 The Learner’s Russian - English Dictionary (by B. A. Lapidus and S. V. Shevtsova) with foreword and article on orthography by Morris Halle, Cambridge, Mass. 1963 *Learn Hungarian (by Zoltan Banhidi, Zoltan Jokay and Denes Szabo), Budapest 1965 (two copies) Lebedeva, I. N. (sost.), Grechiskie rukopisi , Leningrad 1973. tom 5, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela BAN, SSSR Das Leben der Wurzel dê in den slavischen Sprachen (by V. Jagic), Wien 1871 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 8

Lebrun, Yvan and Richard Hoops (ed.), Neurolinguistic Approaches to Stuttering : proceedings of the international symposium on stuttering (Brussels, 1972) , The Hague 1973. no.70, Janua Linguarum, series maior Leciejewicz, Lech (red.), Maly slownik kultury dawnych slowian , Warszawa 1972 Lecointre, Simone and Jean Le Galliot, Le changement linguistique , Paris 1973. no.32, Languages *Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume 1948-1949 (publiées par Roch Valin), série A, Québec vol.1, Structure sémiologique et structure psychique de la langue française , I (texte établi en collaboration avec René Lesage) 1971 (two copies; one inscribed by Valin) vol.4, Structure sémiologique et structure psychique de la langue française , II 1974 *Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume 1948-1949 (publiées par Roch Valin), série B, Québec vol.2, Psycho-systématique du langage : principes, méthodes et applications , I 1971 *Leçons de linguistique de Gustave Guillaume 1948-1949 (publiées par Roch Valin), série C, Québec vol.3, Grammaire particulière du français et grammaire générale , IV 1973 Lecoutere, C. P. F., Inleiding tot de taalkunde en tot de geschiedenis van het nederlandsch , Groningen - Batavia 1934 *Lectures classiques, Zwolle no.14, Ludovic Halévy, L’Abbé Constantin n.d. Ledenev, Ju. I., Voprosy izuchenija nepolnoznachenyx slov : materialy dlja slovarja nepolnoznachnyx slov i ix omonimov , Stavropol’ vyp. 1 1966 Lednicki, Waslaw, Bits of Table Talk on Pushkin, Mickiewicz, Goethe, Turgenev and Sienkiewicz , The Hague 1956. no.5, International scholars forum Lednicki, Waclaw, Henryk Sienkiwicz : a retrospective synthesis , The Hague 1960. no.28, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lednicki, Waclav, Henryk Sienkiwicz : inleiding over auteur en werk , Hasselt 1960. overdruk uit : Henryk Sienkiewicy : Verhalen. (with author’s inscription) Lednicki, Waclaw, 20 lat w wolnej polsce , Londyn 1973 *Lednicki, Waclaw, Pamietniki , Londyn tom I 1963 tom II 1967 Lednicki, Waclaw, Reminiscences : the adventures of a modern Gilblas during the last war , The Hague 1971. hors série, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Lednicki, Waclaw] Studies in Russian and Polish Literature in Honor of Waclaw Lednicki (eds. Z. Folejewski, et al.), ‘s-Gravenhage 1962. no.27, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) Lednicki, Waclaw, Tolstoy Between War and Peace , The Hague 1965. no.LII, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lee, Berta Grattan, Linguistic Evidence for the Priority of the French Text of the Ancrene Wisse , no.242, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 9

Lee, C. Nicholas, The Novels of Mark Aleksandrovich Aldanov , The Hague 1969. no.75, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lee, Dorothy, Lineal and Nonlineal Codifications of Reality , from Psychosomatic Medicine, vol.XII, Mar.-Apr. 1950, reprint, Indianapolis n.d.. no.S-165, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Lee, Harold Newton, Symbolic Logic : an introductory textbook for non-mathematicians , New York 1961 Lee, Kisang, Anibal Sanchez and Ernesto Zierer, A Comparative Study of Yngve’s Depth Hypothesis , Trujillo 1967 *Lee, Tsai-Hwa, Daniel D. McCracken and Harold Weiss, Programming Business Computers , New York 1966 Leech, Clifford, Tragedy , London 1974. no.1, The Critical idiom series *Leech, Geoffrey, Jan Svartvik, Randolph Quirk and Sidney Greenbaum, A Grammar of Contemporary English , New York - London 1972 *Leech, Geoffrey, Semantics , Middlesex 1974. Pelican A1694 *Leech, Geoffrey N., Towards a Semantic Description of English , Bloomington, Ind. 196+9. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics Leerboek der russische taal (by C. I. Spruit), Zutphen 1936 Lees, Robert B., The Grammar of English Nominalizations , Baltimore, Md. 1963. publ. 12, IJAL, vol.26, no.3, pt.2 July 1960 Lees, R. B., Grammatical Analysis of the English Comparative Construction , from Word, vol.17, no.2, Aug. 1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.57, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Lees, Robert B., Review of Syntactic Structures by Noam Chomsky , from Language, vol.33, July - Sept. 1957, reprint Indianapolis, n.d. no.A-141, bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Lees, R. B. and E. S. Klima, Rules for English Pronominalization , from Language, vol.39, no.1, Jan.-Mar. 1963, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.58, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Lees, R. B., Some Neglected Aspects of Parsing , from Language Learning, vol.XI, nos.3-4, 1961, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.59, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Leeszaalwerk : gschriften uitgegeven door de centrale vereeniging voor opernbare leeszalen en bibliotheken , ‘s-Gravenhage no.5, N. van Wijk, De translitteratie van russische eigennamen 1939 *van Leeuwen, J., Jr., and M. B. Mendes da Costa, Het taaleigen der homerischen gedichten , Leiden 1898 *Lefschetz, Solomon, Introduction to Topology , Princeton, N. J. 1949. no.11, Princeton mathematical series Lef : zhurnal levogo fronta iskusstv , Moskva - Leningrad [reprint The Hague] no.1, 2, 3 1923 [1970], no.196/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings no.4-5 1924 [1970], no.196/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Legenda o svaté Katerine (vydal. Jan Vilikovsky), Praha 1946 Lehmann, Edgar, Ein freskensyklus Altomontes in Linz und die “Programme” der Barockkunst , Berlin 1964. no.3, 1964, Sitzungsberichte der deutschen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, Klasse für Sprachen, Literatur und Kunst C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 10

Lehmann, W. P. and Yakov Malkiel, eds., Directions for Historical Linguistics : a symposium , Austin - London 1968 Lehmann, Winfred P., Exercises to Accompany Historical Linguistics : an Introduction , New York 1962 Lehmann, Winfred P., Historical Linguistics , New York 1962 *Lehmann, Winfred P., Proto-Indo-European Phonology , Austin 1952 Lehmann, Winfred P. (ed. and transl.),; A Reader in Nineteenth)century Historical Indo- European Linguistics , Bloomington - London 1967. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics *Lehn, Walter and Peter Abboud, Beginning Cairo Arabic , Austin 1965. preliminary edition (three copies) Lehrberger, John, Functor Analysis of Natural Language , The Hague 1974. no.197, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Lehrbuch der litauischen Sprache (by Ernst Kraemer), Kaunas I. Teil 1938 *Lehrbuch der Topologie (by H. Seifert and W. Threlfall), New York n.d. *Lehrbücher des Seminars für orientalische Sprachen zu Berlin, (herausgegeben von dem Direktor des Seminars), Berlin - Leipzig vol.XXXII, Richard Meckelein, Georgisch - deutsches Wörterbuch 1928 *Lehrbücher für das Studium der orientalischen und afrikanischen Sprachen, Leipzig II, Carl Brockmann, Arabische Grammatik 1969 *Lehrbücher Methode Gaspey - Otto - Sauer, Heidelberg Wladislaus Wicherkiewicz, Polnische konversations-Grammatik für den Schul- und Privatunterricht sowie zum Selbststudium 1922 Lehrgang des Alttschechischen, Berlin teil I, Heinrich Kunstmann, Denkmäler der Alttschechischen 1955 Lehrman, Edgar H., A “Handbook” to the Russian Text of Crime and Punishment , The Hague 1977. no.120, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lehr-Splawinski, T., P. Swolinski and S. Hrabec, Dzieje jezyka ukrainskiego w zarysie , Warszawa 1956 Lehr-Splawinski, T. and Z. Stieber, Gramatyka historyczna jezyka czeskiego , Warszawa czesc I 1957 (two copies) Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Jezyk polski : pochodzenie powstanie rozwoj , Warsaw 1947` Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Gramatyka jezyka czeskiego , Wroclaw - Warszawa 1950 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz and Roman Kubinski, Gramatyka jezyka polskiego i podrecznik dla wszystkich , Wroclaw - Krakow 1957 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz and Iza Shaunova, Mluvnice jazyka polskieho , Praha 1946. svazek I, Praktické uchebnice slovanskych jazyku Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, O prochodzeniu i praojczyznie slowian , Poznan 1946. no.2, Prace instytutu zachodniego Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Kazimierz Piwarski and Zygmunt Wojciechowski, Polska czechy i dziesiec wiekow sasiedztwa , Katowice - Wroclaw 1947. seria II, 7, Pamietnik instytutu slaskiego Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, O praslowianskiej metatonja , Krakow 1918. no.3, Prace komisji jezykowej Akademji umiejetnosci w Krakowie C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 11

Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Wladyslaw Kuraszkiewicz and Franciszek Slawski, Przeglad i charakterystyka jezykow slowianskich , Warszawa 1954 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Rozprawy i szkice z dziejow kultury slowian Warszawa 1954 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Studia i szkice wybrane z jezykoznawstwa slowianskiego , Warszawa 1957 [Lehr-Splawinski, Thaddaei] Studia linguistica in honorem Thaddaei Lehr-Splawinski (red. T. Milewski et al.), Warszawa 1961 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz and Wieslaw Witkowski, Sybor tekstow do historii jezyka rosyjskiego , Warszawa 1965 Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz, Zarys gramatyki historycznej jezyka czeskiego glosownia i fleksja historyczna , Lodz 1957 (wydanie II) Lehr-Splawinski, Tadeusz and Czeslaw Bartula, Zarys gramatyki jezyka staro-cerkiewno- slowianskiego na tle porownawczym , Wroclaw - Krakow 1959 Lehr-Splawinski, T., Zarys gramatyki : jezyka staro-cerkiewno-slowianskiego na tle porownawczym (glosowniafleksja) , Krakow 1949. ser.C, no.4, Biblioteka studium slowianskiego uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego Leibowitz, Judith, Narrative Purpose in the Novella , The Hague 1974. no.10, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor (two copies) Leichty, V. E., Discovering English , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1964 Leidse romantische reeks : uitgegeven in opdracht van de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden, Leiden deel I, C. de Boer, Syntaxe du français moderne 1954 deel III, L. Kukenheim and H. Roussel, Guide de la litterature française du moyen age 1959 deel VIII, L. Kukenheim, Esquisse historique de la linguistique française 1962 Leighton, Lauren G., Russian Romanticism : two essays , The Hague 1975. no.291, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Leidse Voordrachten, Leiden no.15, Dresden, Het problem der literaire werkelijkhied ‘La Pincesse lointaine” 1954 no.33, Locher, Gezicht op Moskou 1959 Leisi, Ernst, Der Wortinhalt : seine Struktur im Deutschen und Englischen , Heidelberg 1971 *Leitfaden der Umgangssprache, Berlin vol.I, Walther Hinz, Persisch 1942 *Leitner, M. J. and J. R. Lanen (eds.), Dictionary of French and American Slang , New York 1965 (three copies) Lekcii i izsledovanija po drevnej istorii russkago prava (by V. Sergeevich), St. Petersburg 1910. 4th ed. [reprint The Hague 1967] no.51, Russian reprint series Lekcii po drevnej russkoj literature (by I. P. Eremin), Leningrad 1968 Lekcii po jazykoznaniju (by A. E. Suprun), Minsk 1971 Lekcii po russkoj istorii, I. Kievskaja Rus’; II. Zapadnaja Rus’ i Litovsko-Russkoe Gosudarstvo (by A. E. Presnjakov), Moscow 1938-1939 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.25, Russian reprint series Lekcii po slavjanskomu jazykoznaniju (by Timofej Florinskij), Kiev [reprint The Hague] chast 1, I. Vvedenie II. Jugo-zapadnye slavjanskie jazyki (bolgarskij, serbo- xorvatskij i slovinskij) 1895 [1970], no.181/1, Slavistic Printings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 12

and Reprintings chast 2, Severo-zapadnye slavjanskie jazyki (cheshkij, slovackij, pol’skij, kashubskij, serboluzhickij i polabskij (vymershij) 1897 [1970], no.181/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lekomceva, M. I., Tipologija struktur sloga v slavjanskix jazykax , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija Lekov, Ivan, Kratika sravnitelno istoricheska i tipologicheska grammatika na slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1968 Lekov, Ivan, Nasoki v razvoja na fonologichnite sistemi na slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1960 (two copies) Lekov, Ivan, Obshchnost i mnogoobrazie v grammaticheskija stroj na slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1958 Lekov, Ivan, Osobenosti na sintaktichnija tip na slavjanskite ezici : sbornik ot studii , Sofija 1972. in Institut za balgarski ezik, BAN Lekov, Ivan, Vanshna struktura na dumata v slavjanskite ezici , Sofija 1971. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Leksicheskaja semantika : sinonimicheskie sredstva jazyka (by Ju. D. Apresjan), Moskva 1974. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme “kibernetika” Leksicheskie formy slova i metody ix izuchenija (by M. A. Il’ina), Moskva 1971 Leksicheskaja sinonimija : sbornik statej (red. S. G. Barxudarov), Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, otdelenie literatury i jazyka Leksika i frazeologija russkogo jazyka (by A. V. Dudnikov), Moskva 1970 Leksika russkix narodnyx govorov (opyt issledovanija) (red. F. P. Filin), Moskva - Leningrad 1966. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka, slovarnyj sektor Leksikologija i slovoobrazovanie drevnerusskogo jazyka (redaktor : R. I. Avanesov), Moskva 1966 (three copies) Leksikologija i teorija jazykoznanija (onomastika) (by A. A. Beleckij), Kiev 1972 Leksikologija ta leksikografija (red. L. S. Palamarchuk et al.), Kijiv II 1966 Leksikon slovenoros’kij pamvi Berindi (by V. V. Nimchuka), Kiïv 1961. in Pam’jatki ukraïns’koï movi XVII st.: serija naukovoï literaturi *Leksikon ellinoanglikon (by Dimitriou Kuriakopoulou), Athens 1964 *Leksikon ellinogermanikon (by Andreas Dalleggio), Athen 1956 Leksis lavrentija zizanija.sinonima slavenorosskaja (pidgotovka tekstiv pam’jatok i vstupni statti : V. V. Nimchuka), Kijiv 1964. in Pam’jatki ukrajins’koji movi XVI-XVII st.: serija naukovoji literaturi Lektsii po struktural’noi poetike : vvedenie teoriia stikha (introduction by Thomas G. Winner) (by Iu. M. Lotman), Providence 1968. no.V, Brown University slavic reprint (two copies) Lemchenas, Ch., Rusu-lietuviu kalbu zhodynas , Vilnius 1955 (two copies) Lemert, Edwin M., Some Aspects of General Theory of Sociopathic Behavior , from Proceedings of Meetings of the Pacific Sociological Society, State College of Washington, vol.16, 1948, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.S-167, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 13

Lemke, Mix., Nikolaevskie zhandarmy i literatura 1826-1855 gg. po podlinnym delam tret’jago otdelenija sobstv. E. I. Velichestva kanceljarii , S.-Peterburg 1909 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.I, Russian reprint series Lemke, Mix., Ocherki osvoboditel’nago dvizhenija “shestidesjatyx godov” , S.-Peterburg 1908 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.109, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lemke, Mix., Ocherki po istorii russkoj cenzury i zhurnalistiki XIX stoletija , S.-Peterburg 1904. no.2, Knigoizdatel’stvo M. V. Pirozhkova, istoricheskij otdel [reprint The Hague 1970], no.148, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lemke, Mix., Politicheskie processy v Rossii 1860-x gg. (po arxivnym dokumentam) , Moskva - Petrograd 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.144, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Lemme, Erich, Die Syntax des Demonstrativpronomens im Französischen , Rostock 1906. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen Lempicki, Stanislaw, Renesans i humanizm w Polsce : materialy do studiow (slowo wstepne : Kazimierza Budzyka), Warszawa 1952 Lenchek, Rado L., The Verb Pattern of Contemporary Standard Slovene : with an attempt at a generative description of the slovene verb by Horace G. Lunt , Wiesbaden 1966. in Bibliotheca slavica Lenguaje y ciencias : publicacion trimestrael del Departamento de Idiomas y lingüistica, Universidad Nacional de Trujillo , Trujillo, Peru no.29 1968 no.30 1968 no.37 1970 Lengyel, Cornel, The Creative Self : aspects of man’s quest for self-knowledge and the springs of creativity , The Hague 1971. no.8, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor Lengyel, Cornel, Four Dozen Songs , Georgetown, Calif. 1970. no.2, Living poets series Lengyel, Cornel, The Lookout’s Letter , Georgetown, Calif. 1971 Lenin : a bibliography (by David Shups), New York 1950 Leningrad (by Alexander Werth), London 1944 Leningrad : history, art, architecture (by Nigel Gosling), London 1965 Leningrad ot A do Ja (sost. V. A. Presnova, Ja. L. Suxotin), Leningrad 1971 Leningradskij ordena Lenina gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni A. A. Zhdancva, Leningrad L. V. Bondarko, Oscillograficheskij analiz rechi 1965 L. R. Zinder, Obshchaja fonetika 1960 Slavjanskaja filologija : sbornik statej, I, II 1969, 1972 I. P. Ivanov and A. V. Rusakov, red., Filologicheskij sbornik 1969 I. P. Eremin, Lekcii po drevnej russkoj literatureI 1968 Russkaja istoricheskaja leksikologija i leksikografija , I 1972 Voprosy romano-germanskoj filologii 1972 Leningradskij ordena Lenina i ordena trudovogo krasnogo znamena gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni A. A. Zhdanova, Leningrad N. S. Demkova, Zhitie protopopa Avvakuma 1974 Leningradskij ordena Lenina i ordena trudovogo krasnogo znamena gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni A. A. Zhdanova, Kafedra strukturnoj i prikladnoj lingvistiki, C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 14

Leningrad Voprosy metalingvistiki (red. L. A. Karpova) 1973 Lenneberg, Eric H., Language, Evolution and Purposive Behavior , from Culture in History : essays in honor of Paul Radin S. Diamond “ed.” Columbia University Press 1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-142, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences *Léon, Monique, Arthur Bieler, and Oscar A. Haac, Perspectives de France , Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1968 Léon, Pierre R. and Philippe Martin, Prolégomènes à l’etude des structures intonatives , Montréal - Paris 1970. no.2, Studia phonetica Leonard, Richard Anthony, A History of Russian Music , New York 1968. no.M46, Minerva press Leonidova, M. A. (sost.), Karmannyj bolgarsko-russkoj slovar’ , Moskva 1962 Leonov, L. M., Doroga na okean , Moskva 1954. in Biblioteka sovetskogo romana Leonov, Leonid, Izbrannoe , Moskva 1946 Leonov, Leonid, Literatura i vremja : izbrannaja publicistika , Moskva 1967 Leonov, Leonid, Russkij les , Moskva 1954 Leonov, Leonid, Vzjatie vekikoshumska , Moskva 1945. in Iz frontovoj zhizni Leont’ev, A. A., Jazykoznanie i psixologija , Moskva 1966. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija (two copies) Leont’ev, A. A., Psixo-lingvistika , Leningrad 1967 Leont’ev, A. A., Psixolingvisticheskie edinicy i porozhdenie rechevogo vysakazyvanija , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Leont’ev, A. A., Slovo v rechevoj dejatel’nosti , Moskva 1965 Leont’ev, A. A., Slovo v rechevoj dejatel’nosti : nekotorye problemy obshchej teorii rechevoj dejatel’nosti , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Leont’ev, Konstantin, Analiz, stil’ i vejanie o romanax gr. L. N. Tolstogo : kriticheskij ètjud (V. Rozanov, neuznannyj fenomen), Providence, R. I. 1965. no.III, Brown University Slavic series *Leontovitsch, Victor, Geschichte des Liberalismus in Russland , Frankfurt am Main 1957. vol.9, Frankfurter wissenschaftliche Beitrage, kulturwissenschaftliche Reihe Leopold’s Bibliography of Child Language (revised and augmented by Dan Isaac Slobin), Bloomington, Ind. 1972. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics *Lepschy, Giulio C., La linguistica strutturale , Torino 1966. no.79, Piccola biblioteca einaudi Lermontov, M. Ju. , Moskva vol.II 1948, no.45-46, Literaturnoe nasledstvo [Lermontov, M. Ju.] M. Ju. Lermontov : biografija (by N. L. Brodskij), Moskva tom I, 1814 - 1932 1945 [Lermontov, Mikhail] Mikhail Lermontov (by John Mersereau Jr., with a preface by Harry T. Moore), Carbondale, Ill. 1962. in Crosscurrents : modern critiques Lermontov, Mixail Jur’evich, Polnoe sobranie sochinenij (redaktor B. M. Ejxenbaum), Moskva - Leningrad 1948. four volumes tom 1, Stixotvorenija tom 2, Poèmy i povesti v stixax C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 15

tom 3, Dramy tom 4, Proza i pis’ma Lerond, Alain, Histoire de la langue , Paris 1971. no.10, Langue française Leroy-Beaulieu, Anatole, L’empire des tsars et les russes , Paris tome I, Le pays et les habitants 1890 tome II, Les institutions 1893 tome III, La religion 1889 de Le’ry, Jean, Historie o plaveni se do Ameriky, kterazh i Brasilia slove : z latiny prelozhili roku 1590 Pavel Slovak a Matej Cyrus (vyd. prip. Quido Hodura, Bohuslav Horak), Praha 1957. no.19, Pamjatky stare literatury cheske, matice cheska, ChSAV Leshchilovskaja, I. I., Illirizm : k istorii xorvatskogo nacional’nogo vozrozhdenija , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija Leshic, Zhenko, Jezik i knjizhevno djelo , Sarajevo 1971. in Lingvistika poetika Leskien, August, Der Ablaut der Wurzelsilben im Lituaischen , from XXI, Abhandl. der Königl. Sächs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, n.d. [bound with : Leskien, Untersuchungen über Quantität und Betonung in den slavischen Sprachen , I. Die Quantität im Serbischen , Abhandl. der Königl. Sächs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften XXIII] Leskien, A., Grammatik der altbulgarischen (altkirchenslavischen) Sprache , Heidelberg 1919 and 1922, vols. 1 and 15, Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Leskien, A., Grammatik der serbo-kroatischen Sprache , Heidelberg 1. Teil, Lautlehre, Stammbildung, Formenlehre 1914, no.4, Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Leskien, A., Handbuch der altbulgarischen (altkirchenslavischen) Sprache : Grammatik - Texte - Glossar , Heidelberg 1922. no.15, Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Leskien, A., Litauisches Lesebuch mit Grammatik und Wörterbuch , Heidelberg 1919. vol 12, Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung : Sammlung indogermanischer Lehr- und Handbücher, I. Reihe : Grammatiken Leskien, August, Untersuchungen über Quantität und Betonung in den slavischen Sprachen, I, Die Quantität im Serbischen n.d., XXIIII, Abhandl. der Königl. Sächs. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften [bound with Leskien, Der Ablaut der Wurzelsilben im Litauischen ] Leskov, N. S., Polnoe sobranie sochinenij , S.-Peterburg. 1902-1903. vols 1 - 36 [Leskov, Nikolai] Satirical Stories of Nikolai Leskov (transl. and ed. William B. Edgerton), New York 1969 (with inscription from editor) Leskov, I. S., Sobranie sochinenij (red. V. G. Bazanov et al.), Moskva 1956-1958. eleven volumes *Lessons in Contemporary Arabic (by Charles A. Ferguson and Moukhtar Ani) , Lessons 1- 8, Washington, D.C. 1960. (two copies) Lester, Mark, Introductory Transformational Grammar of English , New York 1971 Lesnin, I. M. and Luba Petrova, Spoken Russian , A.C.L.S. 1945 Leszczynski, Zenon, Studia nad polskimi grupami spolgloskowymi , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 16

I, Gwarowe grupy z j na tle polszczyzny ogolnej 1969, no.54, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Letopisnyj sbornik. imenuemyj tverskoju letopisju , Moskva 1965 [reprint of 1863 ed.], tom 15, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej *Lessico - turco-italiano (by Luigi Bonelli), Roma 1939 (XVII) 400 Let russkogo knigopechatanija : 1564 - 1964, Moskva Knigoizdatel’stvo v SSSR 1917 - 1964 (otvet. red. A. I. Nazarov) 1964 Letopiscy poslednej chetverti XVII v. (red. V. I. Buganov), Moskva 1968. tom.31, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej, Institut istorii, ANSSSR (two copies) Letopis : Slovenske Akademije Znanosti in Umetnosti , Ljubljana kniga 3, 1948 - 1949 1950 Letopis (red. Vlad. Bonch-Bruevich), Moskva vol.13, Ju. M. Sokolov, Onezhskie Byliny 1948 Letopista na Konstantin Manasi (premzhdrago manasia letopisca s’branie letno) , Sofia 1963. vol.I, Pametnici na starata balgarska pismenost *Lettenbauer, Wilhelm, Russische literaturgeschichte , Wiesbaden 1958 La letteratura bulgara : con un profilo della letteratura paleoslava (by Lavinia Borriero Picchio), Milano. in Le letterature del mondo Le letterature del mondo (enciclopedia universale delle letterature diretta da Riccardo Bacchelli, Giovanni Macchia, Antonio Viscardi), Milano Lavinia Borriero Picchio, La letteratura bulgara 1969 Lettisch - deutschem Wörterbuch, Ergänzungen und Berichtigungen zu K. Mühlenbachs (J. Endzelin and E. Hausenberg), Chicago 1953-1956. six volume set Leupenius, Petrus, Aanmerkingen op de neederduitsche taale en naaberecht (ed. W. J. Caron), Groningen 1958. no.IV Trivium : oude nederlandse geschriften op het begied van de grammatica, de dialectica en de rhetorica *Leussink, J., De heilige Ikonen : over het wezen en de vereering der ikonen, over de voorschriften en voornaamste onderwerpen der ikonenkunst , Hilversum 1941. vol.VI, Het christelijke oosten Levelt, W. J. M., Formal Grammars in Linguistics and Psycholinguistics , The Hague 1974 vol.I, An Introduction to the Theory of Formal Languages and Automata . no.192/1, Janua Linguarum, series minor vol.II, Applications in Linguistic Theory . no.192/2, Janua Linguarum, series minor vol.III, Psycholinguistic Applications . no.192/3, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Levelt, W. J. M., Formele grammatica’s in linguïstiek en taalpsychologie , Deventer 1973. in Psychologische monografieën deel II, Toepassingen in de taaltheorie (three copies) deel III, Toepassingen in de taalpsychologie (three copies) Lévêque, André and Julian Harris, Basic Conversational French , New York 1968 (fourth ed.) Levin, Samuel R., Comparing Traditional and Structural Grammar , from College English, vol.21, Feb. 1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.60, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 17

Levin, Samuel R., Suprasegmentals and the Performance of Poetry , from The Quarterly Journal of Speech, XLVIII, no.4, Dec.1962, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.1, Bobbs- Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Levin, V. D., Kratkij ocherk istorii russkogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva 1964 (photocopy) *[Lévi-Strauss, Claude] Claude Lévi-Strauss (by Edmund Leach), New York 1974. in Modern masters *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Anthropologie structurale , Paris 1958 [Lévi-Strauss, Claude] Echanges et communications : mélanges offerts à Claude Lévi- Strauss à l’occasion de son 60ème anniversaire (ed. Jean Pouillon and Pierre Maranda), The Hague - Paris 1970. two volumes. no.V/1,2, Studies in general anthropology [*Lévi-Strauss, Claude] From Symbolism to Structuralism : Lévi-Strauss in a literary tradition (by James A. Boon), New York 1972. in Explorations in interpretative sociology *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, The Elementary Structures of Kinship (Les structures éléméntaires de la parenté) , Boston 1969 *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Mythologiques , Paris vol.1, Le cru et le cuit 1964 vol.2, Du miel au centres 1966 vol.3, L’origine des manières de table 1968 *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, La pensée sauvage , Paris 1962 Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Roman Jakobson, C. F. Voegelin and Thomas A. Sebeok, Results of the Conference of Antrhopologists and Linguistics , Baltimore 1953. Memoir 8, IJAL, vol.19, no.2, April 1953 Lévi-Strauss, Claude, The Savage Mind , Chicago 1968 Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Structural Anthropology (transl. Claire Jacobson and Brooke Grundfest Schoepf), New York 1967. Anchor A599 *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Les structures élémentaires de la parenté , Paris 1949, 1967. 1949 ed., in Bibliothèque de philosophie contemporaine psychologie et sociologie, section dirigée par Maurice Pradines; 1967 ed., II, Collection de rééditions of Maison des sciences de l’homme *Lévi-Strauss’s Theory on Kinship and Marriage (by J. P. B. de Josselin de Jong), Leiden 1952. no.10, Mededelingen van het rijksmuseum voor volkenkunde, Leiden *Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Totemism , Boston 1967 (two copies) *Lévi-Strauss, C., Tristes tropiques , Paris 1955. in Terre humaine : civilisations et sociétés, collection d’études et témoignes dirigée par J. Malaurie Lévi-Strauss, Claude, Tristes tropiques (transl. John Russell), New York 1968 Levin, V. D., Ocherk stilistiki russkogo literaturnogo jazyka konca XVIII - nachala XIX v. (leksika) , Moskva 1964 *Levitchi, Leon, Dictionar romîn - englez , Bucuresti 1960 Levitov, A. I., Sochinenija (v odnom tome) , Moskva 1956 Levitt, Paul M., A Structural Approach to the Analysis of Drama , The Hague 1971. no.15, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Levkovsskaja, K. A., Teorija slova principy ee postroenija i aspekty izuchenija leksicheskogo materiala , Moskva 1962 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 18

*Lévy-Bruhl, L., Les fonctions mentales dans les sociétés inférieures , Paris 1918. in Bibliothèque de philosophie contemporaine, travaux de l’année sociologique *Lévy-Bruhl, L., La mentalité primitive , Paris 1922. in Bibliothèque de philosophie contemporaine, travaux de l’année sociologique (fondateur : Emile Durkheim) Lewanski, J., Studia nad dramatem polskiego odrodzenia , Wroclaw 1956. vol.IV, Studia staropolskie *Lewis, C. I., A Survey of Symbolic Logic , New York 1960. Dover S643 *Lewis, C. I. and C. H. Langford, Symbolic Logic , New York 1959 Lewis, E. Glyn, Linguistics and Second Language Pedagogy : a theoretical study , The Hague 1974. no.10, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Lewis, G. L., Turkish Grammar , Oxford 1967 (two copies) *Lewis, W. H., The Splendid Century : life in the France of Louis XIV , Garden City, N. Y. 1957. Anchor A122 The Lexical Structure of Spanish (by William Patterson and Hector Urrutibéheity), The Hague 1975. no.198, Janua Linguarum, series practica A Lexical Study of Raeto-Romance and Contiguous Italian Dialect Areas (by James Redfern), The Hague 1971. no.120, Janua Linguarum, series practica *La lexicographie (by Josette Rey-Debove), Paris 1970. no.19, Langages Lexicon linuae palaeoslovenicae , Pragae specimen 1956 I bound 1966 pt.vol.I 1958 entire vol.II (fasc.15-24) loose 1967-73 fasc. 25-31 loose 1973-77 fasc. 32 loose 1977 Lexicon serbico-germanico-latinum (Stef. Karacic, ed.), Beograd 1935 Lexicostatistics in Genetic Linguistics : proceedings of the Yale Conference, Yale University, April 3 - 4, 1971 (ed. Isidore Dyen), The Hague 1973. no.69, Janua Linguarum, series maior Lexikograficky sbornik : materialy z I. celoshtatnej konferencie chs. lexikografov, konanej v dnoch 5.-7. june 1952 v Bratislave (red. Sh. Peciar), Bratislava 1953 *Lexique de la terminologie Saussurienne (by Rudolf Engler), Utrecht 1968 (two copies) *L’Hermite, René and Wlodarczyk, Hélène, S. K. Shaumjan et la grammaire générative applicative , Paris 1974. no.33, Languages Libanios, Wybor Mow , Wroclaw 1953. no.85, ser.II, Biblioteka narodowa *The Library of Philosophical Movements (ed. Paul Edwards), New York - London Roderick M. Chisholm, Realism and the Background of Phenomenology 1967 *Library of the Early Civilizations (ed. Studart Piggott), New York A. R. Burn, The Warring States of Greece 1968 Licevaja rukopis’ uspenskogo sobora : evangelie nachala XV veda iz uspenskogo sobora moskovskogo kremlja (tekst. T. Uxova, L. Pisarska), Leningrad 1968. no.2, Publikacija odnogo pamjatniki Lichnye imena v proshlom, nastojashchem, budushchem : problemy antroponimiki , Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut ètnografii im N. N. Mikluxo-Maklaja *[Liddell and Scott] An Intermediate Greek - English Lexicon founded upon the seventh edition of Liddell and Scott’s Greek - English lexicon , Oxford 1975 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 19

*Liddell Hart, B. H., History of the Second World War , New York 1971 Lidove povidky z cheskeno podkrkonoshi, podhori zapadni , Praha 1922. trida III, chislo 51, Rozpravy cheske akademie ved a umeni *Lieb, Fritz, La russie évolue , Neuchatel - Paris 1946. in Collection “Civilisation et Christianisme” Lieb, Hans-Heinrich, Communication Complexes and their Stages : a contribution to a theory of language stage , The Hague 1968. no.71, Janua Linguarum, series minor Lieb, Hans-Heinrich and Alphonse Juilland, “Klasse” und Klassifikation in der Sprachwissenschaft , The Hague 74, Janua Linguarum, series minor Lieberman, Philip, Intonation, Perception and Language , Cambridge, Mass. 1967. Research monograph no.38 Lieberman, Philip, The Speech of Primates , The Hague 1972. no.148, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Liebetrau, Preben, Oosterse tapijten in kleur , Amsterdam 1963 Lietuviu kalbos gramatika (by Juozas Zhiugzhda), Kaunas 1956 I dalis, Fonetika ir morfologija II dalis, Sintakse Lietuviu kalbos istorine gramatika (kirchiavimas, daiktavardis, veiksmazhodis) (by J. Kazlauskas), Vilnius 1968 Lietuviu kalbos morfologine sandara ir jos raida , Vilnius 1964. no.VII, Lietuviu kalbotyros klausimai Lietuviu kalbos zhodynas (red. J. Kruopasetal), Vilnius vol.1, A - B 1968 vol.2, C - F 1969 vol.3, G. - H 1956 (two copies) vol.4, I - J 1957 (two copies) vol.5, K - Klausinys 1957 (two copies) vol.6, Klausyti - Kvonkinti 1962 (three copies) vol.7, L - Mèlti 1966 vol.8, Meluda - Ozhvilnis 1970 vol.9, P - Pirktuves 1973 Lietuviu kalbotyros klausimai, Vilnius no.VII, Lietuviu kalbos morfologinie sandara ir jos raida 1964 Lietuviu - rusu kalbu zhodynas (by Antanas Lyberis), Vilnius 1971 Liewehr, Ferdinand (red.), Tschechische und slowakische Studien , Reichenberg 1930. no.7, Veröffentlichungen der slavistischen Arbeitgemeinschaft an der Deutschen Universität in Prag, I. Reihe : Untersuchungen *Liles, Bruce L., An Introductory Transformational Grammar , Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 1971 Lillyman, William J., Ottos Ludwig’s Zwischen Himmel und Erde : a study of its artistic structure , The Hague 1967. no.III, Stanford Studies in Germanic and Slavic Limonov, Ju.A., Letopisanie Vladimiro-suzdal’skoj Rusi , Leningrad 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii Leningradskoe otdelenie (two copies) Linde, Samuel Bogumil, Slownik jezyka polskiego , Lwow 1859-1860. six volume set *Lindkvist, Karl Gunnar, Studies on the Local Sense of the Prepositions in, at, on and to in Modern English , Lund - Copenhagen 1950. no.XX, Lund studies in English (ed. Olof Angart) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 20

Lingua viva : guida allo studio della lingua nazionale per la scuola media (by Bruno Migliorini), Firenze 1968 “Le Linguiste” (series ed. André Martinet), Paris no.5, Paule Garde, L’Accent 1968 Linguistica (ed. Carlo Tagliavini), Bologna no.1, Nicolae Draganu, Storia della sintassi generale 1970 Linguistica Biblica : interdisziplinäre Zeitschrift für Theologie und Linguistik , Bonn no.27/28 1973 Linguistica Extranea, Studia, Ann Arbor 2, Igor A. Mel’chuk, Studies in Dependency Syntax (ed. Paul T. Roberge) 1979 Linguistically Determined Analysis of Meaning in “The Snows of Kilimanjaro” (by Christopher R. Longyear), The Hague 1971. no.92, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Linguistic Analysis and Phenomenology (eds. Wolfe Mays and S. C. Brown), Lewisburg 1970 A Linguistic Analysis of a Collection of Late Latin Documents Composed in Ravenna between A.D.445-700 : a quantitative approach (by Charles Merritt Carlton), The Hague 1973, no.89, Janua Linguarum, series practica Linguistic Circle of New York, publications of, New York no.1, Uriel Weinreich, Languages in Contact : findings and problems 1953 The Linguistic Concept of Word : analytic bibliography (by Alphonse Juilland and Alexandra Roceric), The Hague 1972. no.130, Janua Linguarum, series minor Linguistic Frameworks and Ontology: a re-examination of Carnap’s metaphilosophy (by Bryan G. Norton), The Hague 1977. no.145, Janua linguarum, series minor Linguistic Method: essays in honor of Herbert Penzl (eds. Irmengard Rauch and Gerald F. Carr), The Hague 1979. no.79, Janua Linguarum, series maior On Linguistic Method : selected papers (by Paul L. Garvin), The Hague 1964 (two copies), 1972 (one copy). no.30, Janua Linguarum, series minor Linguistic Reading Lists for Teachers of Modern Languages (ed. Ferguson and Stewart), Washington 1963 *The Linguistic Relativity Principle and Humboldtian Ethnolinguistics : a history and appraisal (by Robert L. Miller), The Hague 1968. no.67, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Linguistic Relativity versus Innate Ideas : the origins of the Sapir - Whorf hypothesis in German thought (by Julia M. Penn), The Hague 1972. no.120, Janua Linguarum, series minor Linguistics (by David Crystal), Baltimore 1971. Pelican book A1332 *Linguistics (by David Crystal), Middlesex, England 1976 Linguistics and Economics (by Ferruccio Rossi-Landi), The Hague 1975. no.81, Janua Linguarum, series maior (two copies) Linguistics and Philology in Spanish America : a survey (1925 - 1970) (by Yakov Malkiel), The Hague 1972. no.97, Janua Linguarum, series minor Linguistics and Second Language Pedagogy : a theoretical study (by E. Glyn Lewis), The Hague 1974. no.10, Janua Linguarum, series didactica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 21

Linguistics and the Quantitative Approach (by Olga S. Akhmanova), offprint from Xth International Congress of Linguists, August 28 - September 2, 1967, Bucharest, Romania Linguistics : developments of the sixties -- viewpoints for the seventies (ed. Richard J. O’Brien, S.J.), Washington, D.C. 1971. 22nd Annual Round Table, no.24, monograph series on languages and linguistics Linguistics in South West Asia and North Africa , The Hague 1970. no.6, Current trends in linguistics Linguistics, Language Teaching, and Composition in the Grades (by James W. Ney), The Hague 1975. no.6, Janua Linguarum, series didactica Linguistic Society of America : meeting handbook - 40th annual meeting , December 28-30, 1965 Linguistic Society of America : meeting handbook - 41st annual meeting , December 28-30, 1966 Linguistic Society of America : special publication, Baltimore, Md. Bloch and Trager, Outline of Linguistic Analysis 1942 *Linguistic Speculations (by Fred W. Householder), Cambridge 1971 Linguistics series, Summer Institute of Linguistics, University of Oklahoma, Norman, Oklahoma no.4, Nida, A Synopsis of English Syntax 1960 *Linguistics Today (ed. Archibald A. Hill), New York 1969 Linguistic Structures in Scientific Texts (by Myrna Gopnik), The Hague 1972. no.129, Janua Linguarum, series minor Linguistic Studies (by Jan Safarewicz), The Hague - Warszawa 1974. no.76, Janua Linguarum, series maior *A Linguistic Study of the Formation of Chinese Characters (by B. K. Rankin, III), a University microfilms photocopy of 1965 University of Pennsylvania dissertation Lingustic Stylistics (by Nils Erik Enkvist), The Hague 1973. no.5, Janua Linguarum, series critica *Linguistic Terminology (by Olga Akhmanova), Moskow 1977 (with inscription from author) Linguistic Variability and Intellectual Development (transl. by George C. Buck and Frithjof A. Raven) (by Wilhelm von Humboldt), Philadelphia 1971 The Linguistic Work of Freidrich Karl Fulda (by Joann Vogt), The Hague 1974. no.199, Janua Linguarum, series minor La linguistique en Grande-Bretagne dans les années soixante (by Jacques Durand and David Robinson, et al.), Paris 1974. no.34, Langages La linguistique en U.R.S.S. (by R. L’Hermitte), Paris 1969. no.15, Langages Linguistique et mathématiques (Recherches pédagogiques) (by Marie-Claire Barbault and Oswald Ducrot), Paris 1971. no.12, Langue française Linguistique et société (by Jean-Baptiste Marcellesi), Paris 1971. no.9, Langue française Linguistique, formation des enseignants et enseignement supérieur (by Jean Dubois), Paris 1972. no.14, Langue française Linguistique générale et romane : études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et français (by Bertil Malmberg), The Hague 1973. no.66, Janua Linguarum, series maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 22

*Linguistische Forschungen, Frankfurt/M. Band 22, Semantic Primitives (by Anna Wierzbicka) (translated by Anna Wierzbicka and John Besemeres) 1972 Linguostylistics : theory and method (ed. Alga Akhmanova), Moskva 1972 Linguostylistics: theory and method (by Olga Akhmanova), The Hague 1976. no.181, Janua Linguarum, series minor Lingvistichka biblioteka (ed. H. Baric), Beograd vol.I, O. Hujer, Uvod u istoriju slovenskih jezika (preveo H. Baric) 1935 Lingvisticheskaja tipologija i vostochnye jazyke : materialy soveshchanija (redaktor : L. B. Nikol’skij), Moskva 1965 Lingvisticheskij sbornik (red. I. A. Vorob’eva and O. M. Sokolov), Tomsk 1964. no.174, Trudy tomskogo gosudarstvennogo universiteta imeni V. V. Kujbysheva, serija lingvisticheskaja Lingvisticheskie issledovanija po obshchej i slavjanskoj tipologii (redaktor : T. M. Nikolaeva), Moskva 1966. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija (two copies) Lingvisticheskoe istochnikovedenie (redaktor : S. I. Kotkov), Moskva 1963. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka O lingvisticheskom statuse kauzal’noj svjazi (by A. P. Komarov), Alma-Ata 1970. in Kzaxskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut im. Abaja, Alma-Atinskij pedagogicheskij institut inostrannyj jazykov Lingvistika poetika (series), Sarajevo Zdenko Leshic, Jezik i knjizhevno djelo 1971 Lingvistychnyja dasledavanni : zbornik artykulaj (red. A. Ja. Suprun, et al.), Minsk 1971. in Belaruski ordèna pracojnaga chyrvonaga scjaga, dzjarzhajnji universitèt ima Ul. I. Lenina, filalagichny fakultèt Lingwistyczna teoria jezyka (by Leon Zawadowski), Warszawa 1966 Linskij, S. S., Ponjatie leksicheskoj normy i leksikograficheskaja praktika v anglijskom jazykownanii XVI-XVII vv ., Dnepropetrovsk 1973. in Ministerstvo vyshego i srednevo special’novo obrazovanija SSSR, Dnepropetrovskij ordena trudovogo krasnogo znameni gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni 300-letija vossoedinenija ukrainy s rossiej *Linton, Adelin and Charles Wagley, Ralph Linton , New York 1971. in Leaders of modern anthropology series [Linton, Ralph] Ralph Linton (by Adelin Linton and Charles Wagley), New York 1971. in Leaders of modern anthropology series *Lippincott History Series (general editor : Robert F. Byrnes), Philadelphia - New York Barbara Jelavich, A Century of Russian Foreign Policy : 1814 - 1914 1964 *Lipschutz, Seymour, Theory and Problems of General Typology , New York 1965. in Schaum’s outline series (two copies) *Lipschutz, Seymour, Theory and Problems of Set Theory and Related Topics , New York 1964. in Schaum’s outline series Lipson, Alexander, A Russian Course , Cambridge, Mass. 1968 (preliminary edition) Liricheskie narodnye pesni (vst. stat. E. Lopyreva), Leningrad 1955. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 23

Lirske narodne pjesme : antologija (uredio Tvrtko Chubelic), Zagreb 1953. no.I, Moja biblioteka : izbor iz narodne knjizhevnosti Listki undol’skago, otryvok kirillovskago evangelija XI-go veka (sost. E. F. Karskij), Sanktpeterburg 1904. tom I, vyp.3, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka Listy J. Baudouina de Courtenay do A. Chernego (opracowal Teodor Beshta), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1972. in Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Litauisches etymologisches Wörterbuch (by Ernst Fraenkel), Heidelberg 1965. leiferung 1 - 8, 10 - 19 (two copies lieferung no.8) Literarna vychova : pre I. a II. rochnik dvojrochnych pol’nohospodarskych shkol (by Jan Mader and Konshtantin Palkovich), Bratislava 1957 Literarna vychova : pre 8. rochnik vsheobechnovzdelavacich shkol (by Pavol Kelco, Ondrej Selecky, Jozef Chihak and Jan Kotoch), Bratislava 1957 Literary Data Processing Conference Proceedings Sept 9, 10, 11 - 1964 , New York 1964 The Literary Theories of August Wilhalm Schlegel (by Ralph W. Ewton, Jr.), The Hague 1972. no.47, De Propreitatibus Litterarum, series practica The Literary Use of Formulas in Guthlac II and Their Relation to Felix’s Vita Sancti Guthlaci (by Edward M. Palumbo), The Hague 1977. no.37, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Literatura drevnej rusi (by V. F. Pereverzev), Moskva 1971 Literatur als Kunst : eine Schriftenreihe (herausgegeben von Kurt May and Walter Höllerer), München Victor Erlich, Russischer Formalismus 1964 Literatura a jazyk , Bratislava 1948. diel V, sväzok I, Slovenska vlastiveda Literatura i obshchestvennaja mysl’ drevnej rusi (otvet. red. D. S. Lixachev), Leningrad 1969. no.XXIV, Trudy ot dela drevnerusskoj literatury, ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) (two copies) Literaturen der slawischen Völker , Potsdam 1929-1931. in Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft contains : Arne Novak, Dietschechische Literatur 1931 Julius Kleiner, Die polnische Literatur 1929 Gerhard Gesemann, Die serbo-kroatische Literatur 1930 Literaturnaja ènciklopedija (otvet. red. A. V. Lunacharskij and V. M. Friche), Moskva. in Kommunisticheskaja akademija, sekcija literatury, iskusstvo i jazyka vol.1, A - byva 1930 vol.2, byli - grib 1930 vol.3, grig - djal’ 1930 vol.4, evangelie - ishki 1930 vol.5, kaani - kjuxel’beker 1931 vol.6, labart - marks 1932 vol.7, marlinskij - nemeckaja literatura 1934 vol.8, nemeckij jazyk - Plutarx 1934 Literaturnoe nasledstvo (red. V. G. Bazanov, D. D. Blagoj, A. N. Dubovikov, I. S. Zil’bersshtejn, S. A. Makashin, K. D. Muratova, R. M. Samarin, L. I. Timofeev, N. A. Trifonov, M. B. Xrapchenko, V.P. Shcherbina), Moskva. in ANSSSR, Institut mirovoj literatury im. A. M. Gor’kogo C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 24

vol.83, Neizdannyj Dostoevskij : zapisanye knizhki i tetradi 1860 - 1881 gg. 1971 Literaturnoe nasledstvo (red. A. M. Egolin, N. F. Bel’chikov, I. S. Zil’bershtejn and S. A. Makashin), Moskva. in ANSSSR, otdelenie literautry i jazyka no.45-46, M. Ju. Lermontov, II 1948 no.47-48, A. S. Griboedov 1946 no.49-50, N. A. Nekrasov 1946 no.56, V. G. Belinskij , II 1950 O literaturnoj storone gramot i drugix dokumentov Moskovskoj rusi nachala XVII veka (by A. A. Nazarevskij), Kiev 1961. in Ministerstvo sysshego i srednego special’nogo obrazovanija USSR, Kievskij ordena Leninga gosudarstvennyj universitet im. T. G. Shevchenko (three copies) Literaturnyj anglijskij jazyk v SShA i Anglii (by A. D. Shvejcer), Moskva 1971. in Biblioteka filologa Literaturnye manifesty ot simbolizma k oktjabrju : sbornik matieralov (prigot. k pechati : N. L. Brodskij, V. L’vov-Rogachevskij, N. P. Sirodov), Moskva 1929 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.135, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR, otdelenie literatury i jazyka, Moskva - Leningrad Puteshestvija russkix poslov XVI-XVII vv. : statejnye spiski (ot. red. D. S. Lixacev) 1954 Poslanija Ivana Groznogo (red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc° 1951 Povest’ o skanderbege 1957 Voinskie povesti drevnej rusi 1949 I. T. Pososhkov, Kniga o skudosti i bogatstve … 1951 Simeon Polockij, Izbrannye sochinenija 1953 Xozhenie za tri morja Afanasija Nikitina 1948; 1970 Ivan Vishenskij, Sochinenija 1955 Russkaja demokraticheskaja satira XVII veka 1954 Vremennik Ivana Timofeeva 1951 *Povest’ vremennyx let, tom I, Text i perevod 1950 (two copies) * , tom II, Prilozhenija 1950 (two copies) Povesti o kulikovskoj bitve 1959 Xariton : povest’ o ljubvi xereja i kalliroi 1954 Kcenofont anabasis 1951 Epos serbskogo naroda (izd. podgotovil : I. N. Golenishchev-Kutuzov) 1963 Il’ja Muromec (podgotovka tekstov. stat’ja i kommentarii : A. M. Astaxova) 1958 Drevnie rossijskie stixotvorenija : sobrannye kirsheju danilovym (izd. podgot. A. P. Even’eva and B. N. Putilov) 1958 F. I. Tjutchev, Lirika (two volumes) 1965 A. O. Kornilovich, Sochinenija i pis’ma 1957 Literaturnye svjazi drevnix slavjan (ot. red. D. S. Lixacev), Leningrad 1968. no.XXIII, Trudy otdela drevnerusskoj literatury, ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 25

Literaturos ir meno metrashtis (red. Alf. Bieliauskas, et al.), Vilnius no.7 1965 no.8 1966 Lithuanian Phonology in Christian Donelaitis (by Tamara Buch). (bound mimeo copy) Litteraria -- shtudie a dolumenty, Slovenska Akadémia Vied, Bratislava vol.VI, Literatura a jazyk 1963 vol.VII, Z hisotrickej poetiky , I 1964 vol.VIII, Z historickej poetiky , II 1965 vol.IX, O literarnej avantgarde 1966 vol.XI, Rytmus a metrum 1968 vol.XII, Problémy sujetu 1971 vol.XIII, Literatny barok 1971 *Die Litteraturen des Ostens in Einzeldarstellungen, Leipzig vol.I, A. Brückner, Geschichte der polnischen Literatur 1909 *Littré, E., Dictionnaire de la langue française (abrégé du dictionnaire E. Littré par A. Beaujean), Paris 1918 *Liu Wu-chi, An Introduction to Chinese Literature , Bloomington, Ind. 1966 Liudprandus Cremonensis, Opera omnia , Hannover 1839. in Scriptores rerum germanicarum Living Poets series, Georgetown, Calif. 1, Gustav Davidson, All Things are Holy 1970 2, Cornel Lengyel, Four Dozen Songs 1970 *Livius, Titus, Ab urbe condita libri (ed. W. Weissenborn and M. Mueller), Lipsiae. in Bibliotheca teubneriana part II, fasc. 2, libri XXIV-XXVI *[Livius] Titi Livi, Ab urbe condita libri (eds. Guilelmus Weissenborn and Mauritius Müller), Lipsiae 1909. in Bibliotheca scriptorum graecorum et romanorum teubneriana [Lixacev, Dmitrij Sergeevich] Dmitrij Sergeevich Lixacev (vstup. stat. V. P. Adrianova- Peretc), Moskva 1966. vyp.7, Materialy k biobibliografii uchenyx SSSR, serija literatury i jazyka Lixachev, D. S., Chelovek v literature drevnej rusi , Moskva - Leningrad 1958 Lixachev, D. S., Izuchenie drevnej russkoj literatury v SSSR za poslednie desjat’ let , Moskva 1955. Doklady sovetskoj delegacii na mezhdunarodnom soveshchanii slavjanovedov v Belgrade Lixachev, D. S., Kul’tura Rusi : èpoxi obrazovanija russkogo nacional’nogo gosudarstva (konec XIV-nachalo XVI v.) , Leningrad 1946 Lixachev, D. S., Kul’tura Rusi: èpoxi obrazovanija russkogo nacional’nogo gosudarstva , Ogiz 1946 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.39, Russian reprint series Lixachev, D. S., Russkie letopisi i ix kul’turno-istoricheskoe znachenie , Moscow-Leningrad 1947 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.31, Russian reprint series *Lixachev, D. S., Nekotorye zadach izuchenija vtorogo juzhnoslavjanskogo vlijanija v Rossii , Moskva 1958. Doklady, IV mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov *Lixachev, D. S., Novgorod velikij : ocherk isotrii kul’tury Novogoroda Xi-XVII vv. , Leningrad 1945 *Lixachev, D. S., Poetika drevnerusskoj literatury , Leningrad 1967 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 26

Lixachev, D. S., Russkie letopisi i ix kul’turnogo-istoricheskoe znachenie , Moskva - Leningrad 1947 Lixachev, D. S., Slovo o polku Igoreve : istoriko-literaturnyj ocherk , Moskva - Leningrad 1950 Lixachev, D. S., Tekstologija na materiale russkoj literatury X - XVII vv. , Moskva - Leningrad 1962 Lixachev, D. S. and V. D. Lixacheva, Xudozhestvennoe nasledie drevnej rusi i sovremennost’ , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po istorii mirovoj kul’tury, komissiji kompleksnogo izuchenija xudozhestvennogo tvorchestva (two copies) Lixacheva, O. P., N. Ju. Bubnov, A. I. Kopanev, M. V. Kukushkina (sost.), Istoricheskie sborniki XVIII-XIX vv. , Leningrad 1971. tom 3, vyp.3, Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela biblioteki Akademii Nauk SSSR Lixacheva, V. D. and D. S. Lixachev Xudozhestvennoe nasledie drevnej rusi i sovremennost’ , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po istorii mirovoj kul’tury, komissiji kompleksnogo izuchenija xudozhestvennogo tvorchestva (two copies) Ljapon, M. V., O. A. Knjazevskaja and V. G. Dem’janov, Uspenskij sbornik XII-XIII vv. (red. S. I. Kotkov), Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Ljapushkin, I. I., Slavjane vostochnoj evropy nokanune obrazovanija drevnerusskogo gosudarstva (VIII - pervaja polovina IX v.) istoriko - arxeologicheskie ocherki , Leningrad 1968. no.152, Materialy i issledovanija po arxeologii SSSR, Institut arxeologii, ANSSSR (two copies) Ljashenko, M. N., Programmirovanij vvodno-foneticheskij kurs russkogo jzyka dlja inostrancev , Kiev 1966 Ljetopis jugoslavenske Akademije Znanosti i Umjetnosti , Zagreb vol.48, 1934/35 1936 Ljubavskij, M. K., Ocherk istorii litovsko-russkago gosudarstva do Ljublinskoj unii vkljuchitel’no. s prilozheniem teksta xartij, vydannyx velikomu kujazhestvu Litovskomu i ego oblastjam , Moskva 1910 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XIV, Russian reprint series Ljubomirov, P. G., Ocherk istorii nizhegorodskogo opolcheni ja 1611-1613 gg. Pereizdanie , Moscow 1939 [reprint The Hague 1970] no.228, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) Ljudskanov, A., Prevezhgat chovekat i mashinata , Sofija 1967 Lobachevskog, N. I., Geometriska ispitivanja ix teorije paralelnix linija , Beograd 1951. kn.III, Klasichni nauchni spisi, kn.3, matematichki institut, srpska akademija nauka Locchi, Donatella, Russo sizyj , Napoli. Euroasiatica : folia philologica AION-SL suppleta 1970 : 5 Loch, Valentinus (ed.), Biblia sacra vulgatae editionis , Ratisbonae tom III-IV 1899 *Locher, Th. J. G., Gezicht op Moskou , Leiden 1959. Studium generale : gegeven in het kader van de viering van de 384ste dies natalis der Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 8 februari 1959 *Locher, Th. J. G., Peter de Grote , Amsterdam 1947 Lo Cicero, Donald, Novellentheorie : the practicality of the theoretical , The Hague 1970. no.4, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 27

Lodzkie Towarzystwo naukowe, Wydzial I - jezykoznawstwa, nauki o literaturze i filozofii, Lodz 16, Witold Smiech, Rozwoj historyczny polskich grup spolgloskowych *sr, *zé, *zhé 1953 39, Wladyslaw Cyran, Gwary polskie w okolicach siedlec 1960 Zagadnienia rodzajow literackich : voprosy literaturnyx zhanrov 1 1958 2, z.2(3) 1960 3, z.1(4) 1960 3, z.2(5) 1960 Zdislaw Stieber, Atlas jezykowy dawnej lemkowszczyzny no.40, Atlas, zeszyt III 1959 no.44, Atlas, zeszyt IV 1960 no.47, Altas, zeszyt V 1961 no.49, Atlas, zeszyt VI 1962 67, Karol Denja, Atlas gwarowy wojewodztwa kieleckiego, zeszyt 6 1968 Lodzkie Towarzystwo Naukowe, Wydzial II, Lodz 2, Konrad Jazdzewski, Atlas to the Prehistory of the Slavs (I, Acta Praehistorica, Universitatis Lodziensis) 1949 Logan, H. M., The Dialect of the Life of Saint Katherine : a linguistic study of the phonology and inflections , The Hague 1973. no.130, Janua Linguarum, series practica Lo Gatto, Ettore, Storia della letteratura russ , Roma 1929. vol. 3 1 1929. no.XIV 3, Pubblicazioni dell’ “Instituto per l’Europa orientale”, prima serie : letteratura-arte-filosofia *Logic in Linguistics (by Jens Allwood, Lars-Gunnar Andersson and Östen Dahl), Cambridge 1977. in Cambridge textbooks in linguistics *Logic, Methodology and Philosophy of Science : proceedings of the 1960 international congress (ed. Ernest Nagel, Patric Suppes, Alfred Tarski), Stanford 1962 The Logic of Fiction : a philosophical sounding of deviant logic (by John Woods), The Hague 1974. no.16, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor *The Logical Structure of Linguistic Theory (by Noam Chomsky), New York-London 1975 Logico-philosophical Essays, New York - Evanston no.9, Willard Van Orman Quine, From a Logical Point of View 1963 Logikogrammaticheskie ocherki (red. L. B. Bazhenov, A. I. Uemov and V. G. Farber), Moskva 1961 *Logische Untersuchungen (by Edmund Husserl), Halle a.d.S. I. Band, Prolegomena zur reinen Logik 1913 II. Band, Untersuchungen zur Phänomenologie und Theorie der Erkenntnis I. Teil 1928 II. Teil 1921 Logofet, Pachomij, Werke in Auswahl, München 1963 Logvin, G. N., Po ukrajini : starodavni. mistec’ki. pam’jatki , Kijiv 1968 Loja, Ja. V., Istorija lingvisticheskix uchenij (materialy k kursu lekcij) , Moskva 1968 Loja, Ja. V. (sost.), Russko-latyshskij slovar ’, Moskva 1951 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 28

Lomonosov i drevnerusskaja literatura (by G. N. Moiseeva), Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) (two copies) [Lomonosov] Lomonossof, le prodigieux moujik (by M is de Lur-Saluces), Paris 1933 Lomonosov, M. V., Sochinenija (ed. A. A. Morozova), Moskva 1957 Lomonosov, M. V., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. A. Morozov), Leningrad 1954. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Lomonosov, M. V., Trudy po filologii 1739 - 1758 gg., Moskva - Leningrad 1952. vol.7, Polnoe sobranie sochinenij Lomtev, T. P., Belorusskij jazyk , Mosvka 1951 Lomtev, T. P., Fonologija sovremennogo russkogo jazyka no osnove teorii mnozhestv , Moskva 1972 Lomtev, T. P., Grammatika belorusskogo jazyka : posobie dlja universitetovi pedagogicheskix institutov , Moskva 1956 Lomtev, T. P., Ocherko po istoricheskomu sintaksisu russkogo jazyka, Moskva 1956 Lomtev, T. P., Osnovy sintaksisa sovremennogo russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1958 Lomtev, T. P., Predlozhenie i ego grammaticheskie katigorii , Moskva 1972. in Nauchno- metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka pri MGU Lonchar, Dragotin, The Slovenes : a social history (from the earliest times to 1910) , Cleveland 1939 (with translator’s inscription) The London Dialect of the Late Fourteenth Century (by Rodolfo Jacobson), The Hague 1970. no.97, Janua Linguarum, series practica London East European Series (Language and Literature) general editor : W. K. Matthews, London Stuart E. Mann, Czech Historical Grammar 1957 Handbook of Old Church Slavonic pt. I, OCS Grammar (by Nandris) 1959 pt.II, Texts and glossary (by Auty) 1965 *London Oriental series, School of Oriental and African Studies, University of London, London no.1, W. S. Allen, Phonetics in Ancient India 1961 Longacre, Robert E., Grammar Discovery Procedures : a field manual , The Hague 1964, 1973. no.33, Janua Linguarum, series minor (total : two copies) Longacre, Robert E., String Constituent Analysis , from Language, vol.36, no.1, Jan.-Mar. 1960, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.61, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Longyear, Christopher R., Linguistically Determined Categories of Meanings : a comparative analysis of meaning in “The Snows of Kilimanjaro” , The Hague 1971. no.92, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Longyear, William, Type and Lettering , New York 1972 The Lookout’s Letter (by Cornel Lengyel), Georgetown, Calif. 1971 Lord, Albert Bates, Beginning Bulgarian , ‘s-Gravenhage 1962 Lord, Albert B. and David E. Bynum, A Bulgarian Literary Reader , 1962. mimeograph, Harvard University Lord, Albert B., The Singer of Tales , Cambridge, Mass. 1960. no.24, Harvard studies in comparative literature C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 29

Lorentz, Friedrich, Geschichte der pomoranischen (kaschubischen) Sprache , Berlin - Leipzig 1925. in Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte Lorentz, Fryderyk, Gramatyka pomorska , Wroclaw tom I, czesc pierwsza, Fonetyka 1958 tom II, czesc pierwsza, Fonetyka (cd.) 1959 czesc druga, Slowotworstwo 1959 Lorer, N., Poèty - Dekabristy : V. Raevskij, A. Bestuzhev, P. Koloshin, N. Bobrishchev- Pushkin, P. Bobrishchev-Pushkin, N. Lorer, N. Bestuzhev, G. Baten’kov, N. Chuzhov, M. Bestuzhev, V. Davydov , Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Losskij, N., Dostoevskij i ego xristianskoe miroponimanie , N’ju-Jork 1953 [Loti, Pierre] The Novels of Pierre Loti (by Clive Wake), The Hague 1974. no.82, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Lotko, Edward, Funkcje syntaktyszne bezokolicznika w gwarach zachodniocieszynskich (studium na tle porownawczym) , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1964. no.4, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN - oddzial w Krakowie Lotman, Iu. M., Lektsii po struktural’noi poetike : vvedenie teoriia stikha (introduction by Thomas G. Winner), Providence 1968. no.V, Brown University Slavic reprint (two copies) Lotman, Ju., Stat’i po tipologii kul’tury , Tartu 1970. vyp.1, Materialy k kursu teorii literatury, Tartuskij gosudarstvennyj universitet *Lotz, Phonetics . Van Schooneveld 1948 class notes *Lotz, Janos, Das ungarische Sprachsystem , Stockholm 1939 *Lowery, Josephine P., This is Grammar, New York 1965 Lowmianski, Henryk, Poczatki polski z dziejow slowian w I tysiacleciu n.e. , Warszawa vol.II 1964 vol.III 1967 Lozic, Vinko, Drugij zabavnyj kalendar u koem se svashta nalazi, ali samo onoga nema, shto se trazhi. S osobijim prilezhaniem po xorizontu kartacija , U. Budimu 1832 [reprint Zagreb 1956] Lozic, Vinko, Novyj zabavnyj kalendar u koem se svashta nalazi, ali samo onoga nema, shto se trazhi. S osobisim prilezhaniem po xorizontu , u Budimu 1830 [reprint Novi Sad 1956] Lozovina, Vinko, Dalmacija u hrvatskoj knjizhevnosti : povijesni pregled regionalne knjizhevnosti u dalmaciji, hrvatskom primorju i istri (800-1890) , Zagreb 1936 *van der Lubbe, H. F. A., Woordvolgorde in het nederlands : een synchrone structurele beschouwing , Assen 1958. no.V, Neerlandica traiectina *Luckyj, George and Jaroslav B. Rudnyckyj, A Modern Ukrainian Grammar , Minneapolis 1949 (two copies) *[Lucretius] T. Lucreti Cari, de rerum natura (ed. Francis W. Kelsey), Boston book 6 1893 Ludolf, Henric Wilhelm, Grammatica Russica, oxonii A. D. MDCXCV_ , (ed. B. O. Unbegaun), Oxford 1959 Luelsdorff, Philip A., A Segmental Phonology of Black English , The Hague 1975. no.191, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Luif, J. H. J., W. G. Klooster, H. J. Verkuyl, Inleiding tot de syntaxis : praktische zinsleer van het nederlands , Culemborg 1969 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 30

*Luif, J. H. J., E. H. C. Elffers-van Ketel, W. G. Klooster,, E. C. Schermer-Vermeer, H. J. Verkuyl, G. E. Booij, Transformationele taalkunde , Utrecht-Antwerpen 1974. 509, Het wetenschappelijke pocketboek, Aula *Lukov, Nik. and Theod. Patoyla, Neuelliniki grammatiki dimotikis , Athens 1966 Lunden, Siri Sverdrup, The Trondheim Russian-German MS vocabulary : a contribution to 17th century Russian lexicography, Oslo 1972 *Lund Humphries Modern Language Readers (ed. B. Schindler), London P. Wittek, Turkish 1945 *Lund Studies in English (ed. Olof Arngart), Lund - Copenhagen vol.XX, Karl-Gunnar Lindkvist, Studies on the local sense of the prepositions in, at, on and to in Modern English 1950 Lunds Universitets Arsskrift. N.F., Lund Avd.1, Bd.46, no.4, Knut-Olof Falk, Dneprforsarnas namn i kejsar Konstantin VII porfyrogennetos’ de administrando imperio 1951, no.1, Slaviska och Baltiska studier Avd.1, Bd.48, no.2, Jury Sherech, Probleme der Bildung des Zahlwortes als Redeteil in den slavischen Sprachen 1952 *Lunt, Horace G., A Grammar of the Macedonian Literary Language , Skopje 1952 (with author’s inscription) Lunt, Horace G., Old Church Slavonic Grammar , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959; 1974 (sixth ed.). no.3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings. (sixth edition with extended epilogue Toward a Generative Phonology of Old Church Slavonic ). Lunt, Horace Gray, II, The Sound Pattern of Eleventh Century Russian and its Relation to Early Slavic Orthographies , copy of Columbia Ph.D. dissertation, 1949 *Lupas, Liana, Phonologie du grec attique , The Hague 1972. no.164, Janua Linguarum, series practica Luria, A. R., Basic Problems of Neurolinguistics , The Hague 1976. no.73, Janua Linguarum, series maior Luria, A. R., Traumatic Aphasia : its syndromes, psychology and treatment , The Hague 1970. no.5, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Lurija, A. R., Travmaticheskaja afazija : klinika, semiotika i vosstanovitel’naja terapija , Moskva 1947 de Lur-Saluces, M is , Lomonossof, le prodigieux moujik , Paris 1933 *Luther, Arthur, Geschichte der russischen Literatur , Leipzig 1924 Luther, Gisela, Barocker Expressionismus ? Zur Problematik der Beziehung zwischen der Bildlichkeit expressionistischer und barocker Lyrik, The Hague 1969. no.VI, Stanford Studies in Germanics and Slavics Lützow, Francis, Count, A History of Bohemian Literature , New York 1900. no.VII, Short histories of the literatures of the world (ed. Edmund Gosse) Luxt, L. T., Zalog v sovremennom rumynskom jazyke (Passiv) , Moskva 1962 Luzhek, Borivoj, Po stopach husitstvi na ustecku , Usti nad labem 1959 L’vov, A. S., Ocherki po leksike pamjatnikov staroslavjanskoj pis’mennosti , Moskva 1966. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) L’vov, N., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Lyberis, Antanas, Lietuviu-rusu kalbu zhodynas , Vilnius 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 31

Lyman, Thomas Amis, Dictionary of Mong Njua : a miao (meo) language of southeast Asia , The Hague 1974. no.123, Janua Linguarum, series practica Lyngstad, Alexandra H., Dostoevskij and Schiller , The Hague 1975. no.303, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Lyons, Eugene, Workers’ Paradise Lost : fifty years of Soviet communism : a balance sheet , New York 1967 *Lyons, John, Introduction to Theoretical Linguistics , Cambridge 1968, 1969 (total :two copies) *Lyons, John (ed.), New Horizons in Linguistics , Middlesex 1970. Pelican A1223 *Lyons, John, Noam Chomsky , New York 1970. no.M8, Modern masters series *Lyons, John, Semantics , Cambridge volume 1 1977 (two copies) volume 2 1977 Lyric Forms in the Sonnet Sequences of Barnabe Barnes (by Philip E. Blank, Jr.), The Hague 1974. no.18, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Le Lyrisme dans la poésie française de 1760 à 1820: analyse et textes de quelques auteurs (by Henry Anthony Stavan), The Hague 1976. no.94, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Lytkin, V. I., O edinoj nauchnoj transkripcii zvukov finno-ugorskix jazykov , Moskva - Leningrad 1960 Lytle, Eldon G., A Grammar of Subordinate Structures in English , The Hague 1974. no.175, Janua Linguarum, series practica

M

Maatje, Frank C., Der Doppelroman : eine literatursystematische Studie über duplikative Erzählstrukturen , Groningen 1964. no.7, Studia litteraria rheno-traiectina Macaré, Piet, Dutch Critics of the French Novel from Naturalism to World War I as Revealed in de nieuwe gids (1885-1943) . photocopy of Stanford dissertation *Macdonell, A. A., Vedic Grammar , Strassburg 1910. I. Band, 4. Heft, Grundriß der Indo- Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde (Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research) *Macdonnell, Arthur Anthony, A Vedic Grammar for Students , London 1941 *Macdonnell, A. A., Vedic Mythology , Strassburg 1897. III. Band, 1. Heft A, Encyclopedia of Indo-Aryan Research (Grundriß der Indo-Arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde). Bound with : H. Kern, Manual of Indian Buddhism and Athelstane Baines, Ethnography (Castes and Tribes) *Macdonnell, Arthur Anthony, A Vedic Reader for Students , Madras 1956 The Macedonian Literary Language (by Radmila Ugrinova, Blazhe Koneski, Blagoja Korubin et al.), Beograd 1959 Macek, Josef, Jiri z podebrad , Praha 1967. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti Macha, Karel Hynek, Maj , Praha 1957 Machek, Vaclav, Cheska a slovenska jmena rostlin , Praha 1954 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 32

Machek, Vaclav, Etymologicky slovnik jazyka cheskeho , Praha 1971. in ChAV Machek, Vaclav, Etymologicky slovnik jazyka cheskeho a slovenskeha , Praha 1957 Machine Translation, Proceedings of the National Symposium on (ed. H. P. Edmundson), Englewood Cliffs 1961. in Prentice-Hall international series in engineering Machine Translation Programming Papers (Georgetown University), Washington, D.C. General Analaysis Technique (Russian-English) 1, Peter Toma, Serna System (ed. J. A. Moyne) 1959 On Machine Translation : selected writings (by Paul L. Garvin), The Hague 1972. no.128, Janua Linguarum, series minor Machovec, Milan, Josef Dobrovsky , Praha 1964. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti Machten van dezen tijd : overzicht van de voornaamste problemen der hedendaagsche internationale politiek 1919-1933 (by Jan Romein), Amsterdam 1935 Maciejowski, Ignacy (Sewer), Dziela wybrane , Krakow 1955. seven volumes *MacKendrick, Paul, Romans on the Rhine : archeology in Germany , New York 1970 Mackevich, Ju. F., Marfalogija dzejaslova j belaruskaj move , Minsk 1959 MacLeish, Andrew, The Middle English Subject - Verb Cluster , The Hague 1969. no.26, Janua Linguarum, series practica MacQueen, John, Allegory , London 1970. no.14,The Critical idiom series Macris, James and Alphonse Juilland, The English Verb System , The Hague 1973. no.24, Janua Linguarum, series minor Machtet, G. A., Izbrannoe (vstup. stat. T. G. Machtet-Jurkevich), Moskva 1958 Mader, Jan and Konshtantin Palkovich, Literarna vychova : pre I. a II. rochnik dvojrochnych pol’nohospodarskych shkol , Bratislava 1957 Madvig, J. N., Sprachtheoretische Abhandlungen , Copenhagen 1971 “Magazin” broj 14 travanj 1955 Magidova, I. M., O. S. Akhmanova and M. V. Davydov (eds.), Specializacija vvedenie v anglijskuju filologiju (uchebnik dlja 1 kursa filologicheskogo fakul’teta) [specialisation-manual for first year undergraduate studens] Moskva 1978. in series Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj universitet im M. V. Lomonosova *Magna Graecia : de Griekse Steden van Zuid-Italië en Sicilië (compl. Maria Bonehi Jovino), ‘s-Gravenhage 1962. III : 2-3; 1962 Antiquity and survival series *Magna Moravia : sbornik k 1100. vyrochi prichodu byzantske mise na moravu (red. Josef Macurek), Praha 1965. no.102, Spisy university J. E. Purkyne v Brne, filosoficka fakulta (Opera universitatis Purkynianae Brunensis, facultas philosophica) Magner, James E., Jr., John Crowe Ransom : critical principles and preoccupations , The Hague 1971. no.22, Janua Linguarum, series practica Magnus, Wilhelm and Israel Grossman, Groups and their Graphs , New York 1964. no.14, New mathematical library Mahlow, Elena N., Bulgakov’s The Master and Margarita : the text as a cipher , New York 1975 *Maillart, Diagène, L’art Byzantin : son origine, son caractère et son influence sur la formation de l’art moderne , Paris 1922 The Main Functions of the Slavic Verbal Aspect (by Herbert Galton), Skopje 1976 Mainka, R. M., A. Rublev’s Dreifaltigkeitsikone , München 1964. in Das grosse Erbe C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 33

*Main Trends in the Science of Language (by Roman Jakobson), New York 1974. no.6, Main trends in the social sciences. Harper torchbook TB1809 Main Trends in the social sciences, New York no.6, Roman Jakobson, Main Trends in the Science of Language 1974 [Mairet, Jean] The Theatre of Jean Mairet : the metamorphosis of sensuality (by Burf Kay), The Hague 1975. no.97, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Maison des sciences de l’homme, collection de rééditions, Paris II, Claude Lévi-Strauss, Les structures élémentaires de la parenté 1967 *de Maistre, Joseph, Oeuvres choisies , Paris n.d. (I and II bound together) I, Avis de l’éditeur, biographie, Les Soirées de Saint-Pétersbourg ou entretiens sur le gouvernement temporel de la Providence. tome I : entretiens I-VI II, Les soirées de Saint-Pétersbourg … tome II : entretiens VII-XI et éclaircissement sur les sacrifices [Majakovskij, Vladimir], Brik and Mayakovsky (by Vahan D. Barooshian), The Hague 1978. no.301, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Majakovskij, Vladimir] Smert’ Vladimira Majakovskogo (by Roman Jakobson and D. Svjatopolk-Mirskij), The Hague 1975. no.70, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Majakovskij - novator jazyka (by Grigorij O. Vinokur) (Moscow ed. of 1943) introd. Dmitrij Tschizhewskij, München 1967. no.34, Slavische propyläen - Texte in Neu- und Nachdrucken (red. Dmitrij Tschizhewskij) (two copies) Majakovskij, Vladimir, Polnoe sobranie sochinenij , Moskva tom 1, 1912-1917 1955 tom 2, 1917-1921 1956 tom 3, “okna” rosta 1919-1922 1957 tom 4, 1922 - fevral’ 1923 1957 tom 5, mart - dekabr’ 1923. reklama 1923-1925 1957 tom 6, 1924 - pervaja polovina 1925 1957 tom 7, vtoraja polovina 1925-1926 1958 tom 8, 1927 1958 tom 9, 1928 1958 tom 10, 1929-1930. Stixi detjam 1925-1929 1958 tom 11, kinoscenarii i p’esy 1926-1930 1958 tom 12, Stat’i, zametki i vystuplenija nojabr’ 1917-1930 1959 tom 13, Pis’ma i drugie materialy 1961 Majakovskij, V. V., Stixotvorenija (podgot. V. A. Katanjan), Leningrad. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija pt.1, 2, 3 1955 Majakovskij, Vladimir, The Symbolic System of Majakovskij (by L. L. Stahlberger), The Hague 1965. no.XIV, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Majkov, A., Izbrannoe , Leningrad 1952. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Majkov, Vasilij, Izbrannye proizvedenija , Moskva - Leningrad 1966. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija (two copies) Majkov, V., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 34

Majkowski, Aleksander, Wiersze i frantowci , Gdynia 1957. in Biblioteczka kaszubska (with inscription) Major, Diana, The Acquisition of Modal Auxiliaries in the Language of Children , The Hague 1974. no.195, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Majtinskaja, K. E., Vengerskij jazyk , Moskva vol.I, Vvedenie, fonetika, morfologija 1955 vol.II, Grammaticheskoe slovoobrazovanie 1959 vol.III, Sintaksis 1960 Majski, I. M., Spomeni na savemskija poslanik , Sofia 1965 vol.I, Pateshestvie v minaloto vol.II, Mir ili vojna ? Majtinskaja, K. E., Mestoimenija i jazykax raznyx sistem , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Makaev, E. A., Problemy indoevropejskoj areal’noj lingvistiki , Moskva - Leningrad 1964 Makarova, H., L. Palamar and N. Prisyazhnyuk, Speak Ukrainian with Us , Kiev book I 1970 book II 1971 book III 1972 Makedonskijat vapros : istoriko-politicheska spravka , Sofija 1968. in Institut za istorija, BAN (two copies) Makedonski jezik u razvoju slavenskih knjizhevnih jezika (by Blazhe Koneski), Zagreb 1968. in Biblioteka “svijet suvremene stvarnosti” Makedonsko-russkij slovar’ ’ (sost. D. Tolovski and V. M. Illich-Svitych, red. N.J. Tolstoj), Moskva 1963 Makeeva, V. N., Istorija sozdanija ‘rossijskoj grammatiki” M. V. Lomonosova , Moskva - Leningrad 1964 The Makers of Modern Literature series, Norfolk, Conn. Vladimir Nabokov, Nikolai Gogol 1944 Makkai, Adam (ed.), A Dictionary of Space English , Chicago 1973 Makogonenko, G., Nikolaj Novikov i russkoe prosveshchenie XVIII veka, Moskva - Leningrad 1951 Maksimov, Sergej, Goluboe molchanie, N’ju-Jork 1953 Mala Biblioteka (urednik Gustav Krklec), Zagreb no.100, Hrvatske narodne balade i romance (uredio : Olinko Delorko) 1951 Maldidier, D., D. Slatka, L. Guespin, J. B. Marcellesi, Le discours politique , Paris 1971. no.23, Langages Malecki, Mieczyslaw, Archaizm Podhalanski (wraz z proba wyznaczenia granic tego dialektu) , Krakow 1928. no.4, monografje, Polskich cech gwarowych Malécot, André, Contribution à l’étude de la force d’articulation en français , The Hague 1977. no.2, Janua Linguarum, series practica (two copies) Malécot, André, Introduction à la phonétique française , The Hague 1977. no.15, Janua Linguarum, series didactica Malkiel, Yakov, Etymology and General Linguistics , from Word, vol.18, nos.1-2, Apr.-Aug. 1962, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.64, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 35

Malkiel, Yakov, Linguistics and Philology in Spanish America : a survey (1925-1970) , The Hague 1972. no.97, Janua Linguarum, series minor Malmberg, Bertil, Linguistique générale et romane : études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et français , The Hague 1973. no.66, Janua Linguarum, series maior Malmberg, Bertil (ed.), Manual of Phonetics , Amsterdam 1968 *Malmberg, Bertil, New Trends in Linguistics : an orientation , Stockholm - Lund 1964. vol.I, Bibliotheca linguistica : guides to modern theories and methods Malmberg, Bertil, La phonétique , Paris 1954. no.637, “Que sais-je ?” Malmberg, Bertil, Phonétique générale et romane : études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et français , The Hague 1971. no.42, Janua Linguarum, series maior Malmberg, B., Structural Linguistics and Human Communication : an inroduction into the mechanism of language and methodology of linguistics , Berlin - Heidelberg - New York 1967. vol.2, Kommunikation und Kybernetik in Einzeldarstellungen Malmberg, Bertil, Synchronie et diachronie . offprint from : Xème congrès international des linguistes, 28 aoüt - 2 septembre 1967, Bucarest, Roumanie Malone, Kemp, On Defining Mahogany , from Language, vol.16, no.4, Oct.-Dec. 1940, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.65, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Maloney, George A., Russian Hesychasm : the spirituality of Nil Sorskij , The Hague 1973. no.269, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Malorossijskoe vlijapie na velikorusskoju cerkovnuju zhizn’ (by K. V. Xarlampovich), Kazan [reprint The Hague] tom I 1914 [1968], no.119, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Malyshev, V. I., Povest’ o suxane : iz istorii russkoj povesti XVII veka , Moskva - Leningrad 1956. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Maly slownik kultury dawnych slowian (red. Lech. Leciejewicz), Warszawa 1972 Mamedzade, A. K., L. A. Piretko, D. I. Edel’man and V. S. Rastorgueva, Giljanskij jazyk , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Mamin-Sibirjak, D. N., Sobranie sochinenij , Moskva 1958. ten volumes tom 1, Rasskazy, ocherki 1881-1884 tom 2, Privalovskie milliony : roman v pjati chastjax tom 3, Gornoe gnezdo ural’skie rasskazi tom 4, Ural’skie rasskazy tom 5, Sibirskie rasskazy tom 6, Sibirskie rasskazy. rasskazy, povesti zolotopromyshlenniki 1893-1897 tom 7, Tri konca oxoniny brovi tom 8, Zoloto. cherty iz zhizni pepko tom 9, Xleb. razbojniki. rasskazy 1901-1907 tom 10, Legendy rasskazy i skazki..dlja detej. avtobiograficheskaja. zapiska. vospominanija. izbrannye pis’ma *Man and his Symbols (by Carl G. Yung, M.-L. von Franz, Joseph L. Henderson, Jolande Jacobi, and Aniela Jaffé), Garden City, New York 1964 *Mancall, Mark, Russia and China : their diplomatic relations to 1728 , Cambridge, Mass. 1971. no.61, Harvard East Asian studies Mandzak, Withold, Polska fonetyka i morfologia historyczna , Lodz - Warszawa - Krakow 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 36

Mandel’shtam, O., Kamen’. Stixi , S.-Peterburg 1913 [reprint Ann Arbor 1971] (two copies) Mandel’shtam, Osip, Sobranie sochinenij (red. G. P. Struve and B. A. Filippov), N’ju-Jork 1955 Mandel’shtam, O., Tristia , Peterburg - Berlin 1922 [reprint Ann Arbor 1972] *Mandeson, Arnold, A Complete Greek - English Dictionary , Athens 1962 Manifesty i programmy russkix futuristov : mit einem Vorwort herausgegeben von Vladimir Markov , München n.d. Band 27, Slavische Propyläen. Texte in Neu- und Nachdrucken Man, Language and Society: contributions to the sociology of language (by Samir K. Ghosh), The Hague 1972. no.109, Janua Linguarum, series minor Mann, Stuart E., Czech Historical Grammar , London 1957. in London East European series (language and literature) *Mannoury, G., Signifika : een inleiding , Den Haag 1949. D2 : 4, Servire’s encyclopaedie, afdeling : logica (red. J. J. von Schmidt) Mansion’s Shorter French and English Dictionary (ed. J. E. Mansion), Boston 1947 *Manual de gramatica castellana : arreglado en lo fundamental conforme a la doctrina de Don Andres Bello (by Carlos Gonzalez Pena), Mexico, D. F. 1945 *Manual de portugues (by Celso Cunha), Rio de Janeiro admissano au ginasio 5a e 6a séries primarias 1968 1a e 2a séries ginasiasis 1966 3a e 4a séries ginasias 1966 *Manual for Kinship Analysis (by Ernest L. Schusky), New York 1965. in Studies in anthropological method Manual of Lexicography (by Ladislav Zgusta), Prague - The Hague 1971. no.39, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Manual of Phonetics (ed. L. Kaiser), Amsterdam 1957 Manual of Phonetics (ed. Bertil Malmberg), Amsterdam 1968. (revised edition of L. Kaiser (ed.) 1957) A Manual of Style - 12th edition, completely revised , Chicago 1972 *Manuel de langue danoise (by Ingeborg de Stemann), Paris 1949. no.1, Les langues de l’Europe du nord Maranda, Pierre and Jean Pouillon (eds.), Echanges et communications : mélanges offerts à Claude Lévi-Strauss à l’occasion de son 60ème anniversaire , The Hague - Paris 1970. two volumes. no.V/1, 2, Studies in general anthropology Maranda, Pierre, French Kinship : structure and history , The Hague 1974. no.169, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Marashi, Mehdi, The Persian Verb : a partial description for pedagogical pruposes . a University Microfilm copy of University of Texas at Austin 1970 dissertation. Marasinova, I. M., Novye pskovskie gramoty XIV-XV vekov (red. A. M. Saxarov), Moskva 1966 Marburger Beiträge zur Germanistik (ed. Josef Kunz, Erich Ruprecht, Ludwig Erich Schmitt), Marburg Band 30, Georg Heike, Suprasegmentale Analyse 1969 *Marcellesi, J. B., D. Maldidier, D. Slatka, L. Guespin, Le discours politique , Paris 1971. no.23, Langages C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 37

Marcellesi, Jean-Baptiste, Linguistiaue et société , Paris 1971. no.9, Langue française Marchenko, A. N. and Olga Akhmanova, Meaning Equivalence and Linguistic Expression , Moskva 1973 Marchenko, A. N., E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova, G. I. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Kruglova, V. L. Lapshina, Principy i metody ledsikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Marchenko, V. P., Planirovanie nauchnoj raboty v SSSR , Mjunxen 1953. no.1, Institut po izucheniju istorii i kul’tury SSSR Marchand, Frank, Le français à) l’école élémentaire , Paris 1972. no.13, Langue française Marchand, James W., The Sounds and Phonemes of Wulfila’s Gothic , The Hague 1973. no.25, Janua Linguarum, series practica Marchok, Viliam, Frantishek Miko, Nora Krausova and Jan Findra, Segmenty a kontext , Bratislava 1973. no.XV, Litteraria Marcus, Solomon, Algebraic linguistics : analystical models , London - New York 1967. vol.29, Mathematics in science and engineering *Mardin, Yusuf, Colloquial Turkish , London 1966, 1972 (total : two copies) Maresh, F. V., The Origin of the Slavic Phonological System and its Development up the to End of Slavic Language Unity (transl. J. F. Snopek and A. Vitek), Ann Arbor 1965. no.6, Michigan Slavic materials Maretic, T., Jeznichni savjetnik , Zagreb 1924. no.VII, Znanstvena djela za opcu naobrazbu Maretic, T., Gramatika i stilistika hrvatskogo ili srpskoga knjizhevnoj jezika , Zagreb 1931 *Marghescou, Mircea, Le concept de littératité : essai sur les possibilités théoriques d’une science de la littérature , The Hague 1974. no.23, De Proprietatibus Litterarum Marguliés, A. Der Altkirchenslavische Codex Suprasliensis , Heidelberg 1927. no.4, Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, III. Reihe : Texte und Untersuchungen Marin, L., and C. Chabrol, Sémiotique narrative : récits bibliques , Paris 1971. no.22, Langages Marinelli, Peter V., Pastoral , London 1971. no.15, The Critical idiom series Marinova, Milka, Milka Xubenova, Ana Dzhumadanova, Balgarski ezik , Sofija parva chast 1964 (two copies) Markevic, I., Istorija mestnichestva v moskovskom gosudarstve v XV-XVII veke , Odessa 1888 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.192, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Markey, Thomas L. and Einar Haugen, The Scandinavian Languages : fifty years of linguistic research (1918-1968) , The Hague 1972. no.154, Janua Linguarum, series practica Markiewicz, Henryk, Glowne problemy wiedzy o literaturze , Warszawa (?) 1966 Markov Models and Linguistic Theory : an experimental study of a model for English (by Frederick J. Damerau), The Hague 1971. no.95, Janua Linguarum, series minor Markov, Vladimir, The Longer Poems of Velimir Khlebnikov , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1962. no.62, University of California publications in modern philology (with author’s inscription) *Markov, Vladimir, Russian Futurism : a history , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1968 Markovic, Svetozar, Jezik Ivana Anchica (bosanskog pisca XVII veka), Beograd 1958. no.XIII, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik Markovski, Venko, Epopeja na nezabravimite , Sofija 1967 Markovskij, M., Istorija vozniknovenij i sozdanija “mertvyx dush” , Kiev 1902 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 38

[Marlowe, Christopher] Christopher Marlowe Poet and Playwright : studies in poetical method (by Virginia Mary Meehan), The Hague 1974. no.81, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Marn, Josip (vred.), Kopitarjeva spomenica , Ljubljana 1880 *Marouzeau, J., Lexique de la terminologie linguistique , Paris 1933 *Marr, N. and M. Brière, La langue géorgienne , Paris 1931 Marriott, J. A. R., A History of Europe from 1815-1923 , New York 1931. vol.8, History of medieval and modern Europe *Marsman, H., Verzameld werk : poëzie, proza en critisch proza , Amsterdam 1960 Martens, Carl and Peter, Phonetik der deutschen Sprache : praktische Aussprachelehre , München 1961 Martin, E. Wainright, Jr., Electronic Data Processing : an introduction , Homewood, Ill. 1965. in Irwin series in quantitative analysis for business (two copies) Martin, Philippe and Pierre R. Léon, Prolégomènes à l’étude des structures intonatives , Montréal - Paris 1970. no.2, Studia phonetica [Martinet, André] A André Martinet : “estructuralismo e historia” , Laguna, Canarias 1957 Part I, no.1, Miscelanea homenaje, Biblioteca filologica de la universidad de la Laguna Martinet, André, La description phonologique avec application au parler franco-provençal d’Hauteville (Savoie) , Genève - Paris 1956. no.LVI, Société de publications romanes et françaises (two copies) Martinet, André, Economie des changements phonétiques : traité de phonologie diachronique , Berne 1955 *Martinet, André, Eléments de linguistique générale , Paris 1965. no.349, Collection Armand Colin, section de littérature [Martinet, André] Linguistic Studies Presented to André Martinet (ed. Alphone Juilland), New York part 1, General linguistics 1967, as Word, vol.23, nos.1-2-3 part 2, Indo-European linguistics 1968, as Word, vol.24 part 3, Non-Indo-European linguistics 1969, as Word, vol.25 Martinet, A., Phonology as Functional Phonetics : three lectures delivered before the University of London in 1946 , London 1949. no.XV, Publications of the philological society *Martino, P., Le naturalisme français (1870-1895) , Paris 1951. no.27, Collection Armand Colin, section de langues et littératures Martino, P., Parnasse et symbolisme , Paris 1950. no.69, Collection Armand Colin, section de langues et littératures *Mart’janova, E. P., Francuzskie predlogi i ix sootvetstvija v russkom jazyka , Xar’kov 1964 Marxism and the Philosophy of Language (by V. N. Voloshinov), The Hague 1972. no.5, Janua Linguarum, series anastatica *Marty, Anton, Anton Marty : gesammelte Schriften (ed. Josef Eisenmeier, Alfred Kastil, Oskar Kraus), Halle a.S. 1. Band, 1. Abteilung, Mit einem Lebensabriss u. einem Bildnis 1916 1. Band, 2. Abteilung, Schriften zur genetischen Sprachphilosophie 1916 II. Band, 1. Abteilung, Schriften zur deskrtiptiven Psychologie und Sprachphilosophie 1918 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 39

II. Band, 2. Abteilung, Schriften zur deskriptiven Psychologie und Sprachphilosophie 1920 *Marty, Anton, Nachgelassene Schriften, aus “Untersuchungen zur Grundlegung der allgemeinen Grammatik und Sprachphilosophie”, Bern Aus. I, Psyche und Sprachstruktur (mit einer Einleitung und Anmerkungen) (ed.Otto Funke) 1940 Aus.II, Satz und Wort : eine kritische Auseinandersetzung mit der überlichen grammatischen Lehre und ihre Begriffsbestimgen 1950 Aus.III (Scluß), Über Wert und Methode einer allgemeinen beschreibenden Bedeutungslehre 1950 *Marty, Anton, Untersuchungen zur Grundlegung der allgemeinen Grammatik und Sprachphilosophie , Halle a.S. erster Band 1908 *Marty, Anton, Zur Sprachphilosophie. Die “logische”, “lokalistische” und andere Kasustheorien , Halle a.S. 1910 Martynov, V. V., Kibernetika semiotika lingvistika , Minsk 1966 (two copies) Martynov, V. V., Lingvisticheskie metody obosnovanija gipotezy o vislo-odroskoj prarodine slavjan , Minsk 1963. offprint, V mezhdunarodnyj sezd slavistov [Martynov] Martynau, V. V., P. P. Shuba and M. I. Jarmash, Marfemnaja dystrybucyja u belaruskaj mova, dzejaslou , Minsk 1967 Martynov, V. V., Slavjanskaja i indo-evropejskaja akkomodacija , Minsk 1968. in AN Belorusskoj SSR, Institut jazykoznanija, imeni Jakuba Kolasa (two copies) [Marulich] Libar Marca Marula Splichianina Vchomsa usdarsi istoria. Sfete udouice judit , Zagreb 1950 reprint Marulic, Mark, Zbornik u proslavu petstogodishnjice rodenja Marka Marulica 1450-1950 , Zagreb 1950. kniga 39, Djela jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umetnosti Maruszewski, Mariusz, Language Communication and the Brain : a neuropsychological study , The Hague - Warszawa 1975. no.80, Janua Linguarum, series maior Marx, Kark and Friedrich Engels, The Communist Manifesto , New York 1964. no.W-186, Washington Square press *Masaryk, Th. G., Zur russischen Geschichts- und Religionsphilosophie : soziologische Skizzen , Leipzig 1913. two volumes Mashinnyj perevod (red. E. M. Dekanosidze and A. I. Eliashvili), Tbilisi 1967 Mashinnyj perevod , Tbilisi 1972. trudy X : 3, Institut sistem upravlenija, AN Gruzinskoj SSR Maslenikov, Oleg A. (compil. and ed.), Anthology of Russian Symbolist Poetry , Berkeley 1961 Maslenikov, Oleg, A., The Frenzied Poets : Andrey Biely and the Russian symbolists , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1952 Maslov, Ju. S., Izuchenie juzhnyx i zapadnyx slavjanskix jazykov v SSSR za poslednie desjat’ let , Moskva 1955. Doklady, sovetskoj delegacii na mezhdunarodnom soveshchanii slavjanovedov v Belgrade Maslov, Ju. S., Morfologija glagol’nogo vida v sovremennom bolgarskom literaturnom jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1963 (with author’s inscription) Maslov, Ju. S., Nekotorye spornye voprosy morfologicheskoj struktury slavjanskix glagol’nyx form , Moskva 1968. offprint, from Sovetskoe slavjanovedenie, 4 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 40

Maslov, Ju. S., Ocherk bolgarskoj grammatiki , Moskva 1956 *Masson-Oursel, de Willman-Gravowska and Stern, L’Inde antique et la civilisation indienne , Paris 1951. vol.XXVI, l’évolution de l’humanité, synthèse collective Mastera poèticheskogo perevoda (red. P. Antokol’sky), Moskva vyp.4, Golosa poètov : stixi zarubezhnyx poètov (per. A. Axmatova) 1965 vyp. Zvezdnoe nebo 1966 Mastera russkogo stixotvornogo perevoda (vstup. stat. E. G. Etkinda), Leningrad. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija kniga 1 1968 kniga 2 1968 Masterstvo Nekrasova (by Kornej Chukovskij), Moskva 1971 Matavul’, Simo, Bakonja fra-brne , Beograd 1953. in Srpski pisci Matejic, Mateja and Predrag Matejic (comp.), Hilandar Slavic Manuscripts : a checklist of the Slavic manuscripts from the Hilandar Monastery available on microfilm at the Ohio State University libraries , Columbus, Ohio 1972 (three copies, one copy inscribed by Fr. Matejic) *Matejka, Ladislav (ed.), Sound, Sign and Meaning: quinquagenary of the Prague Linguistic Circle , Ann Arbor 1976. no.6, Michigan Slavic contributions Matematicheskaja lingvistika , Moskva vol.1 1964 Materialien zu einer slawistischen Bibliographie : Arbeiten der in Österreich, der Schweiz und der Bundesrepublik Deutschland tätigen Slawisten (1945-1963) (zusammengestellt von Irmgard Mahnken und Karl-Heinz Pollok), München 1963 Materialy dlja bibliografii russkix nauchnyx trudov za rubezhom , Belgrad [reprint The Hague] vyp. 1, (1920-1930 1931 vyp.2, ch.1, (1960-1940) 1941 (the two issues reprinted in one volume), no.236, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Materialy dlja istoriko-geograficheskago slovarja rossii, Vil’na I, N. Barsov, Geograficheskij slovar’ russkoj zemli (IX-XIV st.) 1865 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.132, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Materialy dlja slovarja drevne-russkago jazyka po pis’mennym pamjatnikam (by I. I. Sreznevski), Graz 1955-1956. three volumes Materialy dlja slovarja drevne-russkago jazyka po pis’mennym pamjatnikam (by I. I. Sreznevski), Sanktpeterburg [reprint Moskva] vol.I 1893 [1958] vol.III 1903 [1958] Materialy do bibliografii slowotwobstwa jezykow slowianskich , Warszawa zeszyt IV (red. Jadwig Puzynin) 1973 Materialy i issledovanija po arxeologii SSSR, Leningrad no.152, I. I. Ljapushkin, Slavjane vostochnoj evropy nakanune obrazovanija drevnerusskogo gosudarstva (VIII - pervaja polovina IX v.) istoriko- arxeologicheskie ocherki 1968 Materialy i issledovanija po istorii russkogo jazyka (red. R. I. Avanesov), Moskva 1960 Materialy i issledovanija po leksike russkogo jazyka XVIII veka (red. Ju. S. Sorokin), Moskva - Leningrad 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 41

Materialy i issledovanija po obshcheslavjanskomu lingvisticheskomu atlasu (red. R. I. Avanesov, et al.), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Materialy i issledovanija po russkoj dialektologii , Moskva - Leningrad vol.I 1949 vol.II 1949 vol.III (eds. S. P. Obnorskij, R. I. Avanesov, F. P. Filin) 1949 Materialy i issledovanija po russkoj dialektologii (red. V. G. Orlova, et al.), novaja serija, Moskva vypusk II 1961 vypusk III 1962 Materialy k bibliografii uchenyx SSSR, serija iskusstva, Moskva vyp.1, Igor’ Emmanuilovich Grabar’ 1951 Materialy k biobibliografii uchenyx SSSR, serija istorii, Moskva vyp.9, Boris Aleksandrovich Rybakov (vstup. stat. S. A. Pletneva) 1968 *Materialy k biobibliografii uchenyx SSSR, serija literatury i jazyka, Moskva *vyp.5, Viktor Maksimovich Zhirmunskij 1965 *vyp.7, Dmitrij Sergeevich Lixacev 1966 Materialy nauchnoj konferencii po jazykoznaniju (k 75-letiju Prof. E. D. Polivanova) (red. L. I. Rojzenzon), Samarkand 1966 Materialy po mashinnomu perevodu (red. N. D. Andreev), Leningrad sbornik 1 1958 Materialy po matematicheskoj lingvistike i mashinnomu perevodu (redaktor, N. D. Andreev), Leningrad sbornik II 1963, (two copies) Materialy rukopisnogo xranilishcha sektora folklora (red. V. P. Adraianovoj-Peretc), Moskva - Leningrad II, Byliny severa, tom 2 : prionezh’e, pinega i pomor’e (ed. A. M. Astaxov 1951 *Mater’jal i stil’ v romane L’va Tolstogo “Vojna i Mir” (by Viktor Shklovskij), Moskva 1928 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.239, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Mateshic, Josip, Der Wortakzent in der serbokroatischen Schriftsprache , Heidelberg 1970. in Slavica - Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, neue Folge A Mathematical Grammar of English (by George Hemphill), The Hague 1973. no.153, Janua Linguarum, series practica Mathematical Models in Linguistics (by Maurice Gross), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1972. in Prentice-Hall foundations of modern linguistics series Mathematical Structures of Language (by Zellig Harris), New York 1968. no.21, Interscience tracts in pure and applied mathematics Mathematics in Science and Engineering, New York - London vol.29, Solomon Marcus, Algebraic Linguistics : analytical models 1967 Mathematics : its content, methods and meaning (ed. A. D. Aleksandrov, A. N. Kolmogorov, M. A. Lavrent’ev) (transl. K. Hirsch), Cambrdige, Mass. 1963. three volume set Mathematics : queen and servant of science (by E. T. Bel), New York - Toronto - London 1951 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 42

Mathématiques et sciences humaines (journal, Centre de mathématique sociale, ecole pratique des hautes etudes, VIe section), Paris numéro 36 1971 numéro 36, Quelques aspects de la formalisation en linguistique - II 1971 Mathesius, Vilém, Cheshtina a obecny jazykozpyt : soubor stati , Praha 1947 *[Mathesius, Gvilelm] Charisteria Gvilelmo Mathesio quinquagenario : a discipulis et circuli linguistici Pragensis sodalibus oblata , Prague 1932 Mathesius, Bohumil, Slavica Pragensia V : venovano pamatce Bohumil Bathesia (1888- 1952) , Praha 1963. Acta Universitatis Carolinae, philologica 1, 1963 *[Mathesius, Vilém] Soupis praci Viléma Mathesiusa : k druhému vyrochi umrti sveho zakladatele , Praha 1947. photocopy of 16-page booklet - unbound Mathewson, Rufus A., Jr., The Positive Hero in Russian Literature , Stanford 1975 (2nd ed.) Matica Hrvatska, Biblioteka “Znanje” (glavni urednik Vlatko Pavletic), Zagreb Milan Mogush, Fonoloshki rasvoj hrvatskoga jezika 1971 (two copies) Matica Hrvatska, hrvatski pisci (urednik Gustav Krklec), Zagreb Dobrisha Cesaric, Osvijetljeni put 1953 (with author’s inscription) Matica Hrvatska, izvanredno izdanje, Zagreb Stanko Vraz, Stihovi i proza 1951 (two copies) Vatroslav Jagic, Izabrani kraci spisi 1948 Dalibor Brozovic, Standardni jezik 1970 Radovan Vidovic, Kako ne valja-kako valja pisati 1969 Ljudevit Jonke, Hrvatski knjizhevni jezik 19. i 20. stoljeca 1971 Matica hrvatska, povijest knjizhevnosti, Zagreb A. Barac, Jugoslavenska knjizhevnost 1959 *Matilal, Bimal Krishna, Epistemology, Logic and Grammar in Indian Philosophical Analysis , The Hague 1971. no.111, Janua Linguarum, series minor Matlaw, R. E., The Brothers Karamazov : novelistic tech. , ‘s-Gravenhage 1957. no.II, Musagettes Matosh, Antun Gustav, Izabrane pjesme (uredio : Dragutin Tadijanovic, pogovor napisao : Jure Kashtelan), Zagreb 1954. in Hrvatski pjesnici Mattendorf, Kreis Forst (bearbeitet von H. Faßke and S. Michalk), Bautzen n.d. no.VII, Sorbische Dialekttexte Matthes, Paula, Sprachform, Wort- und Bedeutungskategorie und Begriff : philosophische Untersuchungen im Anschluse an das Kategorienproblem in der gegenwärtigen Sprachwissenschaft , Halle (Salle) 1926. vol.3, Philosophie und Geisteswissenschaften, Buchreihe Matthews, W. K., Languages of the U.S.S.R. , Cambridge 1951 Matthews, W. K., The Structure and Development of Russian , Cambridge 1953 Mattoso Camara, J., Jr., Manual de transcricao fonética , Rio de Janeiro 1957 Matusevich, M. I., Vvedenie v obshchuju fonetiku : posibie dlja studentov universitetov i pedagogicheskix institutov , Moskva 1959 Matveeva-Isaeva, L. V., Lekcii po staroslavjanskomu jazyku (red. V. I. Koduxov and V. V. Stepanova), Leningrad 1958 Maung Grammar : texts and vocabulary (by A. Capell and H. E. Hinch), The Hague 1970. no.98, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 43

[de Maupassant, Guy] Illusion and Reality : a study of the descriptive techniques in the works of Guy de Maupassant (by John Raymond Dugan), The Hague 1973. no.59, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Maurer, David W., The Con Man and His Lingo , from The Big Con by David W. Maurer, ch.9, The Bobbs-Merrill Co., 1940, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.66, Bobbs-Merrill reprint sereis in language and linguistics [Maurer, Karl-Werner] Deutung und Bedeutung : studies in German and comparative literature presented to Karl-Werner Maurer (ed. Brigitte Schuldermann, Victor G. Doerksen, Robert J. Glendenning and Evelyn Scherabon Firchow), The Hague 1973. no.25, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Mauthner’s Critique of Language (by Gershon Weiler), Cambridge 1970 Mavrodin, V., Drevnaja rus’ (proisxozhdenie russkogo naroda i obrazovanie Kievskogo gosudarstva) , Leningrad 1946 Mavrodinov, N., Starobalgarskoto izkustvo XI-XIII v. , Sofija 1966 Mavrodinov, Nikola, Starobalgarskoto izkustvo : izkustvoto na parvoto balgarsko carstvo , Sofija 1959 Maxime le grec et l’occident : conribution à l’histoire de la pensée religieuse et philosophique de Michel Trivolis (by Elie Denissoff), Paris - Louvain 1943. fasc.14, 3e série, Recueil de travaux d’histoire et de philologie *Mayani, Zacharie, The Etruscans Begin to Speak , New York 1962 Mayenowa, Maria Renata, Walka o jezyk w zyciu i literaturze staropolskie , Warszawa 1955 Mayer, Gustav, Friedrich Engels : eine Biographie , Den Haag Band 2, Engels und der Aufstieg der Arbeiterbewegung in Europa 1934 Mayer, Jozef and Stanislaw Rospond, Z badan nad przeszloscia dialektu slaskiego , Wroclaw II, Sbior polskich slovo i voyrazen na gornoslaski jezyk przetlumaczonych 1821 1956. no.57, Prace Wroclawskiego towarzystwa naukowego, Serie A Mayers, Marvin, Pocomchi Verb Structure , from IJAL, vol.23, no.3, July 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.41, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Mayhill. dittoed class notes on set theory Mayo, Bernardo, “Rules” of Language , from Philosophical Studies, vol.II, no.1, Jan.1951, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.67, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Mayrhoffer, Manfred, Handbuch des Pali , Heidelberg 1951. in Indogermanische Bibliothek (herausgegeven von Hans Krahe), Erste Reihe : Lehr- und Handbücher part I, Grammatik part II, Text und Glossar *Mays, Wolfe and S. C. Brown (eds.), Linguistic Analysis and Phenomenology , Lewisburg 1970 Mazena, N. P., E. A. Baratynskij : esteticheskie i literaturnokriticheskie vzgljady , Kiev 1960 Mazhjulis, V. P. and V. K. Zhuravlev, Iz diaxronicheskoj morfologii slavjaskix i baltijskix jazykov , Vil’njus 1978. preprint, VIII mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (inscription from author) Mazon, André, Grammaire de la langue tchèque , Paris 1931. no.II, Collection de grammaires de l’institut d’études slaves C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 44

Mazon, André, Lexique de la guerre et de la révolution en Russie (1914-1918) , Paris 1920. tome VI, Bibliothèque de l’institut français de Petrograd [Mazhuranic, Ivan] Smail-aga Chengic’s death (transl. by Charles A. Ward) Essay in Ivan Mazhuranic by Ivan Slamnig, Zagreb 1969. issue 17, “The Bridge” : literary review Mazzoni, Bruno and Maria Grossmann, Bibliographie de phonologie romane , The Hague 1974. no.232, Janua Linguarum, series practica Mazhuranic, Ivan, Smrt smail= age chengijica (uredio pogovor i tumach napisao : Antun Barac), Zagreb 1949, 1954 (total : two copies) *McCall, Raymond J., Basic Logic : the fundamental principles of formal deductive reasoning , New York 1963. no.COS-52 *McCarthy, R. J. and Faraj Raffouli, Spoken Arabic of Baghdad , [Beirut] Chicago Part I, Grammar and exercises [1964] 1969. no.1, Linguistic series, publications of the Oriental Institute of Al-Hikma University (three copies) part II-A, Anthology of texts [1965] 1969. no.2, Linguistic series, publications of the Oriental Institute of Al-Hikma University (three copies) *McCarus, Ernest N., Raji M. Rammuny, Peter A. Abboud, Najm A. Bezirgan, Wallace M. Erwin and Mounah A. Khouri, Elementary Modern Standard Arabic , Ann Arbor 1968 part 1 (two copies) part 2 (two copies) writing supplement to Elements of Modern Standard Arabic *McCarus, Ernest, Raji Rammuny, Peter Abboud, Ernest Abdel-Massih, Salih Altoma and Wallace Erwin, Modern Standard Arabic : intermediate level , Ann Arbor 1971 part I, Lessons 1 - 13 part II, Lessons 14 - 30 part III, Drills, glossary and indexes McCawley, James D., The Phonological Component of a Grammar of Japanese, The Hague 1968. no.3, Monographs on linguistic analysis McCawley, James D., The Rôle of Semantics in a Grammar , Bloomington, Ind. 1968. mimeograph of the Indiana University linguistics club *McCracken, Daniel D., Harold Weiss and Tsai Hwa Lee, Programming Business Computers , New York 1966 McDavid, Raven I., Jr., and Virginia Glenn McDavid, The Relationship of the Speech of American Negroes to the Speech of Whites , from American Speech, vol.XXVI, Feb. 1951, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.62, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *McDonald, William A., Progress into the Past : the rediscovery of Mycenaean civilization , Bloomington, Ind. 1969 McGranahan, W. J., The Use of the Prepositions v and na in scientific Russian , photocopy of 1970 Georgetown University dissertation McGraw-Hill Publications in Psychology, New York G. A. Miller, Language and Communication 1951 *McIntosh, Angus and M. A. K. Halliday, Patterns of Language : papers in general descriptive and applied linguistics , Bloomington - London 1967 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 45

McLean, Sammy K., The Bänkelsang and the Work of Bertolt Brecht , The Hague 1972. no.29, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica McMillan, James B., A Philosophy of Language , from College English, vol.9, no.7, April 1948, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.63, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics McQuown, Norma A. (ed.), Linguistics , Austin 1967. vol.5, Handbook of Middle American Indians *McQuown, Norman A. and Sadi Koylan, Spoken Turkish , New York 1945 (two volumes) in Holt spoken language series Mead, George H., A Behavioristic Account of the Significant Symbol , from The Journal of Philosophy, vol.XIX, Jan. - Dec. 1922, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.S-188, Bobbs- Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Mead, Margaret, Native Languages and Field-work Tools , from American Anthropologist, vol.41, 1939, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.A-150, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Meaning and Negation (by Steven Bradley Smith), The Hague 1975. no.206, Janua Linguarum, series minor Meaning and the Structure of Language (by Wallace L. Chafe), Chicago 1970 Meaning and Truth in Wittgenstein’s “Tractatus” (by James C. Morrison), The Hague 1968. no.64, Janua Linguarum, series minor Meaning Equivalence and Linguistic Expression (by Olga Akhmanova and A. N. Marchenko), Moskva 1973 Meaning in Mayan Languages : ethnolinguistic studies (ed. Munro S. Edmonson), The Hague 1973. no.158, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Meaning of Poetic Metaphor: an analysis in the light of Wittgenstein’s claim that meaning is use (by Marcus B. Hester), The Hague 1967. no.1, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior The Meaning of the Finite Verb Forms in the Old Church Slavonic Codex Suprasliensis : a synchronic study (by Tine H. Amse-de Jong), The Hague 1974 no.319, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings On the Meaning of the Tarascan Suffixes of Space (by Paul Friedrich), Baltimore 1969. memoir 23, supplement to vol.35, no.4 (part II) IJAL *THE M.E.C.A.S. Grammar of Modern Literary Arabic , Beirut 1965 (two copies) Mechanisms of Speech (by N. I. Zhinkin), The Hague 1968. no.13, Janua Linguarum, series maior Mechev, Konstantin, Kliment Oxridski : tvorcheski obraz , Sofija 1966 Medakovic, Dejan, Grafika srpskix shtampanix knjiga XV-XVII veka , Beograd 1958. p.i. CCCIX, o.d.n.29, Posebna izdanja, odeljenje drushtvenix nauka Mededeelingen der koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen, afdeeling letterkunde, Amsterdam deel 59, serie A, no.4, N. van Wijk, Zur Komposition des altkirchenslavischen Codex Suprasliensis 1925 deel 65, serie A, no.1, N. van Wijk, Die chechisch-polnischen Übergangsdialekte und die ältern Beziehungen des polnischen Sprachgebietes zum chechisch-slovakischen 1928 deel 81, serie A, no.3, R. van der Meulen, Russisch na bekren’, poolsch C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 46

na bakier 1936 deel 83, serie A, no.1, N. van Wijk, L’origine de la langue polonaise commune 1937 Mededelingen der Koninklijke Nederlandse Akademie van Wetenschappen, afd. litterkunde, nieuwe reeks, Amsterdam deel 3, no.5, R. v. d. Meulen, Over het woord sabel 1940 deel 5, no.2, R. v. d. Meulen, Poolsch herbata 1942 deel 6, no.2, R. v. d. Meulen, Oudpruisisch Mixkai 1943 (two copies) deel 13, no.9, R. v. d. Meulen, Het lexikon vokabulam novym po alfavitu 1950 deel 15, no.8, P. Gerlach Royen, Intonatie en grammatische funktie in het nederlands 1952 deel 19, no.10, R. v. d.Meulen, Twee onverklaarde woorden : krimgotisch borrotsch outpruisisch wissambs’ 1956 deel 5, no.4, F. B. J. Kuiper, Notes on Vedic Noun-inflection 1942 *Mededelingen van het Rijksmuseum voor Volkenkunde, Leiden no.10, J. P. B. de Josselin de Jong, Lévi-Strauss’s Theory on Kinship and Marriage 1952 Medelein, Richard, Polnische Grammatik , Berlin - Leipzig 1926. in Sammlung Göschen The Mediaeval Academy of America, Cambridge, Mass. publ. no.64, David Djaparidze, Mediaeval Slavic Manuscripts : a bibliography of printed catalogues 1957 On Medieval and Renaissance Slavic Writing : selected essays (by Henrik Birnbaum), The Hague 1974. no.266, Slavic Printings and Reprintings Medieval Russia’s Epics, Chronicles and Tales (edited, translated, and with an introduction by Serge A. Zenkovsky), New York 1963 Medieval Slavic Texts (by Charles E. Gribble), Cambridge, Mass vol.1, Old and Middle Russian Texts 1973 Medini, Miloread, Povjest hrvatske knjizhevnosti u dalmaciji i dubrovniku , Zagreb part I 1902, no.3, Crtice iz hrvatske knjizhevnosti Mednikova, E. M., Aleksandr Ivanovich Smirnickij , Moskva 1968 Mednikova, E. M., E. S. Turkova, G. I. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Kruglova, V. L. Lapshina, A. N. Marchenko, Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny , Moskva 1971 Medunarodni slavistichki kongres (VIII), Zagreb 3 - 9 IX 1978. Ljubljana , Zagreb 1978 knjiga refereata sazheci I, A - K II, L - Y *Medushevsky, A. and R. Zyatkovska, Ukrainian Grammar , Kiev 1963 Medvedev, F. P., Vstup do kursu istoriï ukraïnskoï movï , Xarkiv 1967 Meehan, Virginia Mary, Christopher Marlowe Poet and Playwright : studies in poetical method , The Hague 1974. no.81, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Mehler, Jacques, Psycholinguistique et grammaire générative , Paris 1969. no.16, Langages *Mehler, J., Woordenboek op de gedichten van Homèros , Rotterdam 1930 Meier, Georg Friedrich, Das Zéro-Problem in der Linguistik : kritische Untersuchungen zur strukturalistischen Analyse der Relevanz sprachlicher Form , Berlin 1961. no.2, Schriften zur Phonetik, Sprachwissenschaft und Kollunikationsforschung C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 47

*Meijer, Jan, Karl v. h. Reve, H. G. Schogt, Charles B. Timmer, Over Toergenjew , Amsterdam 1956 *Meijer, J. M., De russische litteraire traditie , ‘s-Gravenhage 1966. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van gewoon hoogleraar in de russische taal- en letterkunde aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Utrecht Meijer, Jan M., Jan van der Eng and Herta Schmid, On the Theory of Descriptive Poetics : Anton P. Chekhov as a Story-teller and Playwright , Lisse 1978. no.4, Dutch studies in Russian literature *Meillet, A., Altarmenisches Elementarbuch , Heidelberg 1913. vol.10, Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung, erste Reihe *Meillet, A., Aperçu d’une histoire de la langue grecque , Paris 1930 *Meillet, A., Caractères généraux des langues germaniques , Paris 1937 *Meillet, A., Les dialectes indo-européens , Paris 1950. no.I, Collection linguistique publiée par la Société de Linguistique de Paris *Meillet, A., Esquisse d’une grammaire comparée de l’arménien classique , Vienne 1936 *Meillet, A., Esquisse d’une histoire de la langue latine , Paris 1938 Meillet, A., Etudes sur l’étymologie et le vocabulaire du vieux slave , Paris 1902. no.139, Bibliothèque de l’école des hautes études sciences historiques et philologiques [N.B. date 1905 on cover] Meillet, A. and A. Vaillant, Grammaire de la langue serbo-croate , Paris 1924. no.III, Collection de grammaires de l’institut d’études slaves Meillet, A., Les langues dans l’Europe nouvelle (avec un appendice de L. Tesnière, Statistique des langues de l’Europe ), Paris 1928 Meillet, A., Linguistique historique et linguistique générale , Paris. vol.1 1948, no.VIII, Collection linguistique publiée par la Société de Lingustique de Paris vol.2 1952, no.XL, Collection linguistique publiée par la Société de Lingustique de Paris *Meillet, A., Introduction à l’étude comparative des langues indo-européennes , Paris 1937 Meillet, A., Les origines indo-européennes des mètres grecs , Paris 1923 Meillet, A., Le slave commun (seconde édition revue et augmentée avec le concours de A. Vaillant), Paris 1934. no.XV, Collection linguistique publiée par la Société de Lingustique de Paris Mej, L. A., Izbrannye proizvedenija (vstup. stat. G. M. Fridlender), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (two copies) Mej, L. A., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. S. Rejser), Leningrad 1951. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Mélanges André Vaillant : recueil d’articles offert à M. André Vaillant par ses disciples et ses amis , Paris 1964. tome 40, Revue des études slaves Mélanges linguistiques : publiés à l’occasion du VIIIe congrès international des linguistes à Oslo, du 5 au 9 août 1957 (red. Iorgu Iordan, Emile Petrovici, A. Rosetti), Bucarest 1957 Melanges Pierre Pascal : recueil d’articles offert à M. Pierre Pascal par ses disciples et ses mais , Paris 1961. tome 38, Revue des études slaves Melbourne Slavonic Studies , Melbourne nos. 5 - 6 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 48

Mel’chuk, I. A., and R. D. Ravich, Avtomaticheskij perevod 1949-1963 : kritikobibliograficheskij spravochnik , Moskva 1967 Mel’chuk, I. A., Avtomaticheskij sintaksicheskij analiz , Novosibirsk tom I, Obshchie principi. Vnutrisegmentnyj sintaksicheskij analiz , 1964. no.1, Kibernetika v monografijax, ANSSSR, joint publ. Institut matematiki sibirskogo otdelenija and Institut jazykoznanija) Mel’chuk, I. A. and A. V. Gladkij, Elementy matematicheskoj lingvistiki , Moskva 1969 Mel’chuk, Igor A., Studies in Dependency Syntax (ed. Paul T. Roberge), Ann Arbor 1979. no.2, Linguistica extranea, studia Melenchuk, Dmitrij and Olga Akhmanova, The Principles of Linguistic Confrontation , Moskow 1977 (with inscription from Akhmanova) Mel’gunov, S. P., in Na chuzhkoj storone , vol. I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Mellink, A., Het europese socialisme van der negentiende eeuw - Friedrich Engels , Arnhem 1954. vol.24, Gastmaal der eeuwen Melnik, Josef (heraus.), Russen über Russland : ein Sammelwerk , Frankfurt am Main 1906 Mel’nikov, P. I.(Pecherskij, Andrej), B lesax , Moskva 1955. two volumes Melnishki, L., Iv. Panajotov, Iv. Vapcarov, Rodopi , Sofija 1967 Melodrama (by James L. Smith), London 1973. no.28, The critical idiom series Meltzer, James D. and Harley C. Shands, Language and Psychiatry , The Hague 1973. no.165, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Melzer, Uto, Sechzehnhundert Sätze persisch , Wiesbaden 1956 Mémoires de la Société Finno-ougrienne (Soumalais-Ugrilaisen seuran toimituksia), Helsinki no.XLIV, Jalo Kamima, Die ostseefinnischen Lehnwörter im Russischen 1919 *Memoirs, American Anthropological Association, San Francisco no.89, The Anthropology of Franz Boas (ed. Walter Goldschmidt), 1959. vol.61, no.5, part 2, October 1959 Memoirs of the American Folklore Society, Philadelphia vol.42, Russian Epic Studies 1949 (two copies) Memoria liturgiae slavicae in dioecesi auxerensi (by Joseph Vajs), Veglae 1906. in Glagoltitica, publicationes paleoslavicae Academiae Veglensis *The Menaechmi of Plautus (ed. Harold North Fowler), Boston 1911. in The Students’ series of Latin classics Menchetic, Shishko, Dzhore Drzhic and Ranine - osta le pjesme Ranina Zbornika, Pjesme , Zagreb 1937. vol.II, Stari pisci hrvatski *Mendelson, Bert, Introduction to Topology , Boston 1975. 3rd ed. *Menge, Hermann, Langenscheidts Taschenwörtrebuch , Berlin - München - Zürich 1967 erster Teil : Griechisch - deutsch *Menges, Karl H.. Van Schooneveld bound class notes Menges, Karl Heinrich, The Oriental Elements in the Vocabulary of the Old Russian Epos, the Igor’ Tale , New York 1951. monograph no.1, supplement to Word, vol.7, Dec.1951 *Menges, Karl H., An Outline of the Early History and Migrations of the Slavs , New York 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 49

*Menges, Karl H., Qaraqalpag Grammar , Morningside Heights, N. Y. part one, Phonology 1947 Das Menschheitsgesetz der Sprache als Grundlage der Sprachwissenschaft (by Leo Weisgerber), Heidelberg 1964 *Mens en vrijheid in Indonesië (by C. A. O. Van Nieuwenhuijze), ‘s-Gravenahge - Bandung 1949 Menzerath, P. and A. de Lacerda, Koartikulation, Steuerung und Lautabgrenzung , Berlin - Gonn Band I, Phonetische Studien 1933 (with author’s inscription) *Merchant, Paul, The Epic , London 1971. no.13, The critical idiom series [Meredith, George] Three Conquerors - character and method in the mature works of George Meredith (by Donald R. Swanson), The Hague. no.9, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica [Meritt, Herbert Dean] Philological Essays : studies in Old and Middle English Language and Literature in Honour of Herbert Dean Meritt (ed. James L. Rosier), The Hague 1970. no.37, Janua Linguarum, sereis maior Merilo pravednoe po rukopisi XIV veka (vstup. stat. M. N. Tixomirov), Moskva 1961. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie istoricheskix nauk, arxeograficheskaja komissija Mersereau, John, Jr., Mikhail Lermontov (with a preface by Harry T. Moore), Carbondale, Ill. 1962. in Crosscurrents : modern critiques Merzljakov, A. F., Stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Meshchaninov, I. I., Chleny predlozhenija i chasti rechi , Moskva - Leningrad 1945 Meshchaninov, I. I., Novoe uchenie o jazyke : stadial’naja tipologija , Leningrad 1936 Meshchaninov, I. I., Struktura predlozhenija , Moskva - Leningrad 1963 (two copies) [Meshchaninov, I. I.] Voprosy grammatiki : sbornik statej k 75-letiju Akademika I. I. Meshchaninova , Moskva - Leningrad 1960 Meshcherskij, .N. A., Istorija iudejskoj vojny Iosifa Flavija v drevnerusskom perevode , Moskva - Leningrad 1958. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Mestnoe samoupravlenie v Rossii IX-XIX-st. Istoricheskij ocherk (by A. A.Kizevetter), Petrograd 1917 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.124, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Mestoimeniju v jazykax raznyx sistem (by K. E. Majlinskaja), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Metcalf, Allan A., Poetic Diction of the Old English Meters of Boethius , The Hague 1973. no.50, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Met de Patris (by D. Cohen et al.), n.d. II Naar Griekenland Method and Theory in Linguistics (ed. Paul L. Garvin), The Hague 1970. no.40, Janua Linguarum, series maior Method and Theory in the Semantics and Cognition of Kinship Terminology (by Lawrence Elwayne Nogle), The Hague 1974. no.205, Janua Linguarum, series minor Methodische Beiträge zum Unterriche im Fach russisch, Berlin no.1, Ernest Stelzig and E. Dannhauer, Zur Betonung der russischen Substantive 1961 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 50

Methodological Aspects of Transformational Generative Phonology (by Rudolf P. Botha), The Hague 1971. no.112, Janua Linguarum, series minor *The Methodological Status of Grammatical Argumentation (by Rudolf P. Botha), The Hague 1970. no.105, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Methodology of Field Investigations in Linguistics (setting up the problem) (by A. E. Kibrik), The Hague 1977. no.142, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Methods of Contemporary Thought (by J. M. Bochenski), Dordrecht 1965 Metodicke priruchky, Praha sv. 24, Fr. Danesh, et al., O mluvenem slove 1954 Il metodo comparrativo e le corrent i linguistische attual (by Giacomo Devoto). offprint from Xème congrès international des linguistes, 28 août - 2 septembre 1967, Bucarest, Roumanie Metodologichni pitannja movoznavstva (red. I. K. Bilodid, et al.), Kijiv 1966. in INURSR, Institut movoznavstva im. O. O. Potebni, Kijivs’kij ordena Lenina derzhavnij universitet im. T. G. Shevchenka Metre, Rhyme and Free Verse (G. S. Fraser), London 1976. no.8, The critical idiom van der Meulen, R., De hollandsche zee- und scheepstermen in het russisch , Amsterdam 1909. vol.X, no.2, Verhandelingen der Koninklijke Akademie van Wetenschappen te Amsterdam, afdeeling letterkunde, nieuwe reeks van der Meulen, R., Het lexicon vokabulam novym po alfavitu , Amsterdam 1950. vol.13, no.9, nieuwe reeks, Mededelingen der Koninklijke nederlandse akademie van wetenschappen, afd. letterkunde van der Meulen, R., Nederlandse woorden in het russisch (supplement op de hollandsche zee- en scheepstermen in het russisch) , Amsterdam 1959. vol.LXVI, no.2, Verhandelingen der koninklijke nederlandse akademie van wetenschappen, afd. letterkunde, nieuwe reeks (two copies) van der Meulen, R., Oudpruisisch Mixkai , Amsterdam 1943. deel 6, no.2, Mededeelingen der nederlandsche akademie van wetenschappen, afdeeling letterkunde, nieuwe reeks (two copies) van der Meulen, R., Over de onderscheiding van levend en levenloos in de slavische talen , Amsterdam 1946. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van hoogleraar in de Balto-slavische talen aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 25 october 1946. (two copies) van der Meulen, R., Over het woord sabel , deel 3, no.5, Mededeelingen der koninklijke nederlandsche akademie van wetenschappen, afd. letterkunde, nieuwe reeks van der Meulen, R., Poolsch herbata , Amsterdam 1942. deel 5, no.2, Mededeelingen der nederlandsche akademie van wetenschappen, afdeeling letterkunde, nieuwe reeks van der Meulen, R., Russisch na bekren’, poolsch na bakier , Amsterdam 1936. deel 81, serie A, no.3, Mededeelingen der koninklijke akademie van wetenschappen, afdeling letterkunde van der Meulen, R., Twee onverklaarde woorden : krimgotisch borrotsch outpruisisch wissambs’ , Amsterdam 1956. deel 19, no.10, Mededelingen der koninklijke nederlandse akademie van wetenschappen, afd. letterkunde, nieuwe reeks *Meulenhoff Kunstgeschiedenis (ed. André Held and D. W. Bloemena), Amsterdam no.5, Jaun Ainaud, De romaanse schilderkunst 1963 no.8, Franco Russoli, De schilderkunst van de Renaissance 1962 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 51

no.9, Raymond Cogniat, De schilderkunst van de 17e eeuw 1963 no.10, Wassily Photiades, De schilderkunst van de 18e eeuw 1963 Mey, Jacob L. (ed.), Pragmalinguistics: theory and practice , The Hague 1979. no.85, Janua Linguarum, series maior; vol. 1, Rasmus Rask studies in pragmatic linguistics Meyer, Ernst A., Ruhe und Richtung, Aktionsart und Satzton im Neuhochdeutschen , Marburg i.H. 1928 Meyer, Karl H., Altkirchenslavisch-griechisches Wörterbuch des Codex Suprasliensis , Glückstadt - Hamburg 1935 Meyer, Karl H., Altkirchenslavische Studien , Halle (Saale) vol.II, Das Supinum : eine syntaktische Untersuchung (in Schriften der königsberger gelehrten Gesellschaft, geisteswissenschaftliche Klasse) 1944 Meyerstein, R. S., Functional Load : descriptive limitations alternatives of assessment and extensions of application , The Hague 1970. no.99, Janua Linguarum, series minor Meyerstein, R. S., Reduction in Language : inequality and economy in linguistic production and attention , The Hague 1974. no.53, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Meyers grosser Weltatlas (Unterleitung von Dr. Adolf Hanle, herausgegeben vom Geographisch-kartographischen Institut Meyer), Mannheim / Wien / Zürich 1970 VI. Mezhdunarodnyj sezd slavistov v Prage (red. M. Drozda, E. Pauliny), Praha 1970. two volumes (two copies) VII Mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (Varshava, avgust 1973 g.). Slavjanskoe jazykoznanie : doklady sovetskoj delegacii (red. S. B. Bernshtejn, V. I. Borkovskij, N. I. Tolstoj, O. N. Trubachev, T. V. Popova), Moskva 1973 (three copies) VIII Mezhdunarodnye s’ezd slavistov (Zagreb - Ljubljana, Sentjabr’ 1978 g.) (red. V. I. Borkovskij, O. N. Trubachev, S. B. Bershtejn, N. I. Tolstoj), Moskva 1978 VI Mezinarodni sjezd slavistu v Praze 1968, akta sjezdu (red. M. Drozda, E. Pauliny), Praha 1970. two volumes (two copies) VI Mezinarodni sjezd slavistu v Praze 1968, resumé prednashek, prispevku a sdeleni , Praha 1968 VI Mezinarodni sjezd slavistu , program , Praha 1968 VII Mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (Varshava, Avgust 1973 g.), Istorija, kul’tura, ètnografija i fol’klor slavjanskix narodov (red. I. A. Xrenov, A. I. Nedorezov, V. I. Elydnev, N. I. Kravcov), Moskva 1973 (two copies) VII Mezhdunarodnyj s’ezd slavistov (Varshava, avgust 1973 g.), Slavjanskie literatury (red. M. P. Alekseev, D. F. Markov, A. N. Robinson), Moskva 1973 (two copies) Michalk, S., Der Dialekt von Neustadt , Bautzen 1962. no.15, Spisy instituta za serbski ludospyt *Michaud, Guy, La doctrine symboliste (documents) , Paris 1947 *Michaud, Guy, Message poétique du symbolisme , Paris pt.1, L’aventure poétique 1951 pt.2, La révolution poétique 1954 pt.3, L’univers poétique 1947 *Michaud, Guy and Ph. van Tieghem, Le romantisme : l’histoire. la doctrine. les oeuvres , Paris 1952. in Les documents France, mouvements littéraires Michigan Slavic Contributions (gen. ed. Ladislav Matejka), Ann Arbor *4, Roman Jakobson, Studies in Verbal Art 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 52

6, Ladislav Matejka (ed.), Sound, sign and Meaning: quinquagenary of the Prague Linguistic Circle 1976 Michigan Slavic Materials, Ann Arbor 10, Slavic Transformational Syntax (ed. Richard D. Brecht and Catherine V. Chvany) 1974 Mickiewicz, Adam, Dziela , Warszawa 1955. sixteen volumes 1, Wiersze 2, Powiesci. poetyckie 3, Utowry dramatyczne 4, Pan Tadeusz 5, Pisma proza, czesc I: pisma filomatyczne. estetyczno-krytyczne opowiadania 6, Pisma proza, cz.II: ksiegi narodu polskiego i pielgrzymstwa polskiego. pisma polityczne z lat 1832-1835 7, Pisma proza, cz.III : pisma historyczne. wyklady lozanskie 8, Literatura slowianska : kurs pierwszy polrocze I (przelozyl : Leon Ploszewski) 9, Literatura slowianska : kurs pierwszy polrocze II 10, Literatura slowianska : kurs drugi (przelozyl : Leon Ploszewski) 11, Literatura slowianska : kurs trzeci i czwarty 12, Trybuna ludow 13, Pisma rozne 14, Listy, czesc I 15, Listy, czesc II 16, Listy, czesc III [Mickiewicz] Mickiewicz i wersyfikacja narodowa (by Adam Wazyk), Warszawa 1954 Mickiewicz, Adam, Pan Tadeusz : czyli ostatni zajazd na litwie historia szlachecka z roku 1811-1812 , Warszawa 1948 [Mickiewicz, Adam] The Poetry of Adam Mickiewicz (by Wiktor Weintraub), ‘s- Gravenhage 1954. no.II, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Middeleeuws cechoslov. Van Schooneveld bound class notes The Middle English Genesis and Exodus : a running commentary on the text of the poem (by Philip G. Buehler), The Hague 1974. no.74, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica The Middle English Subject-Verb Cluster (by Andrew MacLeish), The Hague 1969. no.26, Janua Linguarum, series practica VII Miedzynarodowy kongres slawistow Warszawa 21-27 VIII 1973 g. , Warszawa 1973 program (two copies) Streszczenia referatow i komunikatow (two copies) *Migliorini, Bruno, Lingua viva : guida allo studio della lingua nazionale per la scuola media (con una scelta di esempi per il comporre a cura di Alfonso Leone), Firenze 1968 *Mihailov, D. and D. Marinov, A Guide Book to Bulgaria , Sofia n.d. Mihailovic, Hilailo, Tempus und Aspekt im serbokroatischen Präsens , München 1962. Band 5, Slavistische Beitrage Mihailovic, Homiliar , Graz 1957. in Editiones monumentorum slavicorum vertis dialecti C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 53

Mijatovich, Chedomil, Constantine Palaeologus : the last emperor of the Greeks 1448- 1453. The conquest of Constantinople by the Turks , Chicago 1968 Mika, Alois, Petr Chelchicky, Praha 1963. in Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti Mikael’an, Galina and A. Drazkauskas, An Outline of English Syntax , Moskva 1973 Mikkola, Joos J., Berührungen zwischen den westfinnischen und slavischen Sprachen , Helsingfors I, Slavische Lehnwörter in den westfinnishcen Sprachen 1894 [Mikkola, M. J. J.] Mélanges de philologie : offerts a M. J. J. Mikkola à l’occasion de son soixante-cinqième anniversaire le 6 juillet 1935 , Helsinki 1931-1932. tom XXVII, ser.B, Annales academiae scientiarum fennicae (Suomalaisen tiedeakatemian toimituksia) Mikkola, J. J., Urslavische Grammatik : Einführung in das vergleichende Studium der slavischen Sprachen , Heidelberg I. Teil, Lautlehre, vokalismus, betonung 1913. in Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Abteilung, I. Reihe, 11. Band ; Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und handbücher, I. Reihe III. Teil, Formenlehre 1950; in Indogermanische Bibliothek, I. Reihe Miklosich, Franz, Die Bildung der slavischen Personen- und Ortsnamen : drei Abhandlung , Heidelberg 1927. Band 5, Sammlung slavischer Lehr- und Handbücher, III. Reihe : Texte und Untersuchungen Miklosich, F., Dictionnaire abrégé de six langues slaves (russe, vieux-slave, bulgare, serbe, tchèque et polonais) ainsi que français et allemand, St. Petersbourg - Moscou - Vienne 1885 Miklosich, Franz, Geschichte der Lautbezeichnung im Bulgarischen , Wien 1883 Miklosich, Fr. (ed.), Lexicon palaeoslovenico-graeco-latinum , Vindobonae 1862-1865 Miklosich, Franciscus, Radices linguae slovenicae : veteris dialecti , Lipsiae 1845 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.223, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Miklosich, Franz, Die slavischen Elemente im Albanischen, mit einer einleitung … , Wien 1870. no.I, Albanische Forschungen Miklosich, Franz Ritter von, Die slavischen Monatsnamen , Wien 1867 Miklosich, Franz, Die türkischen Elemente in den südost- und osteuropäischen Sprachen (griechisch, albanisch, rumunisch, bulgarisch, serbisch, kleinrussisch, grossrussisch, polnisch) , Wien. Nachtrag zu der unter dem gleichen Titel im XXXIV. und XXXV. Bande der Denkschriften gedruckten Abhandlung : 1. Hälfte 1888, separatabdruck aus XXXVII., Denkschriften der philosophisch-historischen Klasse der Kaiserlichen Akademie der Wissenschaften 2. Hälfte 1890, Band XXXVIII, I., Denkschriften … Miklosich, Franz, Über den Ursprung der Worte von der Form aslov. trêt und trat , Wien 1878 Miklosich, Franz, Über den Ursprung der Worte von der Form aslov. tret. , Wien 1877 Miklosich, Franz, Über die langen Vocale in den slavischen Sprachen , Wien 1879 Miklosich, Franz, Vergleichende Grammatik der slavischen Sprachen , Wien vol.I, Lautlehre 1879 vol.II, Stammbildungslehre 1875 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 54

vol.III, Wortbildungslehre 1876 vol.IV, Syntax 1868-74 Miko, Frantishek, Nora Krausova, Jan Findra, and Viliam Marchok, Segmenty a kontext , Bratislava 1973. no.XV, Litteraria Mikola, Tibor, Die alten Postpositionen des Nenzischen (Juraksamojedischen) , The Hague 1975. no.240, Janua Linguarum, series practica Mikush, Radivoj Franciscus, A propos de la syntagmatique du Professeur A. Belic, Ljubljana 1952. no.3, Inshtitut za slovenski jezik, (opera) dela 5, Slovenska akademija znanosti in umetnosti, razred za filoloshke in literarne vede (classis II) Mikus, R. F., La structure phonetique du français, essai de phonétique quantique appliquée, Lubumbashi 1966. vol.X, Publications de l’Université officielle du Congo a Lubumbashi Miletic, Branko, Crmnichki govor , Beograd 1940. no.IX, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik, Srpska kral’evska akademija (three copies) Miletic, Branko, Izgovor srpskoxrvatskix glasova (eksperimentalno-fonetska studija) , Beograd 1933. kniga 5, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik Miletic, Branko, Osnovi fonetike srpskog jezika , Beograd 1952 Miletich, L., Dva balgarski rzhkopisi s gracko pismo : 1. nedelni pouchnija ot XVIII vek, 2.tarlisko evangelie ot 1861 god , Sofija 1920. vol.VI, Balgarski starini (two copies) Miletich, Lj., Das Ostbulgarische , Wien 1903. Schriften der Balkankommission, linguistische Abtheilung, I. südslavische Dialektstudien, heft II Miletich, Ljubomir, Die Rhodopemundarten der bulgarischen Sprache , Wien 1912. in Schriften der Balkankommission, linguistische Abteilung, V, I. südslavische Dialektstudien, heft VI Miletic, L., Svishchovski damaskin : novobalgarski pametnik ot XVIII vek , Sofija 1923. no.VII, Balgarski starini Milev, Geo, Septembri , Sofija 1967. in Biblioteka za uchenika Milewski, Tadeusz, Introduction to the Study of Language , The Hague - Warsaw 1973. no.7, Janua Linguarum, series didactica Milewski, Tadeusz, Zarys jezykosnawstwa ogoluego , Lublin - Krakow. tom I, Prace etnologiczne cz.I, Teoria jezykoznawstwa 1947 cz.II, Rozmiemieszcenie jezykow zeszy 1, tekst 1948 Milivojevich, Dragan D., Current Russian Phonemic Theory 1952-1962 , The Hague 1970. no.78, Janua Linguarum, series minor Miljukov, P., Ocherki po istorii russkoj kultu’ry. tom pervyj: zemlja, Naselenie, Ekonomika, Scslovija, Gosudarstvo. Chast’ vtoraja Ot preistorii k istorii. (Posmertnoe izdanie pod redakciej N. E. Andreeva), The Hague 1964 Miljukov, P., Ocherki po istorii russkoj kul'tury , The Hague vol.I, Zamlja. naselenie. èkonomika. soslovija gosudrastvo chast 2, Ot preistorii k istorii 1964 vol.II, Vera tvorchestov. obrazovanie. chast 2. iskusstvo. zhkola. prosueshchenie 1931 Miljukov, Paul, Outlines of Russian Culture , Philadelphia part I, Religion and the Church 1942 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 55

part II, Literature part II, Architecture, painting and music *Miljukov, P. N., Vospominanija (1859-1917) (red. M. M. Karpovich and B. I. El’kin), N’ju-Jork 1955. two volumes (two copies) *Miller, B. V. (sost.), Persidsko-russkij slovar’ , Moskva 1953 *Miller, David M., The Net of Hephaestus : a study of modern criticism and metaphysical metaphor , The Hague 1971. no.11, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Miller, George A., Language and Communication , New York 1951. in McGraw-Hill publications in psychology Miller, George and Philip N. Johnson-Laird, Language and Perception , Cambridge, Mass. 1976 Miller, George A., The Magical Number Seven, plus or minus two : some limits on our capacity for processing information , from The Psychological Review, vol.63, Mar.1956, reprint Indianapolis n.d. P-241, The Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Miller, George A. and Jennifer A. Seferidge, Verbal Context and the Recall of Meaningful Material , from The American Journal of Psychology, vol.LXIII, April 1950, reprint Indianapolis n.d. P-242, The Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Miller, George A., What is Information Measurement ? , from The American Psychologist, vol.8, Jan 1953, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.P-243, The Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Miller, Robert L., The Linguistic Relativity Principle and Humboldtian Ethnolinguistics : a history and appraisal , The Hague 1968. no.67, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Miller, Roy Andrew, The Japanese Language , Chicago - London 1970. in History and structure of languages Miller, Vsevolod Fedorovich, Osetinsko-russko-nemeckij slovar , Leningrad 1927 [reprint The Hague 1972], no.1/1, 2, 3, Janua Linguarum, series anastatica Miller, V. F. and N. S. Tixonravov (red.), Russkija byliny staroj i novoj zapisi , Moskva 1894. in Etnograficheskij otdel imperatorskago obshchestva ljubitelej estestvoznanija, antropologii i etnografii [reprint The Hague 1970], no.204, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Miller, William J., Henry L. Roberts and Marshall D. Shulman, The Meaning of Communism , Morristown, N.J. 1963 *Miller, Wright, Russians as People (preface / Alexander Dallin), New York 1961. Dutton 85 Mills, C. Wright, Situated Actions and Vocabularies of Motive , from American Sociological Review, vol.5, Dec.1940, reprint Indianapolis n.d. S-200, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences *Mills, Harriet C. (with P. S. Ni), Intermediate Reader in Modern Chinese , Ithaca - London volume I 1971 volume II 1967 volume III 1967 Millward, Celia M., Imperative Constructions in Old English , The Hague 1971. no.124, Janua Linguarum, series practica Miloshev, G., B. Gruik, M. Korveziroci, B. Blagoeski and A. Cukeski, Srpskoxrvatsko- makedonski rechnik , Skopje 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 56

*Milosz, Czeslaw, The History of Polish Literature , London 1969 Miltner, Vladimir, The Morphologic Key for new Indo-Aryan Languages , Praha. offprint from Archiv orientalni 35, 1967 [Milton] Inwrought with Figures Dim : a reading of Milton’s ‘Lycidas’ (by David Shelley Berkeley), The Hague 1974. no.2, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series didactica Minaev, D. D., Stixotvorenija : poèmy (vstup. stat. I. Jampol’skij), Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Mindlin, Em, Neobyknovennye sobesedniki : kniga vospominanij , Moskva 1968 Minissi, Nullo, Come utilizzare la documentazione finnougristica nella linguistica indoeuropea , Napoli 1970. 1970:2, Euroasiatica : folia philologica AIOn-Sl, suppleta Ministerstvo prosveshchenija RSFSR, Jaroslavskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut imeni K. D. Ushinskogo, Jaroslavl’ vyp.73, Romano-germanskie jazyki, uchenye zapiski 1970 Ministerstvo prosveshchenija RSFSR, Moskovskij oblastnoj pedagogicheskij institut im. N. K. Krupskoj, Moskva I. B. Xlebnikova, Oppozicii v morfologii 1969 Ministerstvo vysshego i srednego special’nogo obrazovanija RSFSR, 1-j Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut inostrannyj jazykov im. M. Toreza, Moskva I. B. Xlebnikova, Sistema anglijskogo glagola : soslagatel’noe naklonenie 1965 Ministerstvo vysshego i srednego special’nogo obrazovanija USSR, Kievskij ordena Lenina gosudarstvennyj universitet im. T. G. Shevchenko, Kiev A. A. Nazarevskij, O literaturnoj storone gramot i drugix dokumentov Moskovskoj Rus : nachala XVII veka 1961 Ministerstvo prosveshchenija RSFSR, Omskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut im. A. M. Gor’kogo, Omsk Voprosy dialektologii i jazykoznanija 1971 Voprosy filologii 1971 Voprosy anglijskoj filologii i metodiki prepodavanija inostrannyx jazykov , vyp. 65 1972 Minkov, Cv., Nachalo na balgarskata poezija : izbrani proizvedenija s uvodni i zhivotopisni belezhki , Sofija 1937 Minovic, Milivoje, Uvod u nauku o jeziku (za studente srpskohrvatskog jezika i drugih lingvistickih predmeta) , Sarajevo 1971 Mioshic, Andrij Kachic, Djela , Zagreb kniga I, Razgovor ugodni 1942. vol.XXVII, Stari pisci hrvatski kniga II, Korablica 1945. vol.XXVIII, Stari pisci hrvatski *Mirambel, André, Précis de grammaire élémentaire du grec moderne , Paris 1939. vol.13, Collection de l’institut néo-hellénique Mirchev, Kiril, Balgarskijat ezik prez vekovete , Sofija 1964. photocopy as no.1, Study texts, Indiana University Department of Slavic languages and literatures Mirchev, I. and Xr. Kodov, Eninski apostol starobalgarski pametnik ot XI vek , Sofija 1965 Mirchev, Kiril, Istoricheska gramatika na balgarskija ezik , Sofija 1958 (with author’s inscription) Mirkine-Guetzevitch, B., La théorie générale de l’état soviétique , Paris 1928 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 57

*Mirkovic, Dragutin J., Govori cheha u slavoniji (Daruvar i okolina) , Beograd 1968. kn.XX, Filoloshki fakultet beogradskog univerziteta, monografije Mirkovic, Lazor, Miroslavljevo evancelje , Beograd 1950. no.CLVI, (I) Posebna izdanja, arxeoloshki institut Mironov, S. A., Gollandsko-russkij slovar’ , Moskva 1954, 1958 (total: two copies) Mironov, S. A., Morfologija imeni v niderlandskom jazyke , Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija (two copies) Mironov, S. A., Niderlandskij (gollandskij) jazyk : grammaticheskij ocherk,k literaturnye teksty s kommentarijami i slovarem , Moskva 1965. vol.4, Jazyki mira *Mirror Series A (Far Eastern Publications, Yale University), New Haven no.5, Fred Fang-yü Wang, Chinese Dialogues 1970 *Mirror Series B (Far Eastern Publications, Yale University), New Haven 31, Yu-Ju Chih, A Primer of Newspaper Chinese 1970 32, Yu-Ju Chih, Advanced Chinese Newspaper Readings 1970 *Mirsky, D. S., Contemporary Russian Literature 1881-1925 , London 1926 Mirsky, D. S., A History of Russian Literature : from its beginnings to 1900 (ed. Francis J. Whitfield), New York 1958. Vintage K67 Mirski, D. S., Pushkin (introd. by George Siegel), New York 1963. Dutton D129 *Misra, Vidya Niwas, The Descriptive Technique of Panini , The Hague 1966. no.XVIII, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Mission to Moscow (by Joseph E. Davies), London 1944 *My Mission to Russia and Other Diplomatic Memories [as : Moja missija v Rossii : vospominanija diplomata ] (by Sir George Buchanan), Berlin vol.2 1924 M.I.T. Press, Research Monographs, Cambridge, Mass no.33, Robert Capranica, The Evoked Vocal Response of the Bullfrog 1965 no.38, Philip Lieberman, Intonation, Perception and Language 1967 *Mitchell, David, An Introduction to Logic , London 1962. in Philosophy *Mitchell, T. F., Writing Arabic : a practical introduction to Ruq’ah Script , London 1966 (two copies) Mixailov, M. L., Adam Adamych , Moskva 1959 Mixailov, M. S., Issledovanija po grammatike tureckogo jazyka [perifrasticheskie formy tureckogo glagola] , Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut narodov Azii Mixajlov, A. I., A. I. Chernyj and R. S. Giljarevskij, Osnovy informatiki , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Gosudarstvennyj komitet soveta ministrov SSSR po nauke i texnike, Vsesojuznyj institut nauchnoj i texnicheskoj informacii Mixajlov, M., Sobranie stixotvorenij , Leningrad 1953. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Mixel’son, M. I., Russkaja mysl’ i rech’ svoe i chuzhoe opty. russkoj frazeologii : sbornik obraznyx slov i inoskaznij , S.-Peterburg 1912 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.240, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Mixnevich, A. E., A. I. Podluzhnyj and A. A. Krivickij, Belorusskij jazyk dlja nebelorusov , Minsk 1973 Mjakotin, V. A., in Na chuzhkoj storone , Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 58

Mjasnikov, A. S., Izuchenie russkoj literatury XVIII-XIX vv. v SSSR za poslednie desjat’ let , Moskva 1955. Doklady sovetskoj delegacii na mezhdunarodnom soveshchanii slavjanovedov v Belgrade 1970 MLA Abstracts , New York volume II, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, German, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures (comp. John H. Fisher and Walter S. Achtert) 1972 1971 MLA Abstracts , New York volume II, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, German, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures (comp. Walter S. Achtert) 1973 1972 MLA Abstracts , New York volume II, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, German, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures (comp. Walter S. Achtert and Eileen M. Mackesy) 1974 1975 MLA Abstracts , New York volume II, General Romance, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, Romanian, General Germanic, German, Netherlandic, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures 1977 Mladenov, St., Sr. Kodov and Xr. Vakarelski, Bita i ezika , Sofija chast I, Xr. Vakarelski , Bit , 1935. vol.V, Trakijski sbornik chast II, St. Mladenov and Xr; Kodov, Ezik 1936. kn.VI, Trakijski sbornik [Mladenov, St.] Ezikovedski izsledvanija v chest na Akad. St. Mladenov , Sofija 1957 Mladenov, Stefan, Geschichte der bulgarischen Sprache , Berlin - Leipzig 1929. in Grundriß der slavischen Philologie und Kulturgeschichte Mladenov, Stefan and Stefan P. Vasilev, Gramatika na balgarskija ezik , Sofija 1939 Mladenov, St., Istorija na balgarskijat ezik , Sofija 1935. in Biblioteka “literaturni razbori” [Mladenov, Stefan] Stefan Mladenov : biobibliografski prinos (by Ekaterina D. Mixajlova), Sofija 1956 Mladenovic, Aleksandar, O narodnom jeziku Jovana Rajica , Beograd 1964 1970 MLA International Bibliography , New York volume II 1972 (two copies) 1971 MLA International Bibliography , New York volume II 1973 1972 MLA International Bibliography , New York volume II, General Romance, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, Romanian, General Germanic, German, Netherlandic, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures 1974 1973 MLA International Bibliography of Books and Articles on the Modern Languages and Literatures , New York volume II, General Romance, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, Romanian, General Germanic, German, Netherlandic, C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 59

Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures 1975 1975 MLA International Bibliography , New York volume II, General Romance, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, Romanian, General Germanic, German, Netherlandic, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures 1977 1976 MLA Internatinoal Bibliography , New York volume II, General Romance, French, Italian Spanish, Portuguese and Brazilian, Romanian, General Germanic, German, Netherlandic, Scandinavian, Modern Greek, Oriental, African and East European Literatures 1978 The MLA Style Sheet, second edition , New York 1970 Mocquereau, R. P. Dom André, Le nombre musical grégorien au rythmique grégorienne : theorie et pratique , Rome vol. I 1908 *Modderman, W., Handboek voor het romeinsche recht , Groningen 1908-1913. three volumes *Modèles mathématiques de la morphologèse : recueil de textes sur la théorie des catastrophes et ses applications (by René Thom), Paris 1974. in series 10/18, no.887 A Model for Perception and Language (by José Enrique Dones), Ann Arbor. photocopy of a University of Rochester dissertation (two copies) A Model of Standard German Intonation (by Alexander Isachenko and Hans-Joachim Schädlich), The Hague 1970. no.113, Janua Linguarum, series practica Modelling the Phoneme : new trends in East European phonemic theory (by F. H. H. Kortlandt), The Hague 1972. no.68, Janua Linguarum, series maior Modelli sintattici e semantici delle teorie elementari (by Maria Luisa Dalla Chiara Scabia), Milano 1968. vol.10, Filosofia della scienza *Modern Chinese Reader (compiled by the Chinese language special class for foreign students in Peking University), Peking 1958. Parts 1 and 2. Modern French ce : the neuter pronoun in adjectival predication (by Samuel N. Rosenberg), The Hague 1970. no.116, Janua Linguarum, series practica Modern Greek and American English in Contact (by P. David Seaman), The Hague 1972. no.132, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Modern Languages (ed. P. Auty), London no.109, Paul Kratochvil, The Chinese Language Today 1970 (two copies) no.148, A. F. L. Beeston, The Arabic Language Today 1970 Modern Linguistics : its development, methods and problems (by Manfred Bierwisch), The Hague 1971. no.110, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Modern Masters (ed. Frank Kermode), New York M8, Lohn Lyons, Noam Chomsky 1970 M27, Edmund Leach, Claude Lévi-Strauss 1974 (two copies) *The Modern Nations in Historical Perspective (ed. Robin W. Winks), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Charles and Barbara Jelavich, The Balkans 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 60

Modern Russian Adjectives Correlative with the Past Passive Participles (by R. G. Fougeres), Ann Arbor. photocopy of 1972 University of Pittsburgh dissertation Modern Russian Reader (ed. Ronald Hingley) : Soviet prose (English transl. by Andrew MacAndrew), London - New York 1960. Mentor bilingual NAL 1 *Modern Standard Arabic : intermediate level (by Peter Abboud, Ernest Abdel-Massih, Salih Altoma, Wallace Erwin, ERnest McCarus, Raji Rammuny), Ann Arbor 1971 part I, Lessons 1 - 13 part II, Lessons 14 - 30 part III, Drills, glossary and indexes Modern Tagalog: a functional -structural description (by Teodoro A. Llamzon), The Hague 1976. no.122, Janua Linguarum, series practica A Modern Theory of 'langue' (by Daniel E. Gulstad), The Hague 1973. no.180, Janua Linguarum, series minor Modlinska, Nadzieja, Anna Sobczyk, Maria Stefanow, Mieczyslawa Ciesla, Cziczenia z ortografii i interpunkcji rosyjskiej (pod red. Janusza Henzla), Krakow 1972 Modrzewski, Andrzej Frycz (Modrevii, Andreae Fricii), Dziela wszystkie (Opera omnia) , Warszawa vol.III, De ecclesia liber secondus 1955 vol.V, Sylwy 1959 Modrzewski, Andrzej Frycz, O naprawie rzeczypospolitej : z przekladu cyprjana basylika (r.1577) wybor , Warszawa 1914. no.6, Wendego bibljoteka klasykow polskich (red. Konrad Drzewiecki) Moessner, Lilo, Automatische syntaktische Analyse englischer nominaler Gruppen , The Hague 1973. no.148, Janua Linguarum, series practica Mogush, Milan, Fonoloshki razvoj hrvatskoga jezika , Zagreb 1971. in Matica hrvatska, biblioteka "znanje" (two copies) Moiseeva, G. N., Lomonosov i drevnerusskaja literatura , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) (two copies) Moja biblioteka : izb or iz narodne knjizhevnosti (urednik Ferdo Nikolic), Zagreb I, Lirske narodne pjesme : antologija (ured. Tvrtko Chubelic) 1953 Mok, Q. I. M., Contribution à l'étude des catégories morphologiques du genre et du nombre dans le français parlé actuel : academisch proefschrift , The Hague 1968 Mok, Q. I. M., Contribution à l'étude des catégories morphologiques du genre et du nombre dans le français parlé actuel , The Hague 1968. no.100, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Mol, H., Een wandeling door de fonetiek , 's-Gravenhage 1959. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van buitengewoon hoogleraar in de fonetiek aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 16 januari 1959 *Mol, H., Fundamentals of Phonetics , The Hague II, Acoustical Models Generating the Formants of the Vowel Phonemes 1970. no.26/2, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Mol, H., Geloof en bijgeloof in de fonetiek , 's-Gravenhage 1960. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van buitengewoon hoogleraar in the fonetische wetenschappen aan de Universiteit van Amsterdam op maandag 18 januari 1960 *van der Molen, W., Le subjonctif : sa valeur psychologique et son emploi dans la langue parlée , Zalt - Bommel 1923 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 61

Molière as Ironic Contemplator (by Alvin Eustis), The Hague 1973. no.40, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Molinsky, Steven J., Patterns of Ellipsis in Russian Compound Noun Formations , The Hague 1973. no.278, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Molnar, Amedeo, Cheskobratrska vychova pred komenskym , Praha 1956 Molodaja gvardija : ezhemesjachnyj literaturno-xudozhestvennyj obshchestvenno- politicheskij i nauchno-populjarnyj zhurnal ck vkp/ / i ck vlksm , Moskva kn.8 avgust 1934 *Mommsen, Theodor, Römische geschichte , Wien - Leipzig 1932 Monastic Manuscript Microfilm Project, Collegeville, Minn. progress report VII, The Austrian Phase 1964-1973 1973 Monastyrskija tjur'my v bor'be s sektantstvom (by A. S. Prugavin), S.-Peterburg 1904 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.151, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Le monde slave : revue mensuelle , Paris année tome date XIV I, II, III, IV 1937 XV I, II, III 1938 Mongajt, A. L., Zhudozhestvennye sokrovishcha staroj rjazani , Moskva 1967. ANSSSR, Institut arxeologii Das Mongolsiche Weltreich : Quellen und Forschungen (herausgegeben v. Erich Haenisch u. Hans Heinrich Schraeder), Leipzig II, Bertold Spuler, Die goldene Horde : die Mongolen in Rußland 1223-1502 1943 Mongoly i rus' (istorija tatarskoj politiki na rusi) (by A. N. Nasonov), Moskva - Leningrad 1940. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii [reprint The Hague 1969], no.233, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Monna, A. F. and D. van Dalen, Sets and Integration : an outline of the development , Groningen 1972 Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, Pol. Akad. Nauk, Wroclaw vols. 4 & 5, J. Siakowski, Dialekt czeski okolic kudowy 1962 cz.I, fonetyka - slowotworstwo cz.II, fleksja-slownictwo-teksty vol.10, A. Boguslawski, Semantyczne pojecie liczebnika i jego morfologia w jezyku rosyjskim 1966 vol.12, Iryda Grek-Pabisowa, Rosyjska gwara starowiercow w wojewodztwach olsztynskipm i bialstockim 1968 (two copies) vol.21, Kazimierz Feleszko, Skladnia genetiwu i wyrazen przyimkowych z genetiwem w jezyku serbsko-chorwackim 1970 vol.23, Stanislaw Stachowski, Fonetyka zapozyczen osmansko tureckich w jezyku serbsko-chorwackim 1973 vol.24, Ewa Rzetelska-Feleszko, Dawne slowianskie dialekty wojewodztwa koszalinskiego : najstarsze zmiany fonetyczne 1973 vol.30, Maria Wojtyla-Swierzowska, Praslowianskie nomen agentis 1974 vol.32, Wieslaw Borys, Prefiksjcja imienna w jezykach slowianskich 1975 vol.34, Maria Jezowa, Sufiks -ika w jezykach slowianskich 1975 vol.36, Irena Dulewiczowa, Nomina actionis we wzpolczesnym jezyku C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 62

rosyjskim 1976 vol.38, Violetta Koseska-Toszewa, System temporalny gwar bulgarskich na tle jezyka literackiego 1977 Monograph Series on Languages and Linguistics, Washington, D.C. 23, 21st Annual Round Table : bilingualism and language contact : anthropological, linguistic, psychological and sociological aspects (ed. James E. Alatis) 1973 24, 22nd Annual Round Table : linguistics : developments of the sixties - viewpoints for the seventies (ed. Richard J. O'Brien, S.J.) 1971 *Monographs in Modern Logic (ed. G. B. Keene), London - New York R. Ackermann, An Introduction to Many-valued Logics 1967 Monographs on Linguistic Analysis, The Hague no.1, Fillmore, Indirect Object Constructions in English and the Ordering of Transformations 1965 no.3, James D. McCawley, The Phonological Component of a Grammar of Japanese 1968 (?) no.3, C. Douglas Johnson, Formal Aspects of Phonological Description 1972 *Monographien sur philosophischen Forschung (begründet von Georgi Schischkoff), Meisenheim am Glan XXXIX, Waltraud Bumann, Die Sprachtheorie Heymann Steinthals 1965 Monomax, Vladimir (by A. S. Orlov), Moskva - Leningrad 1946 Monter, Barbara Heldt, Koz'ma Prutkov : the art of parody , The Hague 1972. no.211, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Monumenta archeologica : acta praehistorica, protohistorica et historica, instituti archeologici, academiae scientiarum bohemoslovenicae, curante Jaroslavo Böhm edita, Praha V, Jan Filip, Keltove ve steedni evrope 1956 VII, Josef Cibulka, Velkomoravsky kostel v modré u velehradu a zachatky kreshtanstvi na morave 1958 Monumenta musicae byzantinae (union acdémique internationale), subsidia (ed. Carsten Høeg, et al.), Copenhagen vol.IV, pars supletoria : Milosh M. Velimirovic, Byzantine Elements in Early Slavic Chant : volume of appendices 1960 Monumenta musicae byzantinae (union acdémique internationale), transcripta (ed. Carsten Høeg, et al.), Copenhagen vol.VII, H. J. W. Tillyard, The Hymns of the Pentecostarium 1960 Moody, Marvin D., A Classiffcation and Analysis of "noun + de + noun" construction in French , The Hague 1973. no.227, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Moore, Theral O., Elementary General Topology , Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 1964. in Prentice-Hall mathematics series *Morag, Sehlomo, The Vocalization Systems of Arabic, Hebrew and Aramaic : their phonetic and phonemic principles , The Hague 1972. no.XIII, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Morality-patterned Comedy of the Renaissance (by Sylvia D. Feldman), The Hague 1970. no.12, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 63

*Moravcsik, Byula, Byzantium and the Magyars , Budapest 1970 Moravcsik, J. M. E;, Understanding Language : a study of theories of language in linguistics and in philosophy, The Hague 1975. no.169, Janua Linguarum, series minor Morawska, Ludmila, L'adjectiv qualificatif dans la langue des symbolistes français (Rimbaud, Mallarmé, Valéry) , Poznan 1964. no.1, Uniwersytet im. Adama Mickeiwicza w Poznaniu, Prace wydzialu filologicznego, seria filologia romanska Mordovcev, D. L., Zhelezom i krov'ju : istoricheskij roman , N'ju-Jork 1954 Mordovilko, A. P., Ocherki po russkoj frazeologii (imennye i glagol'nye frazeologicheskie oboroty) , Moskva 1964 Morfematicka shtruktura slovenshiny (by Jan Horecky), Bratislava 1964. in Slovenska akadémia vied, ustav slovenskeho jazyka Morfologia slovenského jazyka (by Ladislav Dvonch et al.), Bratislava 1966 Morfologia zapozyczen niemieckich w jezyku polabskim (by Kazimierz Polanski), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1962. no.32, Prace jezykoznawcze, Polskiej akad. nauk Morfologicheskaja tipologija i problema klassifikacii jazykov (red. B. A. Serebrennikov and O. P. Sunik), Moskva - Leningrad 1965 Morfologicheskaja struktura slova v jazykax raslichnyx tipov (red. V. M. Zhirmunskij and O. P. Sunik), Moskva - Leningrad 1963 Morfologicheskaja tipologija i problema klassifikaci jazykov (red. B. A. Serebreninkov and O. P. Sunik), Moskva - Leningrad 1965 K morfologii souchasné prozy (by Josef Hrabak), Brno 1969. sv.10, Edice hosta do domu Morfologija imeni sushchestvitel'nogo i glagola v sovremennom makedonskom literaturnom jazyke (by R. P. Usikova), Skopje 1967. kn.5, Institut za makedonski jazik "krste misirkov", posebni izdanija Morfologija imeni v niderlandskom jazyke (by S. A. Mironov), Moskva 1967. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Morfologija i sintaksis sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva 1968. in Russie jazyk i sovetskoe obshchestvo i sociologo-lingvistichestoe issledovanie (red. M. V. Panov) Morfologija slovenskego jezika (skripta, prirejena po predavanijih prof. dr. Fr. Ramovsha v l. 1947/48, 48/49 , Ljubljana 1952 (two copies) *Morfosintaxis del nucleo, Rosario fasc. no.4.1., German Fernandez Guzzetti, Gramatica funcional del idioma guarani segun el modelo estatico-generativo 1963 Morgan, Raleigh, Jr., The Regional French of County Beauce, Quebec , The Hague 1975. no.177, Janua Linguarum, series practica Morley's Universal Library, London no.16, Laurence Sterne, …Tristram Shandy 1884 Mornet, D., La pensée française au XVIIIe siècle , Paris 1951. no.81, Collection Armand Colin, section de langues et littératures Morphologie des Verbs im Cahuilla (by Anna Fuchs), The Hague 1970. no.87, Janua Linguarum, series practica Morphologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen (by Hermann Osthoff and Karl Brugmann), [reprint Hildesheim - New York 1974]. in Documenta semiotica, series 1: linguistik C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 64

I. Teile 1, 2, 3 II, Teile 4, 5 Morphology of Cayuvava (by Harold H. Key), The Hague 1967. no.53, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Morphology of King Alfred’s Translation of the Orosius (by Curtis P. Herold), The Hague 1968. no.62, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Morphology of the English Verb: tense, aspect and taxis (ed. Olga Akhmanova and Victoria Belenkaya), Moskva 1975 The Morphology of the Modern French Verb (by Michael H. Gertner), The Hague 1972. no.204, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Morphology of the Polish Verb (by Christopher Allen Wertz), photocopy of 1971 University of Michigan dissertation *Morris, Charles D. (ed.), Thucydides , Boston. in College series of Greek Authors book I 1891 *Morris, Charles W., Foundations of the Theory of Signs , Chicago 1951. vol.I, no.2, International encyclopedia of unified science, foundations of the unity of science (vols.I-II of Ency.) *Morris, Charles, Signification and Significance : a study of the relations of signs and values , Cambridge 1964. in Studies in communication Morrison, James C., Meaning and Truth in Wittgenstein’s “Tractatus” , The Hague 1968. no.64, Janua Linguarum, series minor Morton, Miriam (ed.), A Harvest of Russian Children's Literature : a treasury for all ages , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1970 *Moscovische Reyse 1664-1665 : journaal en aentekeningen (by Nicolaas Witsen), 's- Gravenhage. in Werken uitgegeven door de linschoten-vereeniging deel I, Journaal eerste gedeelde 1966, no.LXVI, Werken … deel II, Journaal tweede gedeelde bezoek aan Patriarch Nikon 1966, no. LXVII, Werken … deel III, Aentekeningen 1967, no.LXVIII, Werken … Moser, Charles A., A History of Bulgarian Literature 865 - 1944 , The Hague 1972. no.112, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Moser, Hugo, Deutsche Sprachgeschichte : mit einer Einführung in de Fragen der Sprachbetrachtung , Stuttgart 1961 Moshin, B. (prired.), Makedonsko evangelie na pop Jovana , Skopje 1954. no.I, Institut za makedonski jazik - Skopje, Stari tekstov Moskovich, V. A., Informacionnye jazyki , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme "kibernetika" Moskovich, V. A., Statistika i semantika , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme "kibernetika" Moskvoskaja shkola ikonopisi (by V. N. Lazarev), Moskva 1971 Moskovskie cari i vizantijskie vasilevsy k voprosy o vlijanii Vizantii na obrazovanie idei carckoj vlasti moskovskix gosudarej (by V. Savva), Xar'kov 1901 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.127, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj istoriko-arxivnyj institut, kafedra vspomogatel'nyx istoricheskix disciplin, Moskva [reprint The Hague] C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 65

A. A. Zimin, Russkie letopisi i xronografy konca XV-XVI vv. 1960 [1969], no.163, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut inostrannyx jazykov imeni Morisa Toreza, uchenye zapiski, Moskva tom 60, Issledovanija jazyka i rechi 1971 Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj universitet, nauchno-metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka, sektor psixologii i metodiki obuchenija, Moskva Psixologija grammatiki (red. A. A. Leontev and T. V. Rjabova) 1968 Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj universitet, filologicheskij fakul'tet, Moskva Etimologicheskij slovar russkogo jazyka series Publikacii otdelenija strukturnoj i prikladnoj lingvistiki, serija monografij Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj universitet im. M. V. Lomonosova, Nauchno-metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka, sektor psixologii i metodiki obuchenija, Moskva Aktual'nye problemy psixologii rechi i psixologii obuchenija jazyku 1970 Moskovskij Kreml' (by A. I. Vlastuk), Moskva 1958 Moskovskoe carstvo (by A. E. Presnjakov), Petrograd 1918 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.40, Russian reprint series Moscow Admits a Critic (by Bernard Pares), London 1936 The Most Popular Songs from Soviet Union , New York 1942 Moszynski, Kazimierz, Pierworny zasiag jezyka praslowianskiego , Wroclaw 1957. no.16, Prace jezykoznawcze, Polska Akad. Nauk Moulton, William G., The Stops and Spirants of Early Germanic , from Language, vol.30, no.1, Jan.-Mar. 1954, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.68, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and lingustics *Mounin, Georges, Clefs pour la linguistique , Paris 1968 *Mounin, Georges, Ferdinand de Saussure , Paris 1968. in Philosophes de tous les temps Mourin, L. and G. de Poerck, Introduction à la morphologie comparée des langues romanes, basée sur des traductions anciennes des actes des apôtres ch.XX-XXIV , Bruges tome IV, Sursilvain et engadinois anciens, et ladin dolomitique (by L. Mourin) 1964 Mourin, L., Sursilvain et engadinois anciens, et ladin dolomitique , Bruges 1964. tome IV of Introduction à la morphologie comparée des langues romanes (by L. Mourin and G. de Poerck) *[Mouton] De Herdersfluit : jubileumuitgave ter gelegenheid van het 75-jarig bestaan van het bedrijk 1884-1959 , The Hague 1959 Movoznavstvo : naukovi zapiski (red. I. K. Bilodid, et al.), Kiïev tom XVI 1961 tom XVIII 1963 Movoznavstvo na ukrïni za p'jatdesjat rokiv (red. J. A. Bagmut), Kiïv 1967 (two copies) Mowrer, O. Hobart, On the Psychology of 'Talking Birds' - a contribution to language and personality theory , from Learning Theory and Personality Dynamics, The Ronald Press Co. 1950, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.P-257, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Le moyen age russe (by Alexandre Eck) (deuxième ed., avec l’avant-propos et une revision de bibliographie by Marc Szeftel) préface de Henri Pirenne, Paris 1933 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.99, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 66

Moyne, John, The Exclusion Operation , Washington, D.C. 1959. no.7, Georgetown Univ. occasional papers on machine translation, pt.VI, General analysis technique Russian- English research reports, GAL Moyne, John, Rearrangement , Washington, D.C. 1959. no.21, Georgetown Univ. occasional papers on machine translation, pt.XX, General analysis technique Russian- English research reports, GAL Mozhaeva, I. E., Juzhnoslavnskie jazyki : annotirovannyj bibliograficheskij ukazatel' literatury opublikovannoj v Rossii i v SSSR s 1835 po 1965 gg. , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistika Mozaik series, Novi Sad no.14, Ivo Andric, Prokleta Avlija 1954 no.17, Bogdan Popovic, Dva ogleda iz teorije stila n.d. *Mpampiniote, Georg and Panag. Kontou, Sugxronike grammatike tes koines neas ellenikes : feoria - askeseis , Athens 1967 Mraz, A., Dejiny slovenskej literatury , Bratislava 1948. sv.I, diel V, literatura a jazyk, Slovenska vlastiveda (two copies) Muchnic, Helen, An Introduction to Russian Literature , New York 1964 Dutton D133 (two copies) Muoke, Kari Ernest, Historische und vergleichende Laut- und Formenlehre der niedersorbischen (niederlausitzich-wendischen) Sprache mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Grenzdialecte und des Obersorbischen , Leipzig 1891. Preisschriften, no.XXVIII, der historisch-nationalökonomischen Sektion, no.XVIII Mukarovsky, Jan, Kapitoly z cheske poetiky , Praha 1948 dil I, Obecne veci basnictvi dil II, K vyvoji cheske poesie a prozy dil III, Machovske studie [Mukarovsky, Jan] O literaarnej avantgarde : k 75 vyruchiu narodenia akad. Jana Mukarovskeho (by Barkosh Milulash et al.), Bratislava 1966. no.IX, Litteraria- shtudie a dokumenty *Mulder, Ernest W., Harmonie , Utrecht 1952 deel I, Theorie / Analyse deel II, De practische harmonieleer *Mulder, J. W. F. and S. G. J. Hervey, Theory of the Linguistic Sign , The Hague 1972. no.136, Janua Linguarum, series minor Mullen, J., Agreement of the Verb Predicate with a Collective Subject , Cambridge 1967. no.5, Studies in the modern Russian literature *Muller, F., and J. H. Thiel, Beknopt grieks-nederlands woordenboek , Groningen - Batavia n.d. (2nd printing) *Muller, F. and E. H. Renkema, Beknopt latijnsch-nederlandsch woordenboek , Groningen - Den Haag - Batavia n. d. (2nd printing) *Muller, Fred. and E. Renkema, Beknopt latijns-nederlands woordenboek , Groningen 1961 Müller, Günther, Deutsche Dichtung von der Renaissance bis zum Ausgang des Barock , Darmstadt 1957. in Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft Müller, Mauritius and Guilelmus Weissenborn, Titi Livi, Ab urbe condita libri , Lipsiae 1909. in Bibliotheca scriptorum graecorum et romanorum teubneriana Müller, V. K. (sost.), English - Russian Dictionary , New York 1959 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 67

Müller-Vollmer, K., Towards a Phenomonological Theory of Literature , The Hague 1963. no.1, Stanford series in Germanic and Slavic (two copies) Müllner, Fr., Die Bedeutung der sprachlichen Casus und Modi : ein Bersuch , Münster 1827 (photocopy, book) *Mulroy, David Dunn, Prepositions in Thucydides . photocopy of 1971 Stanford University dissertation Munera poznaniensia : ksiega pamiatkowa uniwersytetu im. Adama Mickiewicza w Poznaniu dla uczczenia 600-lucia zalozenia uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego (pod redakcja Gerarda Labudy), Poznan 1965 Murav'ev, M., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Murav'ev, M. N., Stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1967. in Biblioteka poèta, bol'shaja serija (two copies) Muravickaja, M. P., Nekotorye voprosy polisemii : materialy dlja speckursov i specseminarov po leksikologii , Kiev 1964 *Muret-Sanders Enzyklopädisches englisch-deutsches und deutsch-engli!sches wörterbuch , Berlin - Schöneberg teil I, Englisch-deutsch (by B. Klatt) 1910 Murko, M., Bericht der Volksepik der bosnischen Mohammedaner , Wien 1913. no.173/3, Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, philosophisch-historische Klasse Murko, Matthias, Bericht über eine Bereisung von Nordwestbosnien und der angrenzenden Gebiete von Kroatien und Dalmatien behufs Erforschung der Volksepik der bosnischen Mohammedaner , Wien 1913. no.173, no.3, Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, philosophisch-historische Klasse Murko, Matthias, Bericht über eine Reise zum Studium der Volksepik in Bosnien und Herzegowina im Jahre 1913 , Wien 1915. 176. Band, 2. Abhandlung, Sitzungsberichte der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien, philosophisch- historische Klasse Murko, Matija, Tragom srpsko-hrvatske narodne epike. putovanja u godinama 1930-1932 , Zagreb kn.I 1951. kn.41, Djela Jug. Akad. Znan. i Umjet. kn.II, 1951. kn.42, Djela Jug. Akad. Znan. i Umjet (two copies) [Murray, Elwood, Festschrift] Language Behavior : a book of readings in communication (ed. Johnnye Akin, Alvin Goldberg, Gail Myers and Joseph Stewart), The Hague 1970. no.41, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Murray, Peter and Linda, The Art of the Renaissance , New York 1963 Murygina, Z. M., Semantischeskaja struktura sprjagaemyx form russkogo glagola , Moskva 1970. vyp.5, Publikacii otdelenija strukturnoj i prikladnoj lingvistiki (red. V. A. Zvegincev) (two copies) Murzaev, E. M., Velikij russkij geograf i puteshestvennik N. M. Przheval'skij , Moskva 1950. in Vsesojuznoe obshchestvo po rasarostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij Murzanova, M. N., E. I. Bobrova and V. A. Petrov, Istoricheskij ocherk i obzor fondov rukopisnogo otdela biblioteka akademii nauk , Moskva - Leningrad vol.I, XVIII vek 1956 Musaev, K. M., Alfabety jazykov narodov SSSR , Moskva 1965 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 68

Musagettes (contributions to the history of Slavic literature and culture, ed. Dmitrij Chizhevskij), 's-Gravenhage I, D. Chizhevskij, On Romanticism in Slavic Literatures 1957 II, R. E. Matlaw, The Brothers Karamazov : novelistic techniques 1957 III, A. V. Soloviev, Le nom byzantin de la Russie 1957 V, K. Schaller, ∏an 1958 VI, M. Kridl, The Lyric Poems of Julius Slowacki 1958 VII, V. Zen'kovskij, Aus der Geschichte der Asthetischen Ideen in Russland im 19. u. 20. Jahrhundert 1958 VIII, S. Kot, Georges Niemirycz 1960 IX, J. Holthusen , Fedor Sologubs : roman - trilogie 1960 Musdienu latviezhu literaras valodas graméatika , Riga 1959 vol.1, fonetika un morfologija *Museum : tijdschrift voor filologie en geschiedenis , Leiden vol.LX, no.1 March 1958 (two copies) Music, A., Znachenje i upotrebna participa u srpskohrvatskom jeziku , Zagreb 1934. vol.250 (1 & 2), Rad, historichko-filologichkog i folozofichko-juridichkog razreda, Jugoslavenske Akademije Znanosti i umjetnosti Muslimani srpskohrvatskog jezika (by Salim Ceric), Sarajevo 1968 Mutafchiev, Petar, Istorij na balgarskija narod , Sofija chast I 1943 chast II 1944 Mutafchiev, Radoslav, Segashno istorichesko vreme v savremennija balgarski ezik : gramatiko-stilistichno prouchvane na edna morfologichna kategorija) , Sofija 1964 Die Muttersprache im Aufbau unserer Kultur (by Leo Weisgerber), Düsseldorf 1971. no.III, Von den Kräften der deutschen Sprache The Mutual Influence Between Slavic and Balto-Finnic Epic Songs (by Felix J. Oinas). offprint, Congressus secundus internationalis fenno-ugristarum helsinki 23.-28. VIII 1965, pars II Muxin, A. M., Funkcional'nyj analiz sintaksicheskix elementov , Moskva 1964 Muxin, A. M., Struktura predlozhenij i ix modeli , Leningrad 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Myl'nikov, A. S., Pavel Shafarik ; vydajushchijsja uchenyj-slavist, Moskva - Leningrad 1963. in Nauchno-populjarnaja serija Myshlenie i rech : trudy instituta psixologii (red. F. N. Shemjakin), Moskva 1960. no.113, Izvestija akademii predagogicheskix nauk RSFSR Myshlenie i rech (red. N. I. Zhinkin and F. N. Shemjakin), Moskva 1963 Mythen und Tatsachen über die Entstehung der russischen Literatursprache (by Alexander Issatschenko), Wien 1975. 298. Band, 5. Abhandlung, Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, Heft 3, Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Linguistik und Kommunikationsforschung *Mythologiques (by Claude Lévi-Strauss), Paris vol.1, Le cru et le cuit 1964 vol.2, Du miel au cendres 1966 vol.3, L'origine des manières de table 1968

C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 69

N

*Nabokov, Vladimir, Nikolai Gogol , Norfolk, Conn. 1944. in The Makers of modern literature Nachal'nyj etap formirovanija russkogo nacional'nogo jazyka (red. B. A. Larin), Leningrad 1961 Nacional'no-osvoboditel'naja vojna kitajskogo naroda protiv japonskogo imperializma (1937-1945 gody) (by V. N. Nikoforov), Moskva 1950. in Vsesojuznoe obshchestvo po rasprostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij Nad chem rabotajut, o chem sporjat filosofy, Moskva A. A. Vetrov, Semiotika i ee osnovnye problemy 1968 Na chuzhkoj storone : istoriko-literaturnye sborniki (red. S. P. Mel'gunov), Berlin [reprint The Hague] I, L. N. Tolstoj, V. G. Korolenko, T. I. Polner, S. P. Mel'gunov, A. A. Kuzevetter, V. A. Mjakotin, V. A. Rozenberg, L. M. Pumpjanskij, A. V. Peshexonov 1923 [1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings II 1923 [1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings III 1923 [1968], no.131/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings IV 1924 [1970], no.131/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings V-VI 1924 [1970], no.131/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings VII-VIII 1924 [1968], no.131/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings IX-X 1925 [1970], no.131/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings XI-XII 1925 [1970], no.131/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings XIII 1925 [1970], no.131/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Naddialektnye formy ustnoj rechi i ix rol' v istorii jazyka (by A. V. Desnickaja), Leningrad 1970. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po teorii sovetskogo jazykoznanija pri otdelenii literatury i jazyka (two copies) Nadeljaev, V. M., Proekt universal'noj unificirovannoj foneticheskoj transkripcii (UUFT) , Moskva - Leningrad 1960 Nadson, S. Ja., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat.: G. A. Bjalyj), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, bol'shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel' Nadson, S. Ja., Polnoe sobranie stixotborenij s portretom, faksimile i biograficheskim ocherkom , Berlin n.d. Nadson, S. Ja., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. G. A. Bjalyj), Leningrad 1957. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija *Nagel, Ernest, The Structure of Science : problems in the logic of scientific explanation , New York 1961 Nagy, Gabor O., Abriss einer funktionellen Semantik , The Hague 1973. no.137, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Nahmad, H. M. and J. A. Haywood, A New Arabic Grammar of the Written Language , Cambridge, Mass. 1965 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 70

Nahtigal, R., Ot'ch'sky knigu (zhitije metodovo pogl. XV) , Ljubljana 1950. no.I, Razprave, Slovenska akademija snanosti in umetnosti : razred za filoloshke in literarne vede Nahtigal, Rajko, Slovanski jeziki , Ljubljana I 1938 Nahtigal, Rajko, Slovansko jezikoslovje. Nahtigalov zbornik , Ljubljana 1977 Nahtigal, Rajko, Slovanski jeziki , Ljubljana 1952 [Nahtigal, Rajko] Nachtigall, R., Substantiva auf Konsonanten , Heidelberg pt.I, Akzentbewegung in der russischen Formen- und Wortbildung 1922. no.7, Slavica Nahtigal, Rajko, Uvod v slovansko filologijo , Ljubljani 1949 *Naive Set Theory (by Paul R. Halmos), New York 1970. in Undergraduate texts in mathematics Najdawniejsze zabytki jezyka polskiego , Wroclaw 1951. no.104, ser.1, Biblioteka narodowa Nakanune reform Petra velikago (by V. F. Ikonomov), Moskva 1903. no.XXVII, Biblioteka dlja samoobrazovanija [reprint The Hague 1969], no.241, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Nakonetschna, H., Deutsch - Ukrainisches Taschenwörterbuch , Leipzig teil I, Deutsch - ukrainisch 1941 Nalimov, V. V., Verojatnostnaja model' jazyka : o sootnoshenii estestvennyx i iskusstvennyx jazykov , Moskva 1974. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po kompleksnoj probleme "kibernetika", vsesofuznyj institut nauchnoj i texnicheskoj informacii Nametak, Alija, Narodne junachke pjesme : bosansko, hercegovachkih, muslimana , Sarajevo 1967 Nandris, Grigore, Old Church Slavonic Grammar , London 1959. pt.I, Handbook of Old Church Slavonic [for pt.II, see Auty, Robert], in London East European series Narechie dlhej luky v Bardejovskom okvese (by Ferd. Buffa), Bratislava 1953 Narezhnyj, V. T., Izbrannye sochinenija , Moskva 1956. two volumes Narodni pesni i prikazki ot novi pazar i s. en'ovo, novopazarsko , Sofija 1956. section II, no.47, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Narodni pesni i prikazki ot soeijsko i botevgradsko (by Georgi Pop Ivanov), Sofija 1949. no.XLIV, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Narodni pesni na maloazijskite balgari v novopazarsko , Sofija 1956. pt.I, no.47, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Narodni umotvorbi, Skopje no.5, Junal nad junaci (red. Jovan Boshkovski) 1948 O narodnom jeziku Jovana Rajica (by Aleksandar Mladenovic), Beograd 1964 Narodnye ballady (vstup. stat. D. M. Balashov), Moskva - Leningrad 1963. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ (two copies) Narodnye istoricheskie pesni (vstup. stat. B. N. Putilov), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Narodnye liricheskie pesne (vstup. stat. V. Ja. Propp), Leningrad 1961. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Narodnye russkie pesni i romansy (sost. Aleksej I. Chernov), New York vol.1 1949 vol.2, s predisloviem S. Jurasova : Pesnja v zhizni russkogo naroda 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 71

Narodnyja russkija legendy (by A. N. Afanas’ev), Moskva 1859 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.110, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Narodopisni materiali ot razlozhko (by Bratja Dimitar and Kostadin G. Molerovi), Sofija 1954. no.XLVIII, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Narr, Gunter (hrsg.), Griechisch und Romanisch , Tübingen 1971. no.16, Tübinger Beiträge zur Linguistik Narrative and Drama : essays in modern Italian literature from Verga to Pasolini (by Olga Ragusa) Narrative Purpose in the Novella (by Judith Leibowitz), The Hague 1974. no.10, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor (two copies) Narrative Structure in the Novels of Sir Walter Scott (by Marian H. Cusac), The Hague 1969. no.6, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Narten, Johanna, Die sigmatischen Aoriste im Veda , Wiesbaden 1964 Narysy pa belaruskaj dytalektalogii (red. R. I. Avanesav), Minsk 1964 Nash, Rose, Intonational Interference in the Speech of Puerto Rican Bilinguals : an instrumental study based on oral readings of a Juan Bobo story , San Juan 1968. mimeograph Nash, Rose, Turkish Intonation : an instrumental study , The Hague 1973. no.114, Janua Linguarum, series practica Nash knjizhevni jezik na sto godina poslije vuka (by Mitar Peshikan), Beograd 1970. kolo 3, knjiga 8, Biblioteka drushtva za srpskoxrvatski jezik i knjizhevnost sr srbije Nasonov, A. N., Istorija russkogo letopisanija XI - nachalo XVIII veka : ocherki i issledovanija , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii SSSR (two copies) Nasonov, A. N., Mongoly i rus’ (istorija tatarskoj politiki na rusi) , Moskva - Leningrad 1940. ANSSSR, Institut istorii [reprint The Hague 1969], no.233, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Nasr, Raja T., The Teaching of English to Arab Students , London 1963 Nasza bibljoteka, Lwow - Warszawa - Krakow no.11, Franciszek Zablocki, Sarmatyzm 1926 Natan, Lydia, A. I. Poltoratsky, Nonna Shmyr’ova and Rolandas F. Idzelis, The Principles and Methods of Linguostylistics (a course of lectures) (ed. Olga Akhmanova), Moskva 1970 Natkevichius, Ladas, Aspect politique et juridique du différend polono-lithuanien , Paris - Kaunas 1930 (with author’s inscription) Nattiez, J. J., et al., Problèmes et méthodes de la sémiologie , Paris 1974. no.35, Langages Naturalism (by Lilian R. Furst and Peter N. Skrine), London 1971. no.18, The critical idiom series On the Nature of Categorical Perception of Speech Sounds (by David Bob Pisoni). 1971 Univ. of Michigan dissertation. supplement to : Status Report on Speech Research, Nov. 1971, Haskins Laboratories Nauchna knizhnica, Slovenskej Akadémie vieda umeni, Bratislava sväzok 3, J. M. Korinek, Od indoeuropského prajazyka k praslovanchine 1948 sväzok 7, A. V. Isachenko, Fonetika spisovnej rushtiny 1947 sväzok 13, Milosh Weingart, Cheskoslovensky typ cirkevnej slovanchiny : jeho pamiatky a vyznam 1949 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 72

Nauchnaja konferencija o lingvisticheskix predposylkax obuchenija russkoj ustnoj rechi , Hradci Kralové 1967 Nauchno drushtvo sr Bosne i Hercegovine, Radovi, Odjeljenje istorijsko-filoloshkih nauka, Sarajevo radovi kn.XXIV, odjel. kn. 8 1964 Nauchno-metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka PRI MGU, Moskva T. P. Lomtev, Predlozhenie i ego grammaticheskie katigorii 1972 Nauchno-populjarnaja serija, Moskva - Leningrad A. S. Myl’nikov, Pavel Shafarik : vydajushchijsja uchenyj - slavist 1963 V. P. Adrianova-Peretc, Ocherki poèticheskogo stilja drevnej rusi 1947 V. V. Kostochkin, Drevnie russkie kreposti 1964 Nauchnye doklady vysshej shkoly : filologicheskie nauki (red. A. V. Stepanov), Moskva nr.1 1958 Nauchnyj sovet po problemam leksikologii i leksikografii pri otdelenii literatury i jazyka AN SSSR, Institut literatury i jazyka im. Nizami AN Azerbajdzhanskoj SSR, Baku Voprosy frazeologii i sostavlenija frazeologicheskix slovarej 1968 Nauke filosofske i filoloshke, Beograd vol.II, A. Belic, Akcenatske studije, vol. I 1914. vol.XLII, Posebna izdanja Naukovij zbirnik (red. Gornjatkevich et al.), Nju-Jork vol.I 1952 Naviny z belarusi (agljad saveckaga drugu) , New York no.17 (40) god. vyd.III 15 verac’nja 1965 g. Navrh soustavy rostlinné a rostlinopisny material z posustalosti (vydal Milosh B. Volf) (by Josef Dobrovsky), Praha 1936. svazek XVIII, Spisy a projevy Josefa Dobrovskeho Naylor, Kenneth E. (ed.), The American Bibliography of Slavic and East European Studies for 1967 Columbus, Ohio (?) 1972 Nazarevskij, A. A., O literaturnoj storone gramot i drugix dokumentov moskovskoj rusi nachala XVII veka , Kiev 1961. in Ministerstvo vysshego i srednego special’nogo obrazovanija USSR, Kievskij ordena Lenina gosudarstvennyj universitet im. T. G. Shevchenko (three copies) Nazechic, Vukovic and Novakovic (eds.), Pitanja knjizhevnosti i jezika , Sarajevo vol.I 1954 N’Diaye, Geneviève, Structure du dialecte basque de Maya , The Hague 1970. no.86, Janua Linguarum, series practica Near and Middle East Monographs (ed. D. M. Dunlop, T. Halasi-Kun, P. Oberling), The Hague no.V, Jaroslaw Pelenski, Russia and Kazan : conquest and imperial ideology (1438-1560s) 1974 Nebel, Henry M., Jr., N. M. Karamzin : a Russian sentimentalist , The Hague 1967. no.LX, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Nederlandse spraakkunst (ingeleid en bewerkt door H. Hulshof) (by C. H. den Hertog), Amsterdam 1e stuk, De leer van de enkelvoudige zin 1972 2e stuk, De leer van de samengestelde zin 1973 *Nederlandse spraakkunst (bewerkt door Jan van Bakel) (by E. Rijpma and F. G. Schuringa), Groningen 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 73

*Nederlandsche staatswetten, editie Schuurman & Jordens, Zwolle no.8, Middelbaar-onderwijswet (ed. F. Kroon and J. v. d. Zee) 1950 no.9, Wetten, besluiten en beschikkingen betreffende hoger onderwijs en wetenschappen (ed. P. van Werkum) 1954 Nederlandse taalgeschiedenis (voor A. A. Weijnen), Assen no.1, A. A. Weijnen, Het schema van de klankwetten 1968 Nederlandse vereniging voor phonetische wetenschappen : verslagen van de vergaderingen in 1955 t/m 1958 (bijeengebracht door G. L. Meinsma, secretaris), Amsterdam Nedjalkov, V. P., Kauzativnye konstrukcii v nemeckom jazyke : analiticheskij kauzativ , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanij (with author’s inscription) Neerlandica traiectina (red. C. B. van Haeringen and W.A.P. Smit), Assen no.V, H.F.A. v.d. Lubbe, Woordvolgorde in het nederlands 1958 Nejstarsi breviar chrvatsko-hlaholsky : prvy breviar vrbnicky (uvodem a bibliografickymi popisy hlaholskych breviaru starshi doby opatril : Josef Vajs), Praha 1940 Nejstarshi cheska rymovana kronika tak recheneho dalimila (vyd. prip. Jiri Danhelka), Praha 1957. in ChSAV, sekce jazyka a literatury, ustav pro cheskou literaturu (with editor’s inscription) Nejstarshi cheske vershovane legendy : soubor rukopisnych zlomku (vyd. prip. Jiri Cejnar), Praha 1964. no.2, Texty a studie k dejinam cheskeho jazyka a literatury, ChSAV Nekrasov, A. I., Drevnerusskoe izobrazitel’noe iskusstvo , Moskva 1937 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.168, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Nekrasov, N. A., Moskva vol.I 1946. no.49-50, Literaturnoe nasledstvo Nekrasov, N. A . (by V. Evgen’ev-Maksimov), Leningrad 1946. in Zhizn’ zamechatel’nyx ljudej [Nekrasov] Masterstvo Nekrasova (by Kornej Chukovskij), Moskva 1959, 1971 Nekrasov, N.A., Polnoe sobranie sochinenij i pisem , Moskva tom I, Stixotvorenija 1838-1856 1948 tom II, Stixotvorenija 1856-1877 1948 tom III, Stixotvorenija 1863-1877 1949 tom IV, Dramaticheskie proizvedenija 1950 tom V, Povesti, rasskazy i fel’etony 1949 tom VI, Nezakonchennye romany i povesti 1950 tom VII, Tri strany sveta : roman 1948 tom VIII, Mertvoe ozero : roman 1948 tom IX, Kritika i publicistika 1841-1869 1950 tom X, Pis’ma 1840-1862 1952 tom XI, Pis’ma 1863-1877 1952 Nekrasov, N. A., Sobranie sochinenij (v vos’mi tomax), Moskva vol.1, Stixotvorenija i poèmy 1843-1860 1965 vol.2, Stixotvorenija i poèmy 1861-1877 1965 vol.3, Poèmy 1863-1877 1965 vol.4, Dramaturgija i teatral’naja kritika 1840-1867 1966 vol.5, Povesti, rasskazy i fel’etony 1840-1861 1966 vol.6, Neokonchennye romany i povesti 1842-1856 1966 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 74

vol.7, Kritika i publicistika 1841-1866 1967 vol.8, Pis’ma materialy dlja biografii 1840-1877 1967 Neledinskij-Meleckij, Ju., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume 2, Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Nelson, Thomas Allen, Shakespeare’s Comic Theory : the study of art and artifice in the last plays , The Hague 1972. no.57, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Nemchenko, E. V. and I. B. Kuz’mina, Sintaksis prichastnyx form v russkix govorax , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Nemcové, Bozheny, Dopbry chlovek , Praha 1928. svazek XXII, Blanik : poklady cheskeho pisemnictvi Nemcové, Bozheny, Sebrané spisy , Praha svazek I, Babichka 1897 Nemec, Igor, Genese slovanského systému vidového , Praha 1958. rochnik 69, seshit 7, Rozpravy cheskoslovenské adademie ved Nemirovich-Danchenko, Vl. I., Povesti i pesy , Moskva 1958 Nemshko-slovenski slovar (by France Tomshich), Ljubljana 1954 *The Neogrammarians : a re-evaluation of their place in the development of linguistic science (by Kurt R. Jankowsky), Washington D.C. 1968 (pre-publication edition) (two copies), and The Hague 1972, no.116, Janua Linguarum, series minor La néologie lexicale (by Louis Guilbert, et al.), Paris 1974. no.36, Langages Nepesova, Rosa, Nina Slonimskaya, Olga Akhmanova and Larisa Delieva, Approaches to Contrastive Linguistics , Moskva 1972 [Nerval] The Style of Nerval’s “Aurélia” (by William Beauchamp), The Hague 1976. no.109, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Neshchimenko, G. P., Istorija imennogo slovoobrazovanija v cheshkom literaturnom jazyke konca XVIII-XX vv. , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija *Nestle, D. Eberhard (ed.), Novum testamentum graece , Stuttgart 1937 The Net of Hephaestus : a study of modern criticism and metaphysical metaphor (by David M. Miller), The Hague 1971. no.11, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior *Netteberg, Kristine, Etudes sur le verbe polonais , Copenhague 1953 (with author’s inscription) Neue Beiträge zur Literaturwissenschaft (herausgegeben von Werner Krauss and Walter Dietze), Berlin vol.31, Pavel N. Berkov, Literarische Wechselbeziehungen zwischen Rußland und Westeuropa im 18 Jahrhundert 1968 Neue deutsche Bibliothek (heraus. H. W. J. Kroes), Zwolle vol.1, Léon Polak, ed., Goethes Faust : Ausgabe für Schulen und Volkshochschulen 1934 *Das Neue Testament unseres Herrn und Heilaudes Jesu Christi, nach der deutschen Uebersetzung Dr. Martin Luthers , Berlin 1888 *Neugriechische Grammatik : Formenlehre der Volkssprache mit einer Einführung in die Phonetik, die Entstehung und den heutigen Stand des Neugriechischen (by Pavlos Tzermias), Bern - München 1969 (two copies) Die Neuiranischen Sprachen der Sowjetunion (by I. M. Oranskij), The Hague 1975. two volumes. no.12/1 & 2, Janua Linguarum, series critica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 75

Neujahrsblätter der Literarischen Gesellschaft Bern, neue Folge, Bern no.6, Otto Funke, Studien zur Geschichte der Sprachphilosophie 1928 Neumann, Stanislav K., Fratishek Halas, Jaroslav Seifert and Vitezslav Nezval, Chtvero pozdraveni, Brno 1956 Neuphilologische Mitteilungen : Bulletin of the Modern Language Association. Helsinki [reprint] 1 LXI 1960 Neurolinguistic Approaches to Stuttering : proceedings of the international symposium on stuttering, Brussels 1972 (ed. Yvan Lebrun and Richard Hoops), The Hague 1973. no.70, Janua Linguarum, series maior Neurolinguistique et neuropsychologie (by H. Hécaen), Paris 1972. no.25, Langages Neustroev, V. P., Martin Andersen-Nekse , Moskva 1949. in Vsesojuznoe obshchestvo po rasprostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij *A New Arabic Grammar of the Written Language (by J. A. Haywood and H. M. Nahmad), Cambridge, Mass 1965 (two copies) New Directions in the Study of Language (ed. Eric H. Lenneberg), Cambridge, Mass. 1966 The New Grammarians’ Funeral (by Ian Robinson), Cambridge 1975 New Horizons in Linguistics (ed. John Lyons), Middlesex 1970. Pelican A1223 *A New Introduction to Greek (by Alston Hurd Chase and Henry Phillips, Jr.), Cambridge, Mass. 1969 (3rd ed.) Newmeyer, Frederick J., English Aspectual Verbs , The Hague 1975. no.203, Janua Linguarum, series practica A New Polish Grammar (by Joseph Andrew Teslar in collaboration with Jadwiga Teslar), London 1944 A New Russian Grammar (by Anna H. Semeonoff), London - New York part III, Russian Syntax 1962 The New Russian Tragedy (by Anatole Shub; foreword by Benjamin Bradlee), New York 1969 *New Testament in Persian , London 1932 (photoreprint of 1904 ed.) *New Testament in Sanskrit, Calcutta 1922 (photoreprint of 1910) *Newton, Brian, Cypriot Greek : its phonology and inflections , The Hague 1972. no.121, Janua Linguarum, series practica Newton, Robert P., Form in the Menschheitsdämmerung : a study of prosodic elements and style in German expressionist poetry , The Hague 1971. no.7, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Ney, James W., Linguistics, Language Teaching and Composition in the Grades , The Hague 1975. no.6, Janua Linguarum, series didactica The N-Factor and Russian Prepositions: their development in 11th - 20th century texts (by Steven P. Hill), The Hague 1977. no.118, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Nibelungen Prosody (by Ray M. Wakefield), The Hague 1976. no.112, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Nicheva, Keti, Ezikät na sofronievija “nedelnik” v istorijata na balgarskija knizheven ezik , Sofija 1965 (two copies) Nichols, James W., Insinuation : the tactics of English satire , The Hague 1971. no.22, Janua Linguarum, series maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 76

Nicht-epische Strukturen des romantischen Romans (by Esther Hudgins), The Hague 1975. no.101, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Nida, Eugene A., The Indentification of Morphemes , from Language, vol.24, 1948, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.69, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Nida, Eugene A., Morphology : the descriptive analysis of words , Ann Arbor 1949. no.2, University of Michigan publications : linguistics Nida, Eugene A., A Synopsis of English Syntax, Norman, Okla. 1960. no.4, linguistic series, Summer institute of linguistics of the University of Oklahoma Nida, Eugene A., A Synopsis of English Syntax , The Hague 1966, 1973 (3rd ed.). no.XIX, Janua Linguarum, series practica Niederle, Lubor, Manuel de l’antiquité slave , Paris. no.1, Collection de manuels publiée par l’institut d’études slaves tome I, L’histoire 1923 tome II, La civilization 1926 Niederle, L., Obozrenie sovremennago slavjanstva , Sanktpeterburg 1909. no.2, Enciklopedija slavjanskoj filologii Niederle, Lubor, Rukovet slovanskych starozhitnosti : k vydant pripravil akademik Jan Eisner , Praha 1953 Niedermann, Max, Précis de phonétique historique du latin (avec un avant-propos : A. Meillet), Paris 1940. no.XXVIII, Nouvelle collection à l’usage des classes *Niedermann, Max, Alfred Senn and Franz Brender, Wörterbuch der litauischen Schriftsprache , Heidelberg, 1932-1968 … vols. 1 - 3 bound vol. 4 loose-with-cover vol. 5, bogen 1 - 36 (two copies, vol. V, bogen 25-28) in all, 49. lieferung [catalogued] *Nieman, Richard, Griekenland : met Korfoe, Rhodos en Kreta , Amsterdam 1970. in Elseviers reisgiden Niemcewicz, J., Dwaj Panowie Sieciechowie , Wroslaw 1950. no.135, ser. 1, Biblioteka narodowa Niemcewicz, J. V., Jan z teczyna , Wroslaw 1954. no.150, ser.1, Biblioteka narodowa [Niemirycz, Georges] Georges Niemirycz : et la lutte contre l’intolérance au 17e siècle (by Stanislaw Kot), ‘s-Gravenhage 1960. no.VIII, Musagettes *Niessel, Général, Le triomphe des bolchéviks et la paix de Brest-Litovsk : souvenirs 1917- 1918 , Paris 1940 Nietzsche, Friedrich, Also sprach Zarathustra : ein Buch für alle und keinen , Leipzig 1930 *van Nieuwenhuijze, C. A. O., Mens en vrijheid in Indonesië , ‘s-Gravenhage - Bandung 1949 *van Nieuwenhuijze, C. A. O., Shamsu ‘l-din van Pasai : bijdrage tot de kennis der sumatraansche mystiek , Leiden 1945 *van Nieuwenhuijze, C. A. O., Sociology of the Middle East : a stocktaking and interpretation , Leiden 1971. no.I, Social, economic and political studies of the Middle East Nikiforov, V. N., Nacional’no-osvoboditel’naja vojan kitajskogo naroda protiv japonskogo imperializma (1937-1945 gody) , Moskva 1950. in Vsesojuznoe obshchestvo po rasprostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 77

Nikitevich, V. M., Grammaticheskie kategorii v sovremennom russkom jazyke , Moskva 1963 (two copies) [Nikitin, Afanasii] Xozhenie za tri morja Afanasija Nikitina 1466 - 1472 gg ., Moskva - Leningrad 1948. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR Nikitin, I. S., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. stat. L. A. Plotkin), Moskva - Leningrad 1965. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Nikitin, I. S., Sochinenija v chetyrex tomax , Moskva vol. 1, Stixotvorenija 1849-1854 1960 vol.2, Stixotvorenija 1855-1861 1960 vol.3, Poèmy 1961 vol.4, Proza i pis’ma 1961 Nikitin, S. A., Ocherki po istorii juzhnyx slavjan i russko-balkanskix svjazej v 50-70-e gody XIX v. , Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistika Nikitskij, A., Ocherk vnutrennej istorii Pskova , S.-Peterburg 1873 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XXIV, Russian reprint series (two copies) Nikolaeva, T. M., Intonacija slozhnogo predlozhenija v slavjanskix jazykax : opyt èksperimental’nogo issledovanija , Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Nikolaevskij, B. N. and A.N.Potresov, eds., Social-demokraticheskoe dvizhenie v Rossii. (Predislovie P. Lepeshinskogo), Vol. I,Moscow-Leningrad 1928 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.57, Russian reprint series Nikolic, Berislav M., Sremski govor , Beograd 1964. kn.XIV, separat 2, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik, institut za srpskoxrvatski jezik *[Nikolic, Vinko] Vinko Nikolic trubach iz daljine , Roma - Chicago 1976. no.16, Ziral (with author’s inscription) Nikolov, Malcho, Istorija na balgarskata literatura , Sofija 1941 Nikonov, B. A. and E. M. Vol’f, Portugal’skij jazyk : grammaticheskij ocherk, literaturnye teksty s kommentarijami i slovarem , Moskva 1965. vyp.3, Jazyki mira, serija posobij Nikonov, V. A., Vvedenie v toponimiku , Moskva 1965 (two copies) Nikonov-Storodin, M.Z., Pozemel’no-kozjajstvennoe ustrojstvo krest’janskoj rossii , Sofija 1939. kniga 1, Belaja biblioteka Nikov, Petar, Xan Omortag i kavxan isbul , Sofija n.d. [?1931] Nikulin, A. S., Istoricheskaja grammatika russkogo jazyka : kratkij ocherk , Leningrad 1941 Nilsen, Don Lee Fred, English Adverbials , The Hague 1972. no.126, Janua Linguarum, series practica Nilsen, Don L. F., The Instrumental Case in English : syntactic and semantic considerations , The Hague 1973. no.156, Janua Linguarum, series minor Nilsen, Don Lee Fred, Toward a Semantic Specification of Deep Case , The Hague 1972. no.152, Janua Linguarum, series minor [Nikitin, Afanasij] Stranstvija Afanasija Nikitina (by M. N. Vitashevskaja), Moskva 1972 Nilsson, N. A., Ibsen in Russland , Stockholm 1958. vol.7, Acta universitatis Stockholmiensis, études de philologie slav Nilsson, Nils Ake, The Russian Imaginists , Stockholm 1970. no.5, Acta universitatis Stockholmiensis, Stockholm slavic studies Nimec’ko-ukrajins’kij slovnik (ed. I. V. Sharovol’s’ka), Kijiv 1955 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 78

Ninth International Congress of Linguists, August 27-31, 1962, Cambridge, Mass. , preprints Nist, John, A Structural History of English , New York 1966 Nitsch, Kazimierz, Dialekty jezyka polskiego , Wroclaw - Krakow 1957 Nitsch, Kazimierz, Dialekty polskie slaska , Krakow czesc I 1939. no.5, Prace jezykowe, wydawnictwa slaskie, Polska akademia umijetnosci Nitsch, Kazimierz, Wybor pism polonistycznych , Wroclaw - Krakow tom I 1954 tom II, Studia wyrazowe (z 3 mapami) 1955 tom III, Pisma pomorzoznawcze (z 5 mapami) 1954 tom IV, Pisma dialektologiczne (z 5 mapami) 1958 Nitsche, Peter, Geographische Terminologie des Polnischen , Graz 1964. vol.4, Slavistische Forschungen (red. Reinhold Olesch) Njegosh, Petar Petrovic, Cjelokupna djela P. P. Njegosha , Beograd 1, Svobodijada. glas kamenshtaka 1951 2, Pjesme. lucha mikrokozma. proza. prijevodi 1953 3, Gorski vijenac 1952 4, Shcepan mali 1952 5, Ogledalo srpsko 1951 6, Rjechnik 1954 7, Pisma, I 1830-1837 1951 8, Pisma, II 1838-1842 1953 Nogle, Lawrence Elwayne, Method and Theory in the Semantics and Cognition of Kinship Terminology , The Hague 1974. no.205, Janua Linguarum, series minor Nolan, Rita, Foundations for an Adequate Criterion of Paraphrase, The Hague 1970. no.84, Janua Linguarum, series minor Nominal Accentuation in Baltic and Slavic (transl. Richard L. Leed and Ronald F. Feldstein) (by V. M. Illich-Svitych), Cambridge, Mass. 1979 Nomina actionis we wspolczesnym jezyku rosyjskim (by Irena Dulewiczowa), Wroclaw- Warszawa-Krakow-Gdansk 1976. no.36, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Nonnenmacher-Pribic, Elisabeth, Die baltoslavischen Akzent- und Intonationsverhältnisse und ihr quantitativer Reflex im Slovakischen , Wiesbaden 1961. in Bibliotheca slavica Noord- en zuid-nederlandsche dialectbibliotheek (ed. L. Grootaers and G. G. Kloeke), Amsterdam vol.I, L. Grootaers and G. G. Kloeke, Handleiding bij het noord- en zuid- nederlandsch dialectonderzoek 1926 Noormans, O., Augustinius , Haarlem 1933. no.57, Volksuniversiteits bibliotheek Norbury, J. K. W., Word Formation in the Noun and Adjective , Cambridge 1967. no.3, Studies in the modern Russian language (two copies) Nordisk tidsskrift for tale og stemme, København 2. aargang, no.10, Louis Hjelmslev, Neue Wege der Experimentalphonetik 1938 Nordistica gothoburgensia (ed. Ture Johannisson), Göteborg no.4, Peter Cassirer, Deskriptiv stilistik 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 79

Nordkalabrischer Sprachatlas anhand der Parabel vom verlorenen Sohn (by K. H. M. Rensch), The Hague 1973. no.221, Janua Linguarum, series practica La norme (by René Lagane and Jacqueline Pinchon), Paris 1972. no.16, Langue française *Norsk engelsk ordbok (Norwegian English Dictionary) (ed. Einar Haugen), Oslo - Madison 1965 Norsk - engelsk ordbok (by Willy Kirkeby), Oslo 1970 Norsk - russisk ordbok (sost. Vladimir D. Arakin), Moskva 1963 *Norsk tidsskrift for sprogvidenskap, Oslo vol.IX-X, Hans Vogt, Esquisse d’une grammaire du géorgien moderne 1936 Norton, Bryan G., Linguistic Frameworks and Ontology: a re-examination of Carnap’s metaphilosophy , The Hague 1977. no.145, Janua linguarum, series minor Norvezhsko-russkij slovar’ (sost. Vladimir D. Arakin), Moskva 1963 *Norwegian Grammar (by Bjarne Berulfsen), Oslo 1971 Norwich, John Julius, Reresby Sitwell and A. Costa, Mount Athos , New York 1966 Nosik, B., Po rusi jaroslavskoj , Moskva 1968 La notation ekphonétique (by Carsten Höeg), Copenhagen 1935. vol.1, fasc.2, Union academique internationale monumenta musicae byzantinae - subsidia (two copies) Noted Scholars of the Lithuanian Language : biographical sketches (by A. Sabaliauskas; transl. William R. Schmalstieg and Ruth Armentrout), Chicago 1973 Notes sur la révolution bolchevique (octobre 1917 - janvier 1919) (by Capitaine Jacques Sadoul), Paris 1919 La notion de neutralisation dans la morphologique et le lexique , Paris 1957. vol.II, Travaux de l’institut de linguistique The Notion of Form in Kant’s Critique of Aesthetic Judgment (by Theodore Edward Uehling, Jr.), The Hague 1971. no.5, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor The Notion of Subject in South Asian Languages (ed. Manindra K. Verma), Madison 1976. publ.2, South Asian studies, University of Wisconsin - Madison, publication series The Noun Class System of Proto-Benue-Congo (by Paul P. De Wolf),The Hague 1971. no.167, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Noun Morphology of Modern Demotic Greek : descriptive analysis (by Dimitri Sotiropoulos), photocopy 1963 dissertation, and The Hague 1972. no.137, Janua Linguarum, series practica Nouns from Verbs : a contribution to the study of present-day Polish word-formation (by A. A. Fokker), Amsterdam 1966 Le Nouveau Bescherelle : l’art de conjuguer. dictionnaire de 8000 verbes , Paris 1966 Nouvelle bibliothèque scientifique (dirigée pra Fernand Braudel), Paris Jean Cohen, Structure du langage poétique 1966 Nouvelle collection à l’usage des classes, Paris XXVII, J. Vendryes, Traité d’accentuation grecque 1938 XXVIII, Max Niedermann, Précis de phonétique historique du latin 1940 XXXII, A. Ernout, Morphologie historique du latin 1927 Novaja russkaja poèzija (by E. Anichkov), Berlin 1923. no.21, Biblioteka sovremennogo znanija [reprint The Hague 1969], no.188, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Novak, Arne, Die tschechische literatur, Potsdam 1929. in Literaturen der slawischen Völker, Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 80

Novak, Vjeneslav, Podgorske pripovijetke : francuzovo raskuce , Zagreb 1933. in Noviji hrvatski pisci (urednik Slavko Jechic) [Novakovic, Stefan] Jezik novina Stefana Novakovica (1792-1794) (by Aleksandar Albin), Novi Sad 1968 Novakovic, Stojan, Primeri knjizhevnosti i jezika staroga i srpsko-slovenskogo , Beograd 1904 (two copies; in second copy, book starts at XXI) Novakovic, Stojan, Prvi osnovi slovenske knjizhevnosti medu balkanskim slovenima legenda o vladimiru i kosari , Beograd 1893. in Sprska kraljevska akademija Novakovic, Stojan, Srpska gramatika , Beograd 1894 Novellentheorie : the practicality of the theoretical (by Donald Lo Cicero), The Hague 1970. no.4, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor The Novels of Pierre Loti (by Clive Wake), The Hague 1974. no.82, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Novgorod k 1100-letiju goroda : sbornik statej (red. M. N. Tixomirov), Moskva 1964. in ANSSSR, institut istorii *Novgorodskaja ikonopis’ (Novgorodian Icon-Painting), Moskva 1969 Novgorodskaja pervaja letopis’ : starshego i mladshego izvodov (red. A. N. Nasonov), Moskva - Leningrad 1950. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii (one copy); [reprint The Hague 1970], no.216, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (one copy) Novgorodskaja xaratejnaja letopis’ (ed. M. N. Tixomirov), Moskva 1964 Novgorodskie berestjavye gramoty kak istoricheskij istochnik (by L. V. Cherepnin), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii SSSR Novgorodskija piscovyja knigi (izd arxeograficheskoju kommissieju) , Sanktpeterburg [reprint The Hague] tom I, Perepisnaja obrochnaja kniga derevskoj pjatiny, okolo 1495 goda , 1. polovina 1859 [1969], no.212/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, Perepisnaja obrochnaja kniga derevskoj pjatiny okolo 1495 goda, 2. polovina 1862 1969], no.212/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III, Perepisnaja obrochnaja kniga votskoj pjatiny 1500 goda , 1. polovina 1868 [1969] no.212/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Noviji hrvatski pisci (urednik, Slavko Jechic), Zagreb Vjenceslav Novak, Podgorske pripovijetke 1933 Novikov, Nikolaj (ed.), Drevnjaja rossijskaja vivliofika, soderzhashchaja v sebe sobranie drevnostej rossijskix, do istorii, geografii i genealogii rossijskija kasajushchixsja , Moskva [reprint The Hague] chast I, II, V 1788 [1970], no.250/1, 2, 5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast X, XI 1789 [1970], no.250/10, 11, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast. XIV, XV 1790 [1970], no.250/14, 15, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast XVI, XVIII, XIX, XX 1971 [1970], no.250/16, 18, 20, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 81

Novikov, N. I., Satiorcheskie zhurnaly N. I. Novikova (Truten 1769-1770), pustomelja 1770, zhivopisec 1772-1773, koshelek 1774) (red. P. N. Berkov), Moskva - Leningrad 1951 Novikov-Priboj, A., Kapitan I-go Ranga : roman , Moskva 1943 Novikova, K. A., Proekt edinoj foneticheskoj transkripcii dlja tunguso-manchzhurskix jazykov , Moskva - Leningrad 1961 Novocheska bibliothéka, vydavna nakladem cheskeno museum, Prague chislo XVI, L. Shtura, O narodnich pisnich a povestegh 1853 Novoe v lingvistike (sostavil : V. A. Zvegincev), Moskva vyp.I 1960 vyp.II 1962 vyp.III 1963 vyp.IV 1965 (two copies) vyp.V, Jazyk universalii 1970 vyp.VI, Jazykovye kontakty (sost. red. V. Ju. Rozencvejg) 1972 (two copies) Novoe v zhizni, nauke i texnike, serija “Istorija”, Moskva no.8, K. V. Gusev, Istorija “demokraticheskoj kontrrevoljucii” v Rossii 1973 Novoe v zhizni, nauke, texnike, “Znanie”, Moskva 12/1974, Ju. Smelkov, Fantastika - o chem one ? 1975 Novonajdennye i neopublikovannye proizvedenija drevnerusskoj literatury (otvet. red. V. I. Malyshev), Moskva - Leningrad 1965. no.XXI, Trudy otdela drevnerusskoj literatury Novo-najdennyj avtograf Pushkina : zametki na rukopisi knigi P. A. Vjazemskogo “Biograficheskie i literaturnye zapiski o Denise Ivanoviche Fonvizine” (podgot. teksta, stat’ja i kommentarii, V. E. Vacuro and M. I. Gillel’sona), Moskva - Leningrad 1968. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka (Pushkinskaja komissija) Novosel’skij, A. A., Votchinnik i ego xozjajstvo v XVII veke , Moskva - Leningrad 1929 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.152, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Novum testamentum graece (cum opparatu critico curavit D. Eberhard Nestle), Stuttgart 1937 *Novyj klass (by Milovan Dzhilas), N’ju-Jork 1961 “Novvy letopisec” , Moskva 1965 [reprint of 1910 ed.]. tom 14, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej Novyj lev : zhurnal levogo fronta iskusstv , Moskva [reprint The Hague] 1927, nos. 1 - 12 [1970] 1928, nos. 1 - 12 [1970] Novyj zhurnal (osnovatel’ M. Cetlin), N’ju-Iork kn.XXIII 1950 kn.XXIV 1950 kn.XXVII 1951 kn.XXIX 1952 Nowa biblioteka pisarzy polskich, Mikolow no.IX, Pisma zygmunta krasinskiego , tom I 1906 Nowakowska, Maria, Language of Motivation and Language of Actions , The Hague 1973. no.67, Janua Linguarum, series maior Nuova colana di poeti tradotti con testo a fronte, Torino no.9, Boris Pasternak, Poesie 1959 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 82

Nyberg, H. S., Hilfsbuch des pehlevi , Uppsala II, Glossar 1931 Nyberg, Henrik Samuel, A Manual of Pahlavi , Wiesbaden part I, Texts, alphabets, index, paradigms, notes and an introduction 1964

O

Oblastnaja reforma Petra Velikago : provinshja 1719-27 gg. (by M. Bogoslovskij), Moskva 1902 [reprint The Hague 1970] no.195, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Obnorskij, S. P., Imennoe sklonenie v sovremennom russkom jazyke , Leningrad 1931 vypusk 1, Edinstvennoe chislo vypusk 2, Mnozhestvennoe chislo Obnorskij, S. P., Izbrannye raboty po russkomu jazyku , Moskva 1960 Obnorskij, S. P., Ocherki po istorii russkogo literaturnogo jazyka , Moskva - Leningrad 1946 Obnorskij, S. P., Ocherki po morfologii russkogo glagola , Moskva 1953 (two copies) Obnorskij, S. P. and S. G. Barxudarov, Xrestomatija po istorii russkogo jazyka : posobie dlja studentov vysshix pedagogicheskix uchebnyx zavedenij , Leningrad - Moskva chast’ pervaja 1938 *Obolensky, Dimitri, The Byzantine Commonwealth : Eastern Europe 500 -1453 , New York 1971. in History of civilization series *Obolensky, Serge, Kambiz Yazdan Panah and Fereidoun Khaje Nouri, Persian Basic Course units 1 - 12 , Washington, D. C. 1963 Obrazovanie i razvitie rossijskogo gosudarstva v XIV - XVII vv. (by A. M. Saxarov), Moskva 1969 Obrazovanie severnorusskogo narechija i srednerusskix govorov : po materialam lingvisticheskoj geografii (by K. F. Zaxarova, V. G. Orlova, A. I. Sologub, T. Ju. Stroganova), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Obrecht, Dean H., Effects of the Second Formant on the Perception of Velarization Consonants in Arabic , The Hague 1966. no.39, Janua Linguarum, series practica Obshchee jazykoznanie : bibliograficheskij ukazatel’ literatury izdannoj v SSSR s 1918 po 1962 g. (redaktor B. A. Serebrennikov), Moskva 1965. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka, institut jazykoznanija, fundamental’naja biblioteka obshchestvennyx nauk Obshchee jazykoznanie : fonetika, fonologija, grammatika (by B. I. Kosovskij), Minsk 1968 (two copies) Obshchee jazykoznanie : metody lingvisticheskix issledovanij (otvet. red. B. A. Serebrennikov), Moskva 1973. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija Obshchee jazykoznanie : vnutrennjaja struktura jazyka (otvet. red. B. A. Serebrennikov), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija Obshchej obzor : evropejskij sever (by S. A. Vodovozov, Ju.K. Efremov and L. P. Lashuk), Moskva 1971. in Sovetskij sojuz : rossijskaja federacija C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 83

Obshcheslavjanskij lingvisticheskij atlas: materialy i issledovanija (red. R. I. Avanesov et al.), Moskva 1965 Obshcheslavjanskij lingvisticheskij atlas: materialy i issledovanija : 1970 (otvet. red. R. I. Avanesov), Moskva 1972 (two copies) Obshchestvenno politicheskij stroj i pravo kievskogo gosudarstva (by S. V. Jushkov), Moskva 1949. tom I, Kurs istorii gosudarstva i prava SSSR [reprint The Hague 1969], no.237, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Obyknovennye istorii (teksty dlja chtenija s uprazhnenijami po leksike i razvitiju rechi (red. G. A. Bitextinoj), Moskva 1967 *Obzor istorii russkago prava (by M. F. Vladimirskij-Budanov), St. Petersburg-Kiev, 1909. 6th ed. [reprint The Hague 1966] no.29, Russian reprint series Obzor predlozhenij po usovershenstvovaniju russkoj orfografii (XVIII-XX vv.) (red. V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva 1955 (two copies) Ocherk istorii nizhegorodskogo opolcheni ja 1611-1613 gg. Pereizdanie (by P. C. Ljubomirov), Moscow 1939 [reprint The Hague 1970] no.228, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po cerkovno-politecheskoj istorii Kievskoj Rusi X-XII vv. (by M. D. Priselkov), St. Petersburg 1913 [reprint The Hague 1966] no.23, Russian reprint series Ocherki istoricheskoj dialektologii severnoj rusi (po dannym istoricheskoj fonologii) (by K. V. Gorshkova), Moskva 1968 Ocherk istorii nizhegorodskogo opolchenija 1611-1613 gg. (by P. G. Ljubomirov), Moskva 1939 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.228, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki istorii russkogo literaturnogo jazyka XIX veka: prospekt (red. S. G. Barxudarov), Moskva 1956 Ocherki po istorii russkoj kultu’ry. tom pervyj: zemlja, Naselenie, Ekonomika, Scslovija, Gosudarstvo. Chast’ vtoraja Ot preistorii k istorii. (by P. Miljukov) (Posmertnoe izdanie pod redakciej N. E. Andreeva), The Hague 1964 Ocherki po istorii russkoj literatury XIX i XX vekov (by L. Voitolovskij), Moskva - Leningrad [reprint The Hague] chast 2, Reshetnikov - Gor’kij 1928 [1969], no.183, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po istorii Smuty v Moskovskom gosudarstve XVI-XVII vv.; opyt izuchenija obshchestvennago stroja i soslovnyx otnoshenij v Smutnoe vremja (by S. F. Platonov), St. Petersburg 1910. 3rd ed. [reprint The Hague 1967] no. 35, Russian reprint series Ocherki iz istorii sel’skago naselenija v moskovskom gosudarstve (XVI-XVII vv.) (by M. D’jakonov), S.-Peterburg 1898 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.210, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki iz social’no-èkonomicheskoj istorii russkogo goroda: tixvinskij posad v XVI-XVII vv. (by K. N. Serbina), Moskva - Leningrad 1951. in ANSSSR, institut istorii - Leningradskoe otdelenie [reprint The Hague 1970], no.221, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki morfologii russkix govorov (by S. V. Bromlej and L. N. Bulatova), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Ocherki po istoricheskoj grammatike russkogo literaturnogo jazyka XIX veka (red. V. V. Vinogradov and N. Ju. Shvedova), Moskva 1964 vol.I, Izmenenija v slovoobrazovanin i formax sushchestvitel’nogo i C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 84

prilagatel’nogo v russkom literaturnom jazyke XIX veka vol.II, Glagol, narechie, predlogi i sojuzy v russkom literaturnom jazyke XIX veka vol.III, Izmenenija v sisteme prostogo i osluzhnennogo predlozhenija v russkom literaturnom jazyke XIX veka vol.IV, Izmenenija v sistome slovosochetanij v russkom literaturnom jazyke XIX veka vol.V, Izmenenija v stroe slozhnopodchinennogo predlozhenija v russkom literaturnom jazyke XIX veka Ocherki po istorii carstvovanija Mixalla Fedorovicha (by E. Stashevskij), Kiev [reprint The Hague] chast I, Moskovskoe obshchestvo i gosudarstvo ot nachala carstvovanija Mixaila Fedorovicha do èpoxi Smolenskoj vojny 1913 [1969], no.173, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po istorii feodalizma v Kievskoj rusi (by S. V. Jushkov), Moskva - Leningrad 1939 in ANSSSR, institut istorii [reprint The Hague 1969], no.232, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po istorii juzhnyx slavjan i russko-balkanskix svjazej v 50-70-e gody XIX v. (by S. A. Nikitin), Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Ocherki po istorii oprichniny (by P. A. Sadikov), Moskva - Leningrad 1950. in ANSSSR, institut istorii [reprint The Hague 1969], no.209, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po istorii russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (by S. P. Obnorskij), Moskva - Leningrad 1946 Ocherki po istorii russkoj cenzury i zhurnalistiki XIX stoletija (by Mix. Lemke), S.- Peterburg 1904. no.2, Knigoizdatel’stvo M. V. Pirozhkova, istoricheskij otdel [reprint The Hague 1970], no.148, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po istorii russkoj literatury (by S. A. Vengerov), S.-Peterburg 1907. no.56-65, Biblioteka “Svetocha”, no.4, serija “Istorija i teorija literatury” [reprint The Hague 1969], no.226, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po poètike Pushkina , Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.180, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherki po russkomu slovo-obrazovaniju (by N. M. Shanskij), Moskva 1968 (four copies) Ocherki po sinonimike sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (red. A. P. Evgen’eva), Moskva - Leningrad 1966 Ocherki po slovoobrazovaniju i slovoupotrebleniju (red. B. A. Larin and P. A. Dmitriev), Leningrad 1965 (three copies) Ocherki po sopostavitel’noj grammatike russkogo i anglijskogo jazykov (ed. O. S. Axmanova), Moscow 1970 Ocherki po sravnitel’noj grammatike vostochnoslavjanskix jazykov (by N. I. Bukatevich, I. E. Gricjutenko, G. M. Mizhevskaja, N. V. Pavljuk, S. A. Savickaja and F. P. Smaglenko), Odessa 1958. in Odesskij gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni I. I. Mechnikova [reprint The Hague 1969], no.137, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Ocherk sovremennogo russkogo literturnogo jazyka (by A. A. Shaxmatov), Moskva 1925, Moskva - Leningrad 1930 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.125, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 85

Ocherk torgovli Moskovskago gosudarstva v XVI i XVII stoletijax (by N. Kostomarov), St. Petersburg 1862 [reprint The Hague 1966] no.3, Russian reprint series Ocherk vnutrennej istorii Pskova (by A. Nikitskij), St. Petersburg 1873 [reprint The Hague 1966] no.24, Russian reprint series O’Connell, Daniel, The Opposition Critics : the antisymbolist reaction in the modern period , The Hague 1974. no.14, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor The Ode (by John D. Jump), London 1974. no.30, The critical idiom series Odesskij gosudarstvennyj universtitet imeni I. I. Mechnikova, Odessa Gricjutenko Bukatevich et al., Ocherki po sravnitel’noj grammatike vostochno- slavjanskix jazykov 1958 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.137, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Odkazy pokrokovych osobnosti nashi minulosti, Praha Josef Macek, Jiri z podebrad 1967 J. Polishensky, Jan Amos Komensky 1963 Dushan Treshtik, Kosmas 1966 Milan Machovec, Josef Dobrovsky 1964 Alois Mika, Petr Chelchicky 1963 Odnosostavnye prediozhenija v sovremennom russkom jazyke (by V. V. Babajceva), Moskva 1968. in Voprosy sovetskogo jazykoznanija Odoevskij, A. I., Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij , Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Odoevskij, A. I., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. V. G. Bazonov), Leningrad 1954. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Odoevskij, V. F., Povesti i rasskazy , Moskva 1959 (two copies) Odoevsky, V. F., Russian Nights (transl. Olga Olienkov and Ralph E. Matlaw), New York 1965. Dutton D163 Odrodzenie w Polsce : materialy sesji naukowej pan 25-30 pazdziernika 1953 roku, Warszawa tom III, cz.I, Historia jezyka (pod red. Marii Renaty Mayenowej and Zenona Klemensiewicza) 1960 L’oeuvre hispanoaméricaine de Zsigmond Remenyik (by Georges Ferdinandy), The Hague 1975. no.86, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica O’Flaherty, James C., Unity and Language : a study in the philosophy of Johann Georg Hamann , New York 1966. in University of North Carolina studies in the Germanic languages and literatures [Ogarev, N. P.] “Kolokol” : izdanie A. I. Gercena i N. P. Ogareva 1857-1867 : sistematizirovannaja rospis statej i zametok , Moskva 1957 Ogarev, N. P., Stixotvorenija i poèmy (vstup. stat. S. A. Rejser), Leningrad 1956. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ *Ogden, C. K., Opposition : a linguistic and psychological analysis , Bloomington - London 1967. no.MB-107 (two copies) *Ogen op de rug : terugkijkend naar boeken en tijdgenoten (by A. den Doolaard), Amsterdam 1971 *Ogibenin, G. L., Structure d’un mythe védique. Le mythe cosmogonique dans le Rgveda , The Hague 1973. no.30, Approaches to semiotics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 86

Ohmann, Richard M., Prolegomena to the Analysis of Prose Style , from Style in Prose Fiction (Harold C. Martin, ed.) (English Institute Essays, 1958), New York : Columbia Univ. Press, 1959, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.70, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Ohnesorg, Karel (ed.), Colloquium paedolinguisticum : proceedings of the first international symposium of paedolinguistics, held at Brno, 14-16 October 1970 , The Hague 1972. no.133, Janua Linguarum, series minor Ohnesorg, Karel, Druha foneticka studie o detske rechi , Brno 1959. chislo 57, Opera universitatis brunensis facultas philosophica Oinas, Felix (ed.), Folklore, Nationalism and Politics , Columbus, Ohio 1978. vol.30, Indiana University folklore institute monograph series Oinas, Felix (ed.), Heroic Epic and Saga , Bloomington, Indiana 1978 Oinas, Felix, The Mutual Influence Between Slavic and Balto-Finnic Epic Songs , offprint, Congressus secundus internationalis fenno-ugristarum, Helsinki 23.-28. VIII.1965, pars II Oinas, Felix, Studies in Finno-Slavic Folklore Relations : selected papers , Helsinki 1969. vol.LXXXVII, no.205, F. F. Communications *Oinas, Felix, The Problem of the Aristocratic Origin of Russian Byliny , offprint from Slavic Review, Sept. 1971 Oinas, Felix, The Study of Folklore in Yugoslavia , offprint from Journal of the Folklore Institute, vol.III, no.3, The Hague 1966 (with author’s inscription) Oinas, Felix, The Theory and Practice of Folklore in Soviet Estonia , offprint from The Languages and Literatures of the non-Russian Peoples of the Soviet Union. Hamilton, Ontario 1977 (with author’s inscription) Okby, Mamud M., Verbal Cues of Organizational Information in Message Decoding , The Hague 1972. no.127, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Okcugii, K. M. Vasif, Yeni türkce-ingilizce okul lugati , Istanbul 1960 *Okonomy, Nik, Istoria , Athens 1965 Oksman, Ju. G. (izd. podgot.), N. A. Dobroljubov : russkie klassiki. Izbrannye literaturno- kriticheskie stat’i : I. A. Goncharov, F. M. Dostoevskij, A. N. Ostrovskij, M. E. Saltykov-Shchedrin, I. S. Turgenev , Moskva 1970 Oktjabr’ v sovetskoj poezii (vstup. stat., L. A. Plotkina), Leningrad 1967. in bol’shaja serija, biblioteka poèta : osnovana M. Gor’kim *Okuma kitabi, Sofya II, Riza Mollaoglu (ed.), Rüstiye kitaplari 1950 III, H’ Isläm Ergin and Ahmet Yakuboglu (eds.), Ücüncü sinifa 1949 *Old Church Slavic , 4 notebooks, C. H. van Schooneveld notes of Van Wijk’s course Old Church Slavonic Grammar (by Horace G. Lunt), The Hague 1959, 1974 (6th ed.). no.3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (1959 ed. two copies, one with page 19 blank; 1974 ed. extended with epilogue : Toward a Generative Phonology of Old Church Slavonic ) The Old Georgian Version of the Gospel of John from the Adysh Gospels with the Variants of the Opiza and Tbet’ Gospels (ed. Robert P. Blake), Paris 1950. vol.XXVI, fasc.4, Patrologia orientalis C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 87

The Old Georgian Version of the Gospel of Matthew : from the Adysh Gospels with the Variants of the Opiza and Tbet’ Gospels (ed. Robert P. Blake), Paris 1933. vol.XXIV, fasc.1, Patrologica orientalis The Old High German Diphtongization: a description of a phonemic change (by Irmengard Rauch), The Hague 1967. no.36, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Old Lithuanian Catechism of Baltramiejus Vilentas (1579): a phonological morphological and syntactical investigation (by Gordon B. Ford, Jr.), The Hague 1969. no.71, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Olearius, Adam, Die erste deutsche Expedition nach Persien (1635-1639) , Leipzig 1927. no.20, Alte Reisen und Abenteuer Olejnik, I. S. and D. I. Ganich, Russko-ukrainskij slovar' , Kiev 1974 Olesha, Ju., Izbrannye sochinenija (red. V. Percova), Moskva 1956 Oliphant, Robert T., The Harley Latin-Old English Glossary. edited from British Museum MS Harley 3376 , The Hague 1966. no.20, Janua Linguarum, series practica Oller, John W., Jr., Coding Information in Natural Languages , The Hague 1971. no.123, Janua Linguarum, series minor Olmsted, D. L., Out of the Mouth of Babes: earliest stages in language learning , The Hague 1971. no.117, Janua Linguarum, series minor Omagiu lui Iorgu Iordan cu prilejul implinirii a 70 de ani (red. B. Cazacu et al.), Bucuresti 1958 Omar, Margaret K., The Acquisition of Egyptian Arabic as a Native Language , The Hague 1973. no.160, Janua Linguarum, series practica Omerza, Zdravko, Govorne napake , Ljubljana 1972 Omladinka : nove i najpopularnije Ljubavne i narodne pjesme , Chicago n.d. *Omzien in verwondering : herinneringen van Annie Romein-Verschoor , Amsterdam. no.17, Priveé-domein deel 1 1970 deel 2 1971 On the Logic of Linguistic Research (by Rudolf P. Botha), Utrecht 1977. no.2, Utrecht working papers in linguistics On The Theory of Descriptive Poetics : Anton P. Chekhov as a Story-teller and Playwright (essays by Jan van der Eng, Jan M. Meijer, Herta Schmid), Lisse 1978. no.4, Dutch studies in Russian literature Ondrachkova, Jana, The Physiological Activity of the Speech Organs : an analysis of the speech organs during the phonation of sung, spoken and whispered Czech vowels on the basis of X-ray methods , The Hague 1973. no.64, Janua Linguarum, series maior O’Neil, Wayne A., Kernels and Transformations : a modern grammar of English , New York 1965 One Word at a Time : the use of single word utterances before syntax (by Lois Bloom), The Hague 1973, 1975. no.154, Janua Linguarum, series minor Onomasticke Prace, Praha svazek 2, Sbornik rozprav k sedmdesatvm narozeninam univ. prof. dr. Witolda Taszyckeho (usporadal Vladimir Shmilauer) 1968 Onomastika (red. V. A. Nironov and A. V. Superanskaja), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 88

*Ontmoetingen met schrijvers : figuren der oude en midden-generatie (by P. H. Ritter, Jr.), Den Haag 1956 Ontology of the Narrative : an analysis (by Robert Champigny), The Hague 1972. no.12, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor *De ontwikkeling der literatuur in Sowet-rusland (by K. F. Proost), Arnhem 1935. no.3/4, serie V, Religieus-socialistische vragen Ooievaar, Den Haag *no.39, S. Vestdijk, Door de bril van het heden 1956 *no.50, S. Dresden and S. Vestdijk, Marionettenspel met de dood 1957 *no.63, Gedoemde dichters van Gérard de Nerval tot en met Antonin Artaud 1957 *no.68, J. Greshoff, Uitnodiging tot ergernis 1957 Oomen, Ursula, Automatische syntaktische Analyse (mit einem Vorwort in englischer Sprache von H. Pilch), The Hague 1968. no.76, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Oost Europa studies in Nederland : inventarisatie en evalutie , Amsterdam 1974 Oostnederlands : bijdragen tot de geschiedenis en de streektaalkunde van Oost-Nederland (bijeengebracht door K. Heeroma and J. Naarding), ‘s-Hertogenbosch 1964 Opalinski, Lukasz, Wybor pism , Wroclaw 1959. no.172, ser.1, Biblioteka narodowa Opal’nye povesti (red. V. A. Aleksandrova), N’ju-York 1955 Opel’baum, E. V., Vostochno-slavjanskie leksicheskie èlementy v nemeckom jazyke , Kiev 1971. in ANUSSR, Institut jazykovedenija im. A. A. Potebni Opera Slavica, Göttingen vol.I, M. Braun, Das serbokroatische Heldenlied 1961 Opera Universitatis Purkynianae Brunensis, Facultas Philosophica, Praha (& Brno ?) no.55, Brno Studies in English , vol.I 1959 no.57, Karel Ohnesorg, Druha foneticka studie o detske rech 1959 no.58, D. Jerabek, Vitezslav Halek 1959 no.71, O. Duchachek, Le champ conceptuel de la beauté en français moderne 1960 no.74, M. Kopecky, Literarni dilo Mikulashe konache z hodishkova 1962 no.75, Radoslav Vecherka, Syntax aktivnich participii v staroslovenshtine 1961 no.80, J. Hrabak, K metodologii studia starshi cheske literatury 1962 no.85, Otazky slovanské syntaxe : sbornik brnenské syntaktické konference 17.-21.IV.1961 1962 no.95, J. Hrabak, Z problému cheskéno vershe 1964 no.102, Magna Moravia : sbornik k 1100. vyrochi prichodu byzantské mise na moravu (red. Josef Macurek) 1965 no.133, Otazky slovanské syntaxe II 1968 Opisanie izdanij napechatannyx kirillicej 1689- janvar’ 1725 g. (red. P. N. Berkova), Moskva - Leningrad 1958. in Opisanie izdanij napechatannyx pri Petre I svodnyj katalog Opisanie rukopisnogo otdela Biblioteka Akademii Nauk SSSR, Leningrad tom 3, vyp.3, N. Ju. Bubnov, A. I. Kopanev, M. V. Kukushkina, O. P. Lixacheva (sost.), Istoricheskie sborniki XVIII-XIX vv. 1971 tom 5, Grecheskie rukopisi (sost. I. N. Lebedeva) 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 89

*van Oppen, C. Iulii Caesaris belli gallici libri VII et A. Hirtii liber VIII (bewerkt door J. F. P. van Anrooy), Groningen 1930 Opposition : a linguistic and psychological analysis (by C. K. Ogden), Bloomington - London 1967. MB-107 (two copies) The Opposition Critics : the antisymbolist reaction in the modern period (by Daniel O’Connell), The Hague 1974. no.14, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor Oppositions in Morphology : as exemplified in the English tense system (by Irina Khlebnikova), The Hague 1973. no.151, Janua Linguarum, series minor Oppozicii v morfologii (by I. B. Xlebnikova), Moskva 1969. in Ministerstvo prosveshchenija RSFSR, Moskovskij oblastnoj pedagogicheskij institut im. N. K. Krupskoj Optimization of the Linguistic Message (ed. Olga Akhmanova and Tatjana Perekalskaja), Moskva 1974 Opuscula linguistica : ausgewählte Aufsätze und Abhandlungen (by Chr. S. Stang), Oslo 1970 Opyt’ dialektologicheskoj karty russkago jazyka v evrope s prilozheniem ocherko russkoj dialektologii (sost. N. N. Durnovo, N. N. Sokolov and D. N. Ushakov), Moskva 1915. no.5, Trudy moskovskoj dialektologicheskoj komissii (red. D. N. Ushakov) Opyt izsledovanija o kulturnom znachenii vizantii v russkoj istorii (by V. I. Ikonnikov), Kiev 1869 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.166, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Opyt sravnenija nostraticheskix jazykov (semitoxamitskij, kartvel’skij, indoevropejskij, ural’skij, dravidijskij, atlajskij) (by V. M. Illich-Svitych), Moskva. in ANSSSR, Institut slavjanovedenija i balkanistiki Vvedenie. sravnitel’nyj slovar’ (b - k) 1971 (two copies) *Oranskij, I. M., Die neuiranischen Sprachen der Sowjetunion , The Hague 1975. no.12/1, 2, Janua Linguarum, series critica Oravec, Jan, Vazba slovies u ondrejova , Bratislava 1956. offprint from Jazykovedne shtudie I: spisovny jazyk Orawskie teksty gwarowe z obszaru czechoslowacji (by Mieczslaw Karas), Krakow 1965. no.2, Studia orawskie, zeszyt 8, prace jezykoznawcze, zeszyty naukowe uniwersytetu jagiellonskiego LXXII (two copies) Die Ordnung der Sprache im persönlichen und öffentlichen Leben (by Johann Leo Weisgerber), Köln - Opladen 1954. heft 29, Arbeitsgemeinschaft für Forschung des Landes Nordrhein - Westfalen Orfograficheskij slovar’ russkogo jazyka (red. S. I. Ozhegov and A. B. Shapiro), Moskva 1957 Orfografija sobstvennyx imen (red. A. A. Reformatskij), Moskva 1965 Organizacija prjamago oblozhenija v moskovskom gosudarstve so vremen smuty do èpoxi preobrazovanij (by A. Lappo-Danilevskij), S.-Peterburg 1890 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.136, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Origène, Homélies sur le cantique des cantiques (introd., trad. et notes : Dom O. Rousseau), Paris 1953. no.37, Sources chrétiennes Origène, Homélies sur les nombres (introd. et trad. : André Méhat), Paris 1951. no.29, Sources chrétiennes Origène, Homélies sur l’exode (trad. P. Fortier, introd. et notes : H. de Lubac), Paris 1947. no.16, sources chrétiennes C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 90

The Origin of the Slavic Phonological System and its Development up to the End of Slavic Language Unity (transl. J. F. Snopek and A. Vitek) (by F. V. Maresh), Ann Arbor 1965. no.6, Michigan Slavic materials Orlov, A. S., Drevnjaja russkaja literatura XI-XVII vekov, Moskva - Leningrad 1945 (one copy) [reprint The Hague 1970], no.227, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (one copy) Orlov, A. (ed.), Domostroj po konshinskomu spisku i podobnym , Moscow 1908-1910 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.37, Russian reprint series Orlov, A., Domostroj; izsledovanie , 1. Moscow 1917 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.53, Russian reprint series Orlov, A. S., Jazyk russkix pisatelej , Moskva - Leningrad 1948 Orlov, A. S., Vladimir Monomax , Moskva - Leningrad 1946 (one copy) [reprint The Hague 1969], no.93, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (one copy) Orlov, Vl. (sost.), Poèty Pushkinskoj pory : izbrannye stixotvorenija , Leningrad 1954. in Shkol’naja biblioteka Orlova, V. G. and K. F. Zaxarova, Dialektnoe chlenenie russkogo jazyka , Moskva 1970 (three copies) Orlova, V. G., Istorija affrikat v russkom jazyke v svjazi s obrazovaniem russkix narodnyx govorov , Moskva 1959 Orlova, V. G., A. I. Sologue, T. Ju. Stroganova and K. F. Zaxarova, Obrazovanie severnorusskogo narechija i srednerusskix govorov : po materialam lingvisticheskoj geografii , Moskva 1970. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Orlovsky, Jozef, Slovenska syntax , Bratislava 1959 Ormandzhiev, Ivan, Nova i naj-nova istorija na balgarskij narod , Sofija 1945 (two copies : one copy starts at page 15) Ornstein, Jacob and Glenn G. Gilbert (eds.), Problems in Applied Educational Sociolinguistics: readings on language and culture problems of United States ethnic groups , The Hague 1978. no.162, Janua Linguarum, series minor. Ornstein, Jacob (ed.), Three Essays on Linguistic Diversity in the Spanish-speaking World (the U.S. Southwest and the River Plate Area) , The Hague 1975. no.174, Janua Linguarum, series practica Orosz-magyar szotar (összeaii itotta E. Haasz, masodik kiadas maitinszkaja k szerkesztesevel), Moszkva 1951 O’Rourke, Joseph Patrik, Toward a Science of Vocabulary Development , The Hague 1974. no.183, Janua Linguarum, series minor Orzechowski, Stanislaw, Rosmowa albo dyjalog okolo egzekvoyjej polskiej korony i qvincvnx w wyborze , Poznan - Lodz - Torun - Lwow n.d. in Wendego bibljoteka klasykow polskich Osetinsko-russko-nemeckij slovar (by Vsevolod Fedorovich Miller), Leningrad 1927 [reprint The Hague 1972], no.1/1, 2, 3, Janua Linguarum, series anastatica Osgood, Charles E., Focus on Meaning, psycholinguistic papers . carbon copy of manuscript. Osgood, Charles E., The Nature and Measurement of Meaning , from The Psychological Bulletin, vol.49, May 1952, reprint Indianapolis n.d. P-266, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 91

Osgood, Charles E. and Percy H. Tannenbaum, The Principle of Congruity in the Prediction of Attitude Change , from The Psychological Review, vol.62, Jan.1955; reprint Indianapolis n.d. P-267, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in the social sciences Osieczkowska, C., P. David, P. Guinard, A. J. Lauterbach and W. Tatarkiewicz, Art polonais, art français : études d’influences , Paris 1939. no.VII, Collection de l’institut français de Varsovie *Osmanisch - türkische grammatik (by Hans Joachim Kissling), Wiesbaden 1960. no.III, Porta linguarum orientalium, neue series *Osmotr Moskvy : v tri, pjat’ i desjat’ dnej. putevoditel’ (sost. V. M. Dlugach and P. A. Portugalov), Moskva 1937 Osnove lingvistichke stilistike : za studente pedagoshkih akademija i nastavnike (by Antica Antosh, Zagreb 1972. in Udzhbenici pedagoshkih akademija Osnovi Akcentologije srpskohrvatskog jezika (by Asim Peco), Beograd 1971 Osnovi istorije srpskoxrvatskog jezika , Beograd vol.I, A. Belic, Fonetika 1960 (two copies); 1972 (one copy) Osnovi uporedne gramatike slovenskix jezika (by Radosav Boshkovic), Beograd. in Univerzitet u Beogradu I, Fonetika 1968 (two copies) O osnovnim vremenskim kategorijama upotrebe glagolskix oblika u srpskoxrvatskome jeziku (by Petar Ch. Sladojevic), Beograd 1966 Osnovni pojmovi suvremene lingvistichke teorije (by Radoslav Katichic), Zagreb 1967. in Manualia universitatis studiorum zagrebiensis Osnovni problemi na slavjanskata diaxronna morfologija (by V. I. Georgiev), Sofija 1969. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Osnovnye narravlenija strukturalizma (red. M. M. Guxman and V. N. Jarceva), Moskva 1964 Osnovnye voprosy èrgativnosti na materiale indoiranskix jazykov (by L. A. Pirejko), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Osnovy fonologicheskoj statistiki (na materiale pol’skogo jazyka) (by D. M. Segal), Moskva 1972 Osnovy informatiki (by A. I. Mixajlov, A. I. Chernyj and R. S. Giljarevskij), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Gosudarstvennyj komitet soveta ministrov SSSR po nauke i texnike, vsesojuznyj institut nauchnoj i texnicheskoj informacii Osnovy postroenija opisatel’noj grammatika : sovremennogo russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (red. N. Ju. Shvedova), Moskva 1966 Osnovy tekstologii (red. V. S. Nechaeva), Moskva 1962 Osobenosti na sintaktichnija tip na slavjanskite ezici (by Ivan Lekov), Sofija 1972. in Institut za balgarski ezik, BAN Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, Wien Sitzungsberichte 228, no.4, N. S. Trubetzkoy, Altkirchenslavische Grammatik 1954 Österreichische Akademie der Wissenschaften, Philosophisch-historische Klasse, Sitzungsberichte, Veröffentlichungen der Kommission für Linguistik und Kommunikationsforschung,Wien no.298, Band 5, Heft 3, Alexander Issatchenko, Mythen und Tatsachen über die Entstehung der russischen Literatursprache 1975 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 92

Die osteuropäischen Literaturen und die slawischen Sprachen (by A. Bezzenberger, A. Brückner, V. V.Jagic, J. Machal, M. Murko, F. Riedl, E. Setälä, G. Suits, A. Thumb, A. Wesselovsky and E. Wolter), Berlin - Leipzig 1908. Abteilung IX, Teil I, Die Kultur der Gegenwart Osteuropastudien der Hochschulen des Landes Hessen, Reihe III, Frankfurter Abhandlungen zur Slavistik, Wiesbaden vol.7, Olexa Horbatsch, Die vier Ausgaben der kirchenslavischen Grammatik von M. Smotryckyj 1964 Osthoff, Hermann and Karl Brugmann, Morphologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiete der indogermanischen Sprachen , [reprint Hildesheim - New York 1974]. in Documenta semiotica, serie 1 : Linguistik vol.I, Teile 1, 2, 3 vol.II, Teile 4, 5 Ostjakologische Arbeitne (by Wolfgang Steinitz), The Hague Band I, Ostjakische Volksdichtung und Erzählungen aus zwei dialekten Texte 1975 Ostrovskij, A. N., Izbrannye pesy (red. Vl. Filippova), Moskva 1959 (two copies) [Ostrovskij, A. N.] N. A. Dobroljubov: russkie klassiki. Izbrannye literaturno-kriticheskie stat’i : I. A. Goncharov, F. M. Dostoevskij, A. N. Ostrovskij, M. E. Saltykov-Shchedrin, I. S. Turgenev (izd. podgot. Ju. G. Oksman), Moskva 1970 Ostrovskij, A. N., Polnoe sobranie sochinenij (red. M. D. Beljaev et al.), Moskva tom I, P’esy 1847-1854 1949 tom II, P’esy 1956-1861 1950 tom III, P’esy 1862-1864 1950 tom IV, P’esy 1865-1867 1950 tom VII, P’esy 1873-1876 1950 tom VIII, P’esy 1877-1881 1950 tom IX, P’esy 1882-1885 1951 tom X, P’esy 1868-1882 1951 tom XI, Izbrannye perevody 1865-1879 1952 tom XII, Stat’i o teatre. zapiski rechi. 1859-1879 1952 tom XIII, Xudozhestvennye proizvedenie. kritika 1952 tom XIV, Pis’ma 1842-1872 1953 tom XV, Pis’ma 1873-1880 1953 tom XVI, Pis’ma 1881-1886 1953 Ostrovskij, A. N., Sobranie sochinenij (red. G. I. Vladykin et al.), Moskva tom 1, P’esy 1847-1855 1959 tom 2, P’esy 1856-1861 1959 tom 3, P’esy 1862-1864 1959 tom 4, P’esy 1865-1866 1959 tom 5, P’esy 1867-1870 1960 tom 6, P’esy 1871-1873 1960 tom 7, P’esy 1874-1878 1960 tom 8, P’esy 1879-1885 1960 tom 9, P’esy, napisannye sovmestno s drugimi avtorami 1868-1882 1960 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 93

tom 10, “Zapiski zamoskovorechkogo zhitelja”. kritika. stat’i o teatr. zapiski. rechi. 1847-1886 1960 *Osuchowsky, Waclaw, Zarys ryzmskiego prawa prywatnego , Warszawa 1962 Osvetova knizhnica, Praha - Bratislava sväzok 3, Jan Stanislav, Risha vel’komoravska : sbornik vedeckych prac 1935 Otazky slovanské syntaxe : sbornik brnenske syntakticke konference 17.-21.IV.1960 , Praha 1962. no.85, Opera universitatis purkynianae brunensis, facultas philosophica Otazy slovanské sytaxe, Brno II, Sbornik symposia “strukturni typy slovanske vety a jejich vyvoj” Brno 20.- 22. x. 1966 1968 Otechestvennyja zapiski (izd. Pavle Svin’in), Sanktpeterburg [reprint The Hague] chast’ 6, 7, 8 1821 [1970], no.253/6, 7, 8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast’ 10, 11, 12 1822 [1970], no.253/10,11,12 Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 14, 16 1823 [1970], no.253/14, 16, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 17, 19,20 1824 [1970], no.253/17,19,20, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 21, 23 1825 [1970], no.253/21,23, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 26 1826 [1970], no.253/26, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 30 1827 [1970], no.253/30, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 33, 34, 35 1828 [1970], no.253/33,34,35, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 37 1829 [1970], no.253/37, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast 41, 43, 44 1830 [1970], no.253/41,43,44, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [“Otechestvennye zapiski”] Zhurnal “Otecheskvennye zapiski’ 1868-1884 : ukazatel’ soderzhanija (by V. Bograd), Moskva 1971 (five copies) Otto, Ernst, Stand und Aufgabe der allgemeinen Sprachwissenschaft , Berlin 1954 Otto, Friedrick, Der Gebrauch des Substantivums an Stelle anderer Konstruktionen im Französischen , Hannover 1903. in Augural-Disseration zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosohischen Fakultät der Georg-Augusts-Universität zu Göttingen Otvlechannaja leksika v russkom literaturnom jazyke XVIII - nachala XIX v (by V. V. Veselitskij), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka den Ouden, Bernard D., Language and Creativity: an interdisciplinary essay in Chomskyan humanism , Lisse 1975. no.1, PdR press publications in philosophy of language Oudgermaansche Handboeken (red. J. van Dam, A. G. v. Hamel, J. M. N. Kapteyn and J. d. Vries), Haarlem I, R. C. Boer, Oergermaansch Handboek 1924 II, A. G. van Hamel, Gotisch Handboek 1931 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 94

Oudpruisisch Mixkai (by R. van der Meulen), Amsterdam 1943. deel 6, no.2, Nieuwe reeks, Mededeelingen der nederlandsche akademie van wetenschappen, afdeeling letterkunde Oulanoff, Hongor, The Serapion Brothers : theory and practice , The Hague 1966 Outline of a Semantic Theory of Kernel Sentences (by Emanuel Vasiliu), The Hague 1972. no.71, Janua Linguarum, series maior An Outline of English Phonetics (ed. by Olga Akhmanova and L’udmila Minajeva), Moskva 1973 An Outline of English Syntax (by A. Drazdaukas and Galina Mikael’an), Moskva 1973 Out of the Mouth of Babes : earliest stages in language learning (by D. L. Olmsted), The Hague 1971. no.117, Janua Linguarum, series minor Ovcharenko, A., Socialisticheskaja literatura i sovremennyj literaturnyj process , Moskva 1975. (with inscription from author) Ovcharenko, A. O., Publicistika M. Gor’kogo , Moskva 1961 (with author’s inscription) *van Oven, J. C., Leerboek van romeinsch privaatrecht , Leiden 1946, 1948 *Over de onderscheiding van levend en levenloos in de slavische talen (by R. van der Meulen), Amsterdam 1946. Rede uitgesproken bij de aanvaarding van het ambt van hoogleraar in de Balto-slavische talen aan de Rijksuniversiteit te Leiden op 25 october 1946. (two copies) Overdier, G. S., Stilistische grammatica van het moderne nederlandsch , Zwolle 1937 Overdulve, C. M., Apprendre la langue rwanda (en collaboration avec M. Gooday, D. Peck, Dr. A Coupez et Th. Kamanzi), The Hague 1975. no.12, Janua Linguarum, series didactica *Ovid, Metamorphosen : in Auswahl (nach dem Text von Anton Bingerle), Leipzig 1896 Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij, D. N., Sintaksis russkago jazyka , S.-Peterburg n.d. Ovsjaniko-Kulikovskij, D. N., Sobranie sochinenij [reprint The Hague] tom 1, Gogol’ 1910 [1969], no.102/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 2, I. S. Turgenev 1910 [1969], no.102/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 3, L. N. Tolstoj 1909 [1969], no.102/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 4, Pushkin 1911 [1969], no.102/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 5, Genje, Gete, Chexov, Gercen, Mixajlovskij Gor’kij 1911 [1969], no.102/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 6, Psixologija mysli i chuvstva. Xudozhestvennoe tvorchestvo. Osnovy vedaizma 1911 [1969], no.102/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 7, Istorija russkoj intelligencii, ch.1 1911 [1969], no.102/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 8, Istorija russkoj intelligencii, ch.2 1911 [1969], no.102/8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 9, Istorija russkoj intelligencii, ch.3 1911 [1969], no.102/9, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 95

*Oxford Classical Texts, Oxford Homeri, Opera tomus I 1931 tomus II 1926 tomus III 1931 tomus IV 1935 Catulli carmina (ed. Robinson Ellis) 1921 Oxridskie glagolicheskie listki. otryvok drevnecerkovno-slavjanskago evangelija XI v. (trud. G. A. Il’inskij), Petrograd 1915. tom III, vyp.2, Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka *van Oyen, H. (ed.), Philosophia : beknopt handboek tot de geschiedenis van het wijsbeerig denken , Utrecht vol.I, Indië - Renaissance 1948 vol.II 1949 Ozerov, V. A., Tragedii. stixotvorenija (vstup. I. N. Medvedeva), Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’

P

*Paardekooper, P. C., Inleiding tot de ABN-syntaksis , den Bosch 1972 *Paardekooper, P. C., Syntaxis spraakkunst en taalkunde , den Bosch 1955 Pacak, Milos (assisted by Antonia Boldyreff), The Morphological Abstraction of Russian Verbs , Washington 1959. Georgetown Univ. occasional papers on machine translation Pacak, Milos, Morphological Analysis , Washington 1959. Georgetown University occasional papers on machine translation, no.5, general analysis technique Russian - English research reports, pt.IV Pacific Coast Philology , Northridge, Calif. vol.VIII 1973 Padenie carskogo rezhima : stenograficheskie otchety doprosov i pokazanij, dannyx v 1917 g. v Chrezvychajnoj Sledstvennoj Komissii Vremennogo Pravitel’stva (red. P. E. Shchegoleva), Moskva - Leningrad [reprnt The Hague] tom I 1924 [1970], no.185/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II 1925 [1969], no.185/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III 1925 [1969], no.185/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom IV 1925 [1970], no.185/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom V 1926 [1969], no.185/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom VI 1926 [1969], no.185/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom VII 1927 [1969], no.185/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings *Pakdel, Malek M., Conversational Persian, Tehran . (photocopies) book one revised March 1975 (two copies) book two April 1975 (two copies) book three October 1975 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 96

Palacky, Frantishek, Tri studie o frantishku palackem , Olomouc 1949. no.1, Acta universitatis palackianae olomuensis (two copies) Palamar, L., N. Prisyazhnyuk and H. Makarova, Speak Ukrainian with Us , Kiev book I 1970 book II 1971 book III 1972 Paleja 1477 goda (photocopy of article) Pareografija i tekstologija novogo vremeni (by S. A. Rejser), Moskva 1970 *Paléologue, Maurice, La russie des tsars pendant la grande guerre Paris vol 1, 20 juillet 1914 - 2 juin 1915 1921 vol.2, 3 juin 1915 - 18 août 1916 1922 (two copies) vol.3, 19 août 1916 - 17 mai 1917 1922 Palevskaja, M. F., Sinonimy v russkom jazyka , Moskva 1964 *A Pali Reader : with notes and glossary (by Dines Andersen), Copenhagen - London - Leipzig part I, Text and notes 1910 part II, Glossary 1907 *Palmer, E. H., A Concise Dictionary of the Persian Language , London 1931 Palmer, Frank, Grammar , Baltimore 1971. Pelican A13333 *Palmer, F. R. (ed.), Selected Papers of J. R.Firth 1952-59 , Bloomington - London 1968. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics (three copies) *Palmer, F. R., Semantics : a new outline , Cambridge 1976 Palumbo, Edward M., The Literary Use of Formulas in Guthlac II and their Relation to Felix’s Vita Sancti Guthlaci , The Hague 1977. no.37, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Pamatky krevniho pisemnictvi jihoslovanuv (sebral a vydal : Pavel Josef Shafarik), Praha 1873. dil predchopi, vidani druhé : coplnky z pozustalosti Shafarikovy rozmnozhené (upravil: Josef Jirechek) Pamatky staré literatury cheské (matice cheska), Praha no.4, Alexandreida 1947 no.15, Vaclav Frantishek Kocmanek, Sedm interludii 1953 no.16, Husitské skladby budyshinského rukopisu 1952 no.19, Jean de Léry, Historie o plaveni se do Ameriky … 1957 no.20, Vershe Bolesti, Posmechu ivzdoru 1958 no.21, Dve legendy z doby karovy 1959 no.22, Frantowe a grobiani z mravokarnych satir 16. veku 1959 no.23, Vershované skladby neuberského sborniku 1960 no.24, Mikulash Konach z Hodishkova, Pravidlo Lidskeho zhivota 1961 (two copies) no.25, Starocheske satiry 1962 (two copies) no.27, Zrcadlso rozhdeleneho kralovstvi 1963 no.28 (?29), Mistr Jan Hus o cirkvi 1965 no.30, Petr Chelchicky, Drobné spisy 1966 no.31, Zdenka Ticha (ed.), Smutni kavaleri o lasce : z cheske milostne poezie 17. stoleti 1968 no.32, Josef Hrabak (ed.), Fortunatus 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 97

Pamatnik narodniho pisemnictvi na strahove : katalog , Praha 1955 Pamatnik narodniho pisemnictvi : Strahov , Strahov 1953 Pametnici na starata balgarska pisemnost, Sofia vol.I, Letopista na Konstantin Manasi 1963 Pamietnik instytutu slaskiego, seria II, Katowice - Wroclaw no.7, Lehr-Splawinski, Piwarski, Wojciechowski, Polska czechy: dziesiec wiekow sasiedztwa 1947 Pamietnik slowianski: czasopismo naukowe pozwiecone slowianoznawstwu , Wroclaw tom V, rok 1955 1957 Pam’jatki, movi ta pis’menstva davn’oji ukrajini (red. Vol. Perec), Kijivi tom I, Sergij Bugoslavs’kij, Pam’jatki XI-XVIII vv. pro knjaziv Borisa ta gliba 1928 (microphoto) Pam’jatki ukrajins’koji movi (XVI-) XVII st.: serija naukovoji literaturi, Kijiv V. V. Nimchuka (comp.), Leksikon slovenoros’koj pamvi berinde 1961 P. Bilec’kij-Nosenko, Slovnik ukrajins’kojimovi 1966 V. V. Nimchuka (red.), Leksis lavrentija zizanija. sinonima slavenorosskaja 1964 Pamjatniki arxitektury Leningrada (by A. N. Petrov, E. A. Borisova, A. P. Naumenko), Leningrad 1958 Pamjatniki kul’tury, Moskva vol.VIII, M. N. Tixomirov, M. V. Shchenkina, Dva pamjatnika Novgorodskoj pis’mennosti 1952 no.XVI, S. K. Prosvirkina, Russkaja derevjannaja posuda 1955 no.XXIV, E. P. Popova, Russkaja mebel’ konec XVIII v. 1957 Pamjatniki literaturnogo byta, Leningrad N. A. Tuchkova-Ogareva, Vospominanija 1929 Pamjatniki liteatury narodov vostoka, teksty, bol’shaja serija, Moskva no.II, Fridousi, Shax-name : kriticheskij tekst (red. E. E. Bertel’sa) tom I 1960 tom II 1962 Pamjatniki obrechennoj russkoj literatury (sobrany i izdany : Nikolaj Tixonravov), Moskva 1863 two volumes. [reprint The Hague 1970], no.184/1, 2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pamjatniki prosskogo jazyka (compl. Mazhjulic), Mintin - Vilnius 1966 (two copies) Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora, Institut russkoj literatury, ANSSSR (red. A. M. Astaxova, V. G. Bazanov, B. N. Putilov), Moskva - Leningrad B. N. Putilov (red.), Istoricheskie pesni XVII veka 1966 B. N. Putilov, B. M. Dobrovol’skij (izd. podgot.), Istoricheskie pesni XIII- XVI vekov 1960 V. G. Bazanov and O. B. Alekseeva (red.), Velikorusskie skazki v zapisjax I. A. Xodjakova 1964 Byliny v zapisjax i pereskazax XVII-XVIII vekov 1960 Pesennyj fol’klor mezeni 1967 Pesni pechory 1963 Istoricheskie pesni XVIII veka 1971 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 98

Pamjatniki russkogo narodnorazgovornogo jazyka XVII stoletija (iz fonda A. I. Bezobrazova) (ed. S. I. Kotkov and N. I. Tarabasova), Moskva 1965 (two copies) Pamjatniki russkoj literatury X-XVII vv. (red. D. S. Lixachev and M. A. Salmin), Moskva - Leningrad 1970. no.XXV, Trudy otdela drevnerusskoj literatury, ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury, Pushkinskij dom (two copies) Pamjatniki sibirskoj istorii XVIII veka (izd. P. I. Lixacev), S.-Peterburg [reprint The Hague] kn.1, 1700-1713 1882 [1970], no.140/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings kn.2, 1713-1724 1885 [1969], no.140/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pamjatniki social’no-èkonomicheskoj istorii rossii (red. A. I. Zaozersi and V. N. Kashin), Leningrad S. F. Platonov, Social’nyj krizis smutnogo vremeni 1924 [reprint 1967], no.34, Russian reprint series Pamjatniki srednevekovoj istorii narodov central’noj i vostochnoj evropy, Moskva. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii M. N. Tixomirov (red.), Xronika Byxovca 1966 Pamjatniki starinnoj russkoj literatury (by Grigorij Kushelev-Bezborodko), Sanktpeterburg [reprint The Hague] vyp.I-II 1860 [1970], no.97/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.III 1862 [1970], no.97/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pamjatniki staroslavjanskago jazyka, Sanktpeterburg tom I, vyp.1, S. M. Kul’bakin (soob.), Xilandarskie listki, otryvok kirillovskoj pis’mennosti XI-go veka 1900 tom I, vyp.2, Vjacheslav Shcherkin (trud.), Savvina kniga 1903 also, 1959 reprint tom I, vyp.3, (E. F. Karskij, sost.), Listki undol’skago, otrycok kirillovskago evangelija XI-go 1904 tom I, vyp.4, N. K. Trunskij, Prazhskie glagolicheskie utryvki 1905 tom I, vyp.5, G. A. Il’inskij, Makedonskij listok 1906 tom I, vyp.6, G. A. Il’inskij, Makedonskij glagolicheskij listok 1909 tom II, vyp.1, Sergej Sever’janov, Suprasl’skaja rukopis’, tom I 1904 tom III, vyp.2, G. A. Il’inskij (trud.), Oxridskie glagolicheskie listki 1915 Panchenko, A. M., Cheshko-russkie literaturnye svjazi XVII veka , Leningrad 1969. in ANSSSR Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Panconcelli-Calzia, G., Einführung in de angewandte Phonetik: ein pädagogischer Versuch , Berlin 1914 Paneth, Philip, Turkey - decadence and rebirth , London 1943 Panfilov, V. Z., Grammar and Logic , The Hague 1968. no.63, Janua Linguarum, series minor Panfilov, V. Z., Grammatika i logika (grammaticheskoe i logiko-grampmaticheskoe chlenenie prostogo predlozhenija) , Moskva - Leningrad 1963 (two copies) Panfilov, V. Z., Vzaimootnoshenie jazyka i myshlenija , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 99

*[Panini] The Ashtadhyayi of Panini (ed. and translator : Srisa Chandra Vasu), Delhi - Varanasi - Patna 1962. two volumes (two copies) Panjabi Reader (by Ved Prakash Vatuk), Fort Collins, Colo. 1964. two volumes *Panofsky, Erwin, Gothic Architecture and Scholasticism , New York 1958 Panorama italiano (by Charles Speroni and Carlo L. Golino), New York 1960 Papahagi, Tache, Dictionarul dialectullui aromin general si etimologic (dictionnaire aroumain (macédo-roumain) général et étymologique) , Bucuresti 1963 Papers from the Fifth Regional Meeting - Chicago Linguistic Society April 18-19, 1969 (ed. Robert I. Binnick, Alice Davison, Georgia M. Green and Jerry L. Morgan), Chicago 1969 Papers in Linguistics in Honor of Léon Dostert (ed. William M. Austin), The Hague 1967. no.25, Janua Linguarum, series maior Papers in Linguistics and Phonetics in Memory of Pierre Delattre (ed. Albert Valdman), The Hague 1972. no.54, Janua Linguarum, series maior Papers in Slavic Philology (ed. Benjamin A. Stolz), Ann Arbor I. In honor of James Ferrell 1977 Papers on Child Language. Ruth Hirsch Weir Memorial Volume (eds. Vladimir Honsa and M. J. Hardman-de-Bautista), The Hague 1978. no.65, Janua Linguarum, series minor Papers on Formal Linguistics, The Hague no.1, Z. S. Harris, String Analysis of Sentence Structure 1964 no.2, Z. S. Harris, Discourse Anaysis Reprints 1963 no.4, Beverly L. Robbins, The Definite Article in English Transformations 1968 no.5, Zeno Vendler, Adjectives and Nominalizations 1968 Papers on Functional Sentence Perspective (ed. F. Danesh), The Hague - Prague 1974. no.147, Janua Linguarum, series minor Papov, Mixail Aleksandrovich, Damennye skazy : sokrovishcha drevnej russkoj arxitektury jaroslavskoj oblasti , Jaroslavl’ 1972 Pappageotes, George C. and Philip D. Emmanuel, Modern Greek in Record Time , Montclair, N.J. 1962 Parent, David J., Werner Bergengruen’s ‘das Buch Rodenstein’: a detailed analysis , The Hague 1974. no.89, De Proprietatibus Litterarum *Pares, Bernard, Moscow Admits a Critic , London - Paris - Toronto - New York 1936 Pares, Bernard, Russia , Washington - New York 1944 Pares, Bernard, Russia and Reform , London 1907 Pares, Bernard, Russia and the Peace , Harmondsworth, Engl. 1944 Parker, Gary J., Ayacucho Quechua Grammar and Dictionary , The Hague 1969. no.82, Janua Linguarum, series practica Le parler arabe des juifs de Tunis (by David Cohen) tome II, Etude linguistique 1975. no.161, Janua Linguarum, series practica [Parmenides] Archaic Logic: symbol and structure in Heraclitus, Parmenides and Empedocles (by Raymond Adolph Prier), The Hague 1976. no.11, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Parnye i neparnye glagoly v russkom jazyke (by A. A. Spagis), Moskva 1969 *Parret, Herman, Discussing Language , The Hague 1974. no.93, Janua Linguarum, series maior C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 100

Parret, Herman, Language and Discourse , The Hague 1971. no.119, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Parret, Herman, Uitdrukking en articulatie : een taalfilosofische confrontatie van het fenomenologisch en het structureel-linguistisch standpunt inzake taalvorm en discursus , 1970 dissertation, Katolieke Universiteit te Leuven, hoger institut voor wijsbegeerte Participium L-ové ve slovanshtine (by Jiri Damborsky), Warszawa 1967. no.15, Rozprawy uniwersystetu warszawskiego Pascal, P., Avvakum et les débuts du Rascol , Paris 1938 Paschen, A., Die semasiologische und stilistische Funktion der trat/torot-alternationen in der altrussischen Literatursprache , Heidelberg 1933. no.10, Slavica Paseckij, V. M., Vitus Bering , Moskva 1958. in Zamechatel’nye geografy i puteshestvenniki Pashov, P. V. Popova and Xr. Parvev, Savremenen balgarski ezik : zadachi i tekstove za uprazhnenija , Sofia 1965 Passage, Charles E., The Russian Hoffmannists , The Hague 1963. no.XXXV, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pasternak, Boris, Doktor Zhivago , Milano 1957 Pasternak, Boris, Initialen der Leidenschaft (heraus. Edel Mirowa-Florin), Berlin 1969 Pasternak, Boris, Poesie (introduzione, traduzione e note di Angelo Maria Repellino), Torino 1959. no.9, Nuova collana di poeti tradotti con testo a fronte Pasternak, Boris, Stixi (sost. i podgot. Z. Pasternak and E. Pasternaka), Moskva 1966. in Biblioteka sovetskoj poèzii Pasternak, Boris, Zvezdnoe nebo : stixi zarubezhnyx poètov v perevode Borisa Pasternaka , Moskva 1966. vyp.5, Mastera poèticheskogo perevoda Pastoral (by Petre V. Marinelli), London 1971. no.15, The critical idiom series Pasxa krasnaja ; het schoone pascha : indrukken over het russisch-orthodoxe paaschfeest (by P. Hendrix), Leiden 1940 Pater, Walter, The Renaissance : studies in art and poetry (introd. Louis Kronenberger), New York 1959. Mentor MO265 *Patevoditel za zhelezopatnija i vodnija transport (ukazatel’) , Sofija 1968 Patkaniowska, Maria and Arthur P. Coleman, Essentials of Polish Grammar for English- speaking Studients , Glasgow 1944 Patriarshaja ili nikonovskaja letopis’ , Moskva tom 9-10, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej 1862 [reprint, 1965] tom 11-12, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej 1897 [reprint, 1965] tom 13, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej 1904 [reprint, 1965] Patrologia Orientalis (ed. R. Graffin), Paris vol.XXIV, pt.1, Robert P. Blake (ed.), The Old Georgian Version of the Gospel of Matthew : from the Adysh Gospels with the Variants of the Opiza and Tbet’ Gospels 1933 vol.XXVI, pt.4, Robert P. Blake (ed.), The Old Georgian Version of the Gospel of John from the Adysh Gospels with the variants of the Opiza and Tbet’ Gospels 1950 Pattanayak, Debi P., A Controlled Historical Reconstruction of Oriya, Assamese, Bengale and Hindi , The Hague 1966. no.31, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 101

Patterning in Shakespearean Drama : essays in criticism (by William Leigh Godshalk), The Hague 1973. no.69, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Patterns and Productivity (ed. Olga Akhmanova), Moskva *Patterns of Discovery: an inquiry into the conceptual foundations of science , Cambridge 1969 Patterns of Ellipsis in Russian Compound Noun Formations (by Steven J. Molinsky), The Hague 1973. no.278, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Patterns of Reality: Elizabeth Bowen’s novels (by Harriet Blodgett), The Hague 1975. no.84, De Proprietatibus Litterarum Patterson, William and Hector Urrutibéheity, The Lexical Structure of Spanish , The Hague 1975. no.198, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Patzer, Mary Elizabeth, On the Uses of Verbal Prefixes in the Russian Primary Chronicle , photocopy of Stanford M.A. thesis *Paul, Hermann, Deutsche Grammatik , Halle a.S. vol.1, Teil I, Geschichtliche Einleitung , Teil II, Lautlehre 1916 vol.2, Teil III, Flexionslehre 1917 vol.3, Teil IV, Syntax (erste Hälfte) 1919 vol.4, Teil IV, Syntax (zweite Hälfte) 1920 vol.5, Teil IV, Wortbildungslehre 1920 Paul, Hermann, Prinzipien der Sprachgeschichte , Halle a.S. 1937 Pauliny, E., Dejiny spisovnej slovenchiny , Bratislava 1948. sväzok I, diel V, Slovenska vlastiveda (two copies) Pauliny, Eugen and Jozef Shtolc (sost.), Dotaznik pre vyskum slovenskych narechi (Atlas slovenshého jazyka) , Bratislava 1947. shturova 7, Jazykovedny ustav, slovenskej akadémie vied a umeni v Bratislave Pauliny, Eugen, Fonologia spisovnej slovenchiny , Bratislava 1961 (with author’s inscription) Pauliny, Eugen, Fonologicky vyvin slovenchiny , Bratislava 1963 (with author’s inscription) Pauliny, Eugen, Narechie zatopovych osad na hornej orave , Turchiansky Sv. Martin 1947. sväzok 3, Spisy jazykovedneho odboru matice slovenskej, seria B (with author’s inscription) Pauliny, Eugen, Josef Shtolc, Jozef Ruzhichka, Slovenska grammatika , Martin 1955 Pauliny, Eugen, Jozef Ruzhichko and Jozef Shtolc, Slovenska gramatika a sloh : pre 4. rochnik pedagog ickych shkal , Bratislava 1955 Pauliny, Eugen, Shtruktura slovenskeho slovesa : shtudia lexikalno-syntakticka , Bratislava 1943. sväzok 2, Spisy slovenskej skadémie vied a umeni (two copies, one inscribed by author) Paustovskij, K. G., Zolotoj Lin’ , Wellingborough, Engl. 1966. in Twentieth-century Russian readers Pavchic, Stjepan, Podrijetlo hrvatskih i srpskih naselja i govora u slavoniji , Zagreb 1953. kn.47, Djela jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti Pavlova, Karolina, Polnoe sobranie stixotvorenij (vstup. P. P. Gromov), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Pavlovic, Milivoj, Govor sretechke zhupe , Beograd 1939. no.VIII, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 102

Pavlovic, Milivoj, Primeri istoriskog razvitka srpskoxrvatskog jezika , Beograd 1956 (three copies) Pavlovic, Milivoj, Problemi i principi stilistike , Beograd 1969 Pavlov-Sil’vanskij, N.P., Sochinenija , St. Petersburg, 1909-1910 [reprint The Hague 1966] vol. I Gosudarevy sluzhilye ljudi. Ljudi kabal’nye i dokladnye no. 21/1, Russian reprint series vol. II Ocherki po russkoj istorii XVIII-XIX vv. no. 21/2, Russian reprint series vol. III Feodalizm v udel’noj Rusi no. 21/3, Russian reprint series [Pavlov-Sil’vanskij] V kakom smysle mozhno govorit’ o sushchestvovanii feodalizma v Rossii? Po povodu teorii Pavlova-Sil’vanskago (by N. Karev), St. Petersburg 1910 [reprint The Hague 1965] no.45, Russian reprint series Pavlovskago, I. Ja., Nemecko-russkij slovar’ , Riga - Leipzig 1902 Pavlovskogo, I. Ja., Russko-nemeckij slovar’ , Riga - Leipzig 1900 Pavskij, G., Filologicheskija nabljudenija nad sostavom russkago jazyka , Sanktpeterburg 1850. (photocopy) vols. 1 & 2 vols. 3 & 4 Pawel z Brzezin, Grzegorz, O Prawdziwej Smierci, zmartwychwstaniu i zywocie wiecznym , Wroslaw 1954. no.3, Biblioteka pisarzow polskich, seria B (two copies) Pawel z Brzezin, Grzegorz, O roznicach terazniejszych : to jest co o jednym bodu ojcu i synu jego jednorodzonym i o duchu swietym prawdziwie rozumiec mamy (opracowali : Konrad Gorski and Wladislaw Kuraszkiewicz), Wroclaw 1954. no.2, seria B, Biblioteka pisarzow polskich *Payne, Robert and Nikita Romanoff, Ivan the Terrible , New York 1975 PdR Press Publications in Slavic Accentuation, Lisse no.1, F. H. H. Kortlandt, Slavic Accentuation : a study in relative chronology (two copies) 1975 PdR Press Publications in Philosophy of Language, Lisse no.1, Bernard D. den Ouden, Language and Creativity 1975 PdR Press Publications on Roman Jakobson, Lisse no.2, Linda R. Waugh, Roman Jakobson’s Science of Language 1976 Pecherskij, Andrej [P. I. Mel’nikov], V lesax , Moskva 1952 two volumes Pechkauskaites, M.[Shatrijos Raganos], Rashtai , Kaunas 1928 vol.IV 1928 Peco, Asim, Govor istochne xercegovine , Beograd 1964. kn.XIV, separat 1, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik, institut za srpskoxrvatski jezik Peco, Asim, Jezik nash svagdashnji , Sarajevo 1969 (two copies) Peco, Asim, Osnovi akcentologije srpskohrvatskog jezika , Beograd 1971 Pedersen, Holger, La cinquième déclinaison latine , København 1926. no.XI, 5, Historisk- filologiske meddelelser, det kgl. danske videnskabernes selskab. Pedersen, Holger, Etudes lithuaniennes , København 1933. no.XIX, 3, Historisk-filologiske meddelelser, det kgl. danske videnskabernes selskab. Pedersen, Holger, Les formes sigmatiques du verbe latin et le problème du futur indo- européen , København 1921. no.3, 5, Historisk-filologiske meddelelser, det kgl. danske videnskabernes selskab. C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 103

Pedersen, Holger and John Webster Spargo, Linguistic Science in the Nineteenth Century: methods and results , Cambridge 1931 [Pedersen, (M.) Holger] Mélanges linguistiques : offerts à M. Holger Pedersen à l’occasion de son soixante-dixième anniversaire, 7 avril 1937 , København 1937. no.IX, 1, Acta Jutlandica : aarsskrift for aarhus universitet Pegasus , Bloomington, Ind. n.d. vol.5, no.1 La peinture byzantine (étude historique et critique par Andé Grabar), Genève 1953. in Les grands siècles de la peinture Peirce, Charles Sanders (utvalgog innledning av Ingemund Gullvag), Oslo 1972 *Peirce, Charles Sanders, Collected Papers , Cambridge, Mass. vol.I, Principles of Philosophy (ed. Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss) 1965 vol.II, Elements of Logic (ed. Charles Hartshorne and Paul Weiss) 1965 vol.VII, Science and Philosophy (ed. Arthur W. Burks) 1966 vol.VIII, Reviews, correspondence and bibliography (ed. Arthur W. Burks) 1966 *[Peirce, Charles S.] An Introduction to Peirce’s Philosophy : interpreted as a system (foreward by Bertrand Russell) (by James Feibleman), New York - London 1946 *[Peirce, Charles Sanders, Philosophical Writings of Peirce (selected and edited with an introduction by Justus Buchler), New York 1956 Pelenski, Jaroslaw, Russia and Kazan : conquest and imperial ideology (1438-1560’s) , The Hague 1974. no.V, Near and Middle East monographs Pelican Book of English Prose (ed. Kenneth Allott), London - Tonbridge vol.2, Seventeenth-century Prose 1620-1700 (ed. Peter Ure) 1956 vol.3, Eighteenth-century Prose 1700-1780 (ed. D. W. Jefferson) 1956 *Pelican History of England, Harmondsworth, Engl. vol.8, David Thompson, England in the 19th century 1951 Pelin, Elin, Povesti i razkazi (red. Georgi Karaslavov), Sofija 1968. in Biblioteka “balgarski pisateli” Pelin, Elin, Razkazi , Sofija 1963; 1965 two volume set (one set each edition) *Pena, Carlos Gonzalez, Manual de gramatica castellana : arreglado en lo fundamental conforme a la doctrina de Don Andres Bello , Mexico, D.F. 1945 Penchev, Jordan, Vavezhdashchi i umetnati dumi i izrazi v savremennija balgarski knizhoven ezik , Sofija 1966 (two copies) Penev, Bojan, Balgarska litratura : kratak istoricheski pregled , Plovdiv - Sofija 1930 Penev, Bojan, Istorija na novata balgarska literatura (ed. Boris Iocov), Sofija vol.I, Nachalo na balgarskoto vazrazhdane 1930 (two copies) vol.II, Balgarskata literatura prez XVII i XVIII vek 1933 [on title page: 1932] vol.III, Balgarska literatura prez parvata polovina na XIX vek 1933 vol.IV, pt.2, Balgarska literatura prez vtorata polovina na XIX vek 1936 Penev, Bojan, Nachalo na balgarskoto vazrazhdane , Sofija 1919 Penev, B., Uvod v balgarskata literatura sled osvobozhdanieto , Sofija 1942. tom XXXVIII, 4, Godishnik na universiteta sv. Kliment Oxridski, istoriko-filologicheski fakultet Penev, Pen’o, Stixotvorenija , Sofija 1968. in Biblioteka za uchenika C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 104

Penn, Julia M., Linguistic Realtivity versus Innate Ideas : the origins of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis in German thought , The Hague 1972. no.120, Janua Linguarum, series minor [Penzl, Herbert] Linguistic Method: essays in honor of Herbert Penzl (eds. Irmengard Rauch and Gerald F. Carr), The Hague 1979. no.79, Janua Linguarum, series maior *[Pepys, Samuel] The Diary of Samuel Pepys (a new and complete transcription edited by Robert Latham and William Matthews), Berkeley - Los Angeles vol.I, 1660 1971 vol.II, 1661 1971 vol.III, 1662 1971 vol.IV, 1663 1971 vol.V, 1664 1971 vol.VI, 1665 1972 vol.VII , 1666 1972 *Perdeck, A., A Survey of English Literature : for the use in Dutch schools , Groningen - Den Haag 1933 Pereira, N. G. O., The Thought and Teachings of N. G. Chernyshevskij , The Hague 1975. no.308, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Perepiska, G.V. Plexanova i P.B. Aksel’roda (Redakcija i primechanija P.A. Berlina, V.S. Vojtinskogo, i B. I. Nikolaevskogo), Moscow 1925 [reprint 1967] no.54, Russian reprint series (two volumes in one) [Peresvetov, I.] Sochinenija I. Peresvetova (podgot. A. A. Zimin, red. D.S. Lixacev), Moskva - Leningrad 1956. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Peretc, V. N., Istoriko-literaturnyja izsledovanija i materialy , S.-Peterburg 1900. tom I, Istorii russkoj pesni, chast’ 2, Prilozhenija opisanija sbornikov psal’m, kantov i pesen. Virshi iz staropechatnyx izdanij. malorusskija pesni iz rukopisej XVIII v Ukazateli Peretc, V. N., Iz ledcij po metodologii istorii russkoj literatury, Kiev 1914 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.145, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Peretc, V. N., Kratkij ocherk metodologii: istorii russkoj literatury , Peterburg 1922 Peretc; V. N., Kratkij ocherk metodologii istorii russkoj literatury , Petrograd 1922 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.213, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pereverzev, V. F., Literatura drevnej rusi , Moskva 1971 Perevod i lingvistika : o gazetno-informacionnom i voenno-publicisticheskom perevode (by A. D. Shvejcer), Moskva 1973 Peric, Aleksandar P., Rechnik srpskohrvatsko-francuski , Beograd 1959 Perlmutter, David M., Deep and Surface Structure Constraints in Syntax , New York 1971. in the Transatlantic series in linguistics Perloff, Marjorie, Rhyme and Meaning in the Poetry of Yeats , The Hague 1970. no.5, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Pernot, Hubert, Grammarie de grec moderne (langue parlée) , Paris 1941 (?). no.1, Collection de manuels pour l’étude du grec moderne *Pernot, Hubert, Lexique grec moderne français , Paris 1933 Perov, Vasilij Grigor’evich, Al’bom reprodukcij , Moskva 1956 *Perrot, Jean, La linguistique , Paris 1965. no.570, Que sais je ? C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 105

*Persian Basic Course (by Serge Obolensky, Kambiz Yazdan Panah and Fereidoun Khaje Nouri), Washington, D. C. units 1 - 12 1963 *Persian for English-speaking People (by Manoochehr Sotoodeh), Tehran first book n.d. (photocopy) (two copies) *The Persian Verb: a partial description for pedagogical purposes (by Mehdi Harashi). University microfilms copy of 1970 University of Texas, Austin dissertation Persidsko-russkij slovar’ (sost. B. V. Miller), Moskva 1953 *Persisches Lehr- und Lesebuch für die Umgangssprache (by Farhad Sobhani), Berlin 1967, 1971 (two copies) Persky, Serge, La vie et l’oeuvre de Dostoïevsky , Paris 1918 Personae and Poiesis: the poet and the poem in mediaeval love lyric (by Prospero Saiz), The Hague 1976. no.17, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor Perspectives de France (by Arthur Bieler, Oscar A. Haac and Monique Léon), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1968 Perspectives in Zoosemiotics (by Thomas A. Sebeok), The Hague 1972. no.122, Janua Linguarum, series minor Perspectives of Irony in Medieval French Literature (by Vladimir R. Rossman), The Hague 1975. no.35, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Persson, Agnes V., Comic Character in Restoration Drama , The Hague 1975. no.99, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Pervaja russkaja grammatika na rodnom jazyka : dolomonosovskij period otechestvennoj rusistiki (by B. A. Uspenskij), Moskva 1975. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet po dialektologii i istorii jazyka pri otdelenii literatury i jazyka, institut russkogo jazyka Ta pervi psalm shnego triiemi islagami, htroshtu vsem kerszhenikom, kir od Turkou inu Papeshnikou sijlo terpe, De se vtinih praui Veri ne sblasnio inu od nee ne pado , 1579 [reprint Ljubljana 1957] (photocopy) Pesennik [mimeographed booklet of words to 167 songs] Pesennyj fol’klor mezeni (izd. podgot. N. P. Kolpakova, B. M. Dubrovol’skij, V. V. Mitrofanova, V. V. Korguzalov), Leningrad 1967. in Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora Pershexonov, A. V., in Chuzhkoj storone , volume I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Peshikan, Mitar, Nash knjizhevni jezik na sto godina poslije vuka , Beograd 1970. kolo 3, knjiga 8, Biblioteka drushtva za srpskoxrvatgski jezik i knjizhevnost sr srbija Peshikan, Mitar B., Starocrnogorski srednjokatunski i ljeshanski govor, Beograd 1965. knjiga XV, Srpski dijalektoloshki zbornik, institut za srpskoxrvatski jezik Peshkovskij, A. M., Russkij sintaksis v nauchnom osveshchenii , Moskva 1933; 1938; 1956 (total, three copies) Pesnichki jezik Brnka Radichevica (by Vojislav I. Ilic), Beograd 1964 Peßler, Zilhelm, Aufgaben der vergleichenden Volkskunde , München n.d. Sonderdruck aus der Festschrift für Marie Andree-Eysn: Beiträge zur Volks- und Völkerkunde Pesni pechory (izd. podgot. N. P. Kolpakova, F. V. Sokolov, B. M. Dobrovol’skij), Moskva - Leningrad 1963. in Pamjatniki russkogo fol’klora Pesni russkix poètov (vstup. stat. I. N. Rozanov), Leningrad 1957. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja seria C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 106

Pesni sobrannyja P. N. Rybnikovym (red. A. E. Gruzinskij), Moskva 1909-1910 [reprint The Hague 1968]. three volume set. no. LXXII/1 - 3, Russian reprint series Pesn’ ljubvi, Moskva vol.I, Lirika russkix poètov XIx i XX vekov (sost. Svetlany Magidson) 1971 vol.II, Ljubovnaja liriki narodov SSSR (sost. Svetlany Magidson) 1972 Petar, Guberina, Problem “Slaganja vremena” , Zagreb 1959 *Peter de Grote (by Th. J. G. Locher), Amsterdam 1947 *Peters, Ludwig, Grammatik der turkischen Sprache , Berlin 1947 Peterson, Philip L., Concepts and Language : an essay in generative semantics and the philosophy of language , The Hague 1973. no.132, Janua Linguarum, series minor Petersson, Lennart and Kerstin Hadding, Experimentell fonetik , Lund 1970 Petkanova-Toteva, Donka, Damaskinite v balgarskata literatura , Sofija 1965 Petkovic, Prota Sava (izrad.), Rechnik crkvenoslovenskoga jezika , Sremski Karlovci 1935 Petr I : materialy dlja biografii (by M. M. Bogoslovskij), Leningrad [reprint The Hague] tom I, 1672-1697 1940 [1969], no.205/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, 1697-1698 1941 [1969], no.205/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III, 1698-1699 1946 [1969], no.205/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom IV, 1699-1701 1948 [1969], no.205/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom V, 1699-1700 1948 [1969], no.205/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Petr, Jan and Lubosh Rehachek, Zaklady slovanské jazykovedy , Praha. in Uchebni texty vysokych shkol, Universita Karlova v Praze, fakulta filosoficka vol.I 1966 vol.II 1968 The Petrashevskij Circle 1845-1849 (by John L. Evans), The Hague 1974. no.299, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Petrov, A., Karpatoruské pomistni nazvy z pol. XIX a z poch.XX st. , Praha 1929 Petrov, A. N., E. A. Borisova, A. P. Naumenko, Pamjatniki arxitektury leningrada , Leningrad 1958 Petrov, P., in Poèty XVIII veka , volume I (vstup. stat. G. P. Makogonenko), Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija [Petrovici, Emil] Cercetari de lingvistica: mélanges linguistiques offerts à Emil Petrovici par ses amis étrangers à l’occasion de son soixantième anniversaire , Bucuresti 1958 Petrovici, Emil, Graiul Carasovenilor: studiu de dialectologie slava meridionala , Bucuresti 1935. no.8, Biblioteca dacoromaniei, condusa de sextil puscariu (with author’s inscription) *Petrovitch, Woislav M., Heldensagen en legenden van de serviërs , Zutphen 1921 Petrovskij, N. A., Slovar’ russkix lichnyx imen , Moskva 1966 Petsch, Robert, Wesen und Formen des Dramas : allgemeine Dramaturgie , Halle (Saale) 1945. Band 29, Deutsche Vierteljahrsschrift für Literaturwissenschaft und Geistesgeschichte (heraus. Paul Kluckhohn and Erich Rothacker) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 107

Pet stoljeca hrvatske knjizhevnosti (urednik Rafo Bogishic), Zagreb no.2, Hrvatski latinisti. croatici auctores qui latine scripserunt , I 1969 no.3, Hrvatski latinisti. croatici auctores qui latine scripserunt , II 1970 *Pevsner, Nikolaus, An Outline of European Architecture , London 1953 (4th ed.), 1963 (7th ed.) *Peyre, Henri, Qu’est-ce que le classicisme ? essai de mise au point , Paris 1942 Pfeiffer, Fritz, Umschreibung des Verbums im Französischen durch aller, venir + Gerundium, être + Paricipium Praes. und durch die reflexive Konstruktion , Göttingen 1909. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der hohen philosophischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität zu Göttingen Phaenomenologica, The Hague (from) 5/6, H. Spiegelberg, The Phenomenological Movement , chapter XIV of The Essentials of the Phenomenological Method 1965 Phaenomenologica: collection publiée sous le patronage des centres d’archives - Husserl, The Hague nos.5 & 6, Herbert Speigelberg, The Phenomenological Movement: a historical introduction , vols 1 and 2 1969 Zur Phänomenologie der Intersubjektivität: Texte aus dem Nachlass (by Edmund Husserl, heraus. Iso Kern), Den Haag 1973 erster Teil, 1905-1920 . Band XIII, Husserliana zweiter Teil, 1921-1928 , Band XIV, Husserliana dritter Teil, 1929-1935 , Band XV, Husserliana Zur Phänomenologie des innerern Zeitbewusstseins (1893-1917) (by Edmund Husserl, heraus. Rudolf Boem), Den Haag 1966. Band X, Husserliana Phänomenologische Psychologie: Vorlesungen summersemester 1925 (by Edmund Husserl, heraus. Walter Biemel), Den Haag 1968. Band IX, Husserliana The Phenomenological Movement: a historical intriduction (by H. Spiegelberg), The Hague 1960 (1st ed.); 1969 (2nd ed.). two volume set. The Phenomenon of Literature (by Bennison Gray), The Hague 1975. no.36, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior *Phillips, Henry, Jr. and Alston Hurd Chase, A New Introduction to Greek , Cambridge, Mass. 1969 (3rd ed.) Phillips, Roger W., A Concise Russian Review Grammar , Madison 1974 Philologica: sbornik filozofickej fakulty, Bratislava rochnik XIX, Venovany VI. medzinarodnému sjazdu slavistov v Prahe 1967 Philological Essays: studies in Old and Middle English language and literature in honour of Herbert Dean Merritt (ed. James L. Rosier), The Hague 1970. no.37, Janua Linguarum, series maior Philological Society, Publications of the, Oxford no.XV, A. Martinet, Phonology and Functional Phonetics 1949 no.XXI, S. C. Gardiner, German Loanwords in Russian 1550-1690 1965 Philon d’Alexandrie, La migration d’Abraham (introd., texte critique, trad. et notes, René Cardiou), Paris 1957. no.47, Sources chrétiennes *Les philosophes belges : textes et études, Louvain tome XII, Fernand van Steenberghen, Siger de Brabant d’après ses oeuvres inédites , vol.I, Les oeuvres inédites 1931 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 108

tome XIII, Fernand van Steenberghen, Siger de Brabant d’après ses oeuvres inédites , vol.II, Siger dans l’histoire de l’aristotélisme 1942 *Philosophes de tous les temps, Paris Georges Mounin, Ferdinand de Saussure 1968 *Philosophia: beknopt handboek tot de geschiedenis van het wijsgerrig denken (red. H. van Oyen), Utrecht vol.I, Indië - Renaissance 1948 vol.II, Descartes - hedendaagsche wijsbegeerte 1949 *Philosophical Anthropology (by Michael Landmann, transl. David J. Parent), Philadelphia 1974 *Philosophical Writings of Peirce (selected and edited with an introduction by Justus Buchler), New York 1956 Philosophie der Arithmatik: mit ergänzenden Texten (1890-1901) (by Edmund Husserl, heraus. Lothar Eley), Den Haag 1970. Band XII, Husserliana *Philosophie du Langage (à propos de la) (by J. Sumpf), Paris 1971. no.21, Langage Philosophies of Language in Eighteenth-century France (by Pierre Juliard), The Hague 1970. no.18, Janua Linguarum, series minor Philosophie und Geisteswissenschaften, Buchreihe, Halle (Saale) vol.3, P. Matthes, Sprachform, Wort- und Bedeutungskategorie und Begriff 1926 Philosophische bibliotheek (red. E. de Bruyne, et al.), Antwerpen - Nijmegen *. F. P. Stutterheim, Inleiding tot de taal-philosophie 1949 *C. F. P. Stutterheim, Probleme der literaturwetenschap 1953 Evert W. Beth, Inleiding tot de wijsbegeerte der wiskunde 1940 Philosophische Studientexte, Berlin J. N. Tetens, Über den Ursprung der Sprachen und der Schrift 1966 *Philosohische Vorträge: veröffentilich von der Kantgesellschaft, Berlin no.15, O. Walzel, Wechselseitige Erhellung der Künste : ein Beitrag zur Würdigung kunstgeschichtlicher Begriffe 1917 *der Philosophischen Bibliothek, Leipzig Band 8 - 10, Aristotles Kategorien (des Organon , I. Teil) 1948 Band 11 - 13, Aristotles Organon, II 1948 *Philosophy (ed. H. J. Paton), London David Mitchell, An Introduction to Logic 1962 Philosophy and Psycholinguistcs (by Edmund L. Erde), The Hague 1973. no.160, Janua Linguarum, series minor Philosophy of Logic (by Hilary Putnam), New York 1971. in Harper essays in philosophy The Philosophy of Science: an introduction (by Stephen Toulmin), New York 1960. TB513, Harper torchbacks, the science library *The Philosophy of Symbolic Forms (by Ernst Cassirer), London vol.1, Language 1953 *The Philosophy of the Church Fathers (by Henry Austryn Wolfson), Cambridge, Mass. vol.1, Faith, Trinity, Incarnation 1963. no.III, Structure and Growth of Philosophic Systems from Plato to Spinosa) The Phonetics of Modern Hebrew (by M. J. Chayen), The Hague 1973. no.162, Janua Linguarum, series practica C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 109

Phonétique et phonologie du judéo-espagnol de Bucarest (by Marius Sala), The Hague 1971. no.142, Janua Linguarum, series practica Phonétique générale et romane : études en allemand, anglais, espagnol et français (by Bertil Malmberg), The Hague 1971. no.42, Janua Linguraum, series maior Phonetische Studien (heraus. Paul Menzerath), Berlin - Bonn Band I, P. Menzerath and A. de Lacerda, Koartikulation, Steuerung und Lautaberenzung: eine experimentelle Untersuchung 1933 The Phonological Basis of Latin Prosody (by Ronald Andrew Zirin), The Hague 1970. no.99, Janua Linguarum, series practica (two copies) A Phonological Investigation of Aphasic Speech (by Sheila E. Blumstein), The Hague 1973. no.153, Janua Linguarum, series minor Phonological Variants and Dialect Identifictaion in Latin American Spanish (by Melvyn C. Resnick), The Hague 1975. no.201, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Phonologie der Gengenwart : Vorträge und Diskussionen anläßlich der Internationalen Phonologie-tagung in Wien 30.VIII. - 3.IX.1966 (heraus. Josef Hamm), Graz - Wien - Köln 1967. Ergänzungsband VI, Wiener slavistisches Jahrbuch *Phonologie du grec attique (by Liana Lupas), The Hague 1972. no.164, Janua Linguarum, series practica Die phonologische und grammatische Struktur der Kaingang-Sprache (by Ursula Wiesemann), The Hague 1972. no.90, Janua Linguarum, series practica *The Phonology and Script of Literary Arabic (by Salman Al-Ani and Jacob Y. Shammas), Montreal 1971 Phonology, Morphonology, Morphology (by Olga Akhmanova), The Hague 1971. no.101, Janua Linguarum, series minor A Phonology of Italian in a Generative Grammar (by Mario Saltarelli), The Hague 1970. no.93, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Photiades, Wassily, De schilderkunst van de 18e eeuw , Amsterdam 1963. no.10, Meulenhoff kunstgeschiedenis The Phrase Structure of Egyptian Colloquial Arabic (by H. M. Hanna), The Hague 1967. no.35, Janua Linguarum, series practica The Physiological Activity of the Speech Organs: an analysis of the speech-organs during the phonation of sung, spoken and whispered Czech vowels on the basis of x-ray methods (by Jana Ondrachkova), The Hague 1973. no.64, Janua Linguarum, series maior Physsardt Series in Prague Linguistics, Bloomington, Ind. no.1, Cornelis H. van Schooneveld, Semantic Transmutations. prolegomena to a calculus of meaning , vol.1, The Cardinal Semantic Structure of Prepositions; Cases and Paratactic Conjunctions in Contemporary Standard Russian 1978 *Pian, Rulan Chao, A Syllabus for Mandarin Primer , Cambridge, Mass. 1965 Picchio, Lavinia Borriero, La letteratura bulgara: con un profilo della letteratura paleoslava , Milano 1969. in Le letterature del mondo *Piccola biblioteca einaudi, Torino no.79, Giulio C. Pepschy, La linguistica strutturale 1966 Picheta, V. I., Vvedenie v russkuju istoriju (istochniki i istoriografija) , Moskva 1922 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.XLVIII, Russian reprint series (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 110

A Pictorial of Micronesia , Osaka, Japan n.d. Pierling, P., S.J., La Russie et le Saint-Siège: études diplomatiques, Paris 1896-1912 [reprint 1967] vol. I Les Russes au Concile de Florence; mariage d’un Tsar au Vatican; Les papes Médicis et Vasili III; mystification et projets d’ambassade . no. 66/1, Russian reprint series vol II Arbitrage pontifical; projets militaires de Bathory contre Moscou; le tsar Fedor et Boris Gudonov. no. 66/2, Russian reprint series vol III La Fin d’une dynastie; la légende d’un Empereur; l’apogée et la catastrophe; les polonais au Kremlin . no. 66/3, Russian reprint series vol IV Pierre le Grand; la Sorbonne; les Dolgorouki, le duc de Liria; jubé de la Cour . no. 66/4, Russian reprint series vol V Catherine II; Paul Ie; Alexandre Ie . no. 66/5, Russian reprint series Pierot, J., Russisch-nederlands woordenboek (red. S. A. Mironow and Ij. Schilip), Moskva 1961 Pijanec zemja i naselenie : geografsko-etnografsko izuchvane s 8 figuri v teksta, 133 fotografski obrazi i 3 cvetni tablici (by Jordan Zaxariev), Sofija 1949. no.XLV, Sbornik za narodni umotvorenija i narodopis Pike, Kenneth L., Grammatical Prerequisites to Phonemic Analysis , from Word, vol.3, no.3, Dec. 1947, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.72, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Pike, Kenneth L., The Intonation of American English , Ann Arbor 1953. vol.I, University of Michigan publications, linguistics Pike, Kenneth L., Language in Relation to a Unified Theory of the Structure of Human Behavior , The Hague 1967; 1971 (2nd ed.), no.24, Janua Linguarum, series maior Pike, Kenneth L., Phonemics : a technique for reducing languages to writing , Ann Arbor 1947. no.III, University of Michigan publications, linguistics Pike, Kenneth L., Phonetics: a critical analysis of phonetic theory and a technic for the practical description of sounds , Ann Arbor - London 19423. vol.XXI, University of Michigan publications, language and literature [Pike, Kenneth L.] Kenneth L. Pike: Selected Writings to Commemorate the 60th Birthday of Kenneth Lee Pike (ed. Ruth M. Brend), The Hague 1972. no.55, Janua Linguarum, series maior Pike, Kenneth L., Taxemes and Immediate Constituents , from Languge, vol.19, no.2, Apr.- Jun. 1943, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.73, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Pike, Kenneth L. and Ruth M. Brend, eds., The Summer Institute of Linguistics. Its works and contributions , The Hague 1977 *Pilch, Herbert, Phonemtheorie , Basel - New York part I 1964. fasc.1, Bibliotheca phonetica Pillsbury, Paul W., Descriptive Analysis of Discourse in Late West Saxon Texts , The Hague 1967. no.44, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Pinchon, Jacqueline and René Lagane, La norme , Paris 1972. no.16, Langue française Pinnow, Heinz-Jürgen, Die nordamerikansichen Indiansprachen: ein Überlick über ihren Bau und ihre Besonderheiten , Wiesbaden 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 111

Pioner - znachit pervij, Moskva V. Shklovskij, Zemli razvedchik (Marco Polo) 1969 Piotrovskij, R. G., Informacionnye izmerenija jazyka , Leningrad 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Piotrovskij, R. G., Modelirovanie fonologicheskix sistem i metody ix sravenija , Moskva - Leningrad 1966 Pirejko, L. A., D. I. Edel’man, V. S. Rastorgueva, A. A. Kerimova, A. K. Mamedzade, Giljanskij jazyk , Moskva 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Pirejko, L. A., Osnovnye voprosy èrgativnosti na materiale indoiranskix jazykov , Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija *Pirenne, Henri, Early Democracies in the Low Countries: urban society and political conflict in the middle ages and the renaissance (introd. John H. Mundy), New York - Evanston - London 1963. in Harper torchbooks, the academy library TB 1110 *Pirenne, Henri, Economic and Social History of Medieval Europe , New York 1963 *Pirenne, Henri, Medieval Cities: their origins and the revival of trade , Garden City, N.Y. 1956. Anchor A82 Pisanie Sofonija, starca Rjazance : sadonshchina velikago knjazja gospodina Dmitrija Ivanovicha i brata ego knjaza Volodimira Andreevicha [po spisku 1470-x godov] , n.d. Pisarev i literaturno-obshchestvennoe dvizhenie shestidesjatyx godov (by L. A. Plotkin), Leningrad - Moskva 1945. in ANSSSR, institut literatury [reprint The Hague 1969], no.121, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pisarskaja, L. and T. Uxova, Licevaja ruskopis’ uspenskogo sbora : evangelie nachala XV veka iz uspenskogo sobora moskovskogo kremlja , Leningrad 1968. no.2, Publikackija odnogo pamjatniki Pis’ma P. B. Aksel’oda i Ju. O. Martova. Materialy po istorii russkogo revoljucionnogo dvizhenija , I, Berlin 1924 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.55, Russian reprint series Pisrakowa, Krystyna, Frunkcje skladnikowe polskich zaimkow odmiennych , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow. no.22, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN, oddzial w Krakow Pisateli zarubezhnyx stran, Moskva L. P. Lixacheva (sost.), Ivan Vazov: biobibliograficheskij ukazatel’ 1962 Pisemskij, A. F., Sochinenija (red. M. P. Eremin), Moskva 1956. three volumes Pis’ma i donesenija iezuitov of rossii konca XVII i nachala XVIII veka , S.-Peterburg 1904 [reprint The Hague 1965], no.XVI, Russian reprint series Pisne ruské revoluce , Praha 1946 Pisoni, David Bob, On the Nature of Categorical Perception of Speech Sounds . 1971 University of Michigan dissertation. Supplement to: status report on speech reserarch, Nov.1971, Haskins laboratories Pishovy vedecké priruchky (red. E. Babak, K. Ryska and H. Traus), Brno no.8, V. Vondrak, Cirkevneslovanska chrestomatie 1925 Pitanja knjizhevnosti i jezika (ureduku: Salko Nazechic, Jovo Vukovic and Boshko Novakovic), Sarajevo knjiga prva 1954 Pitannja movnoï kul’turi , Kiïv vol.I 1967 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 112

Pittenger, Robert E. and Henry Lee Smith Jr., A Basis for some Contributions of Linguistics to Psychiatry , from Psychiatry, vol.20, no.1, Feb. 1957, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.74, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics *Pitt Series, Cambridge Tacitus, The agricola and germania (H. M. Stephenson, ed.) 1908 Plach serbjii , Novi Sad 1950 La place de l’adjectif en italien moderne (by A. G. Sciarone), The Hague 1970. no.149, Janua Linguarum, series practica On the Place of the Progressive Palatization of Velars in the Relative Chronology of Slavic (by Robert Channon), The Hague 1972. no.72, Janua Linguarum, series practica Plan Moskvy (red.-sost. M.V. Balabanov), Moskva 1968 Planine che zdarxe usebi Pism pete po Pastirich, Pripouisti, i Prituori Iunachou i Dechlic, i Mnoge ostale stuari sloxene po Petru Zoranichiu Nigivaninu , Venice 1569 [photoreprint Zagreb 1952] Plank, Dale L., Pasternak’s Lyric: a study of sound and imagery , The Hague 1966. no.59, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Plant, Helmut R., Syntaktische Studien zu den Monseer Fragmenten: ein Beitrag zur Beschreibung der inneren Form des Althochdeutschen , The Hague 1969. no.75, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Platonis euthyphro, apologia, critio, phaedo ad codices denuo collotos (ed. Martinus Schanz), Leipzig 1875 *Plato, II: Res publica (ed. C. Fr. Hermann), Lipsiae 1906. in Bibliotheca scriptorum graecorum et romanorum teubneriana *Platonis opera (ed. Ionnes Burnet), Oxford tomus I, Tetralogias I-II continens n.d. tomus III, Tetralogias V-VII continens 1909 Platonov, S. F., Boris Godunov , Petrograd 1921 [reprint The Hague 1965], no.XI, Russian reprint series Platonov, S. F., Boris Godunov , Praha 1924 Platonov, S. F., Ocherki po istorii Smuty v Moskovskom gosudarstve XVI-XVII vv. (opyt izuchenija obshchestvennago stroja i soslovnyx otnoshenij v smutnoe vremja) , S.- Peterburg 1910 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.XXV, Russian reprint series (two copies) Platonov, S. F., Prosloe russkoe severa: ocherki po istorii kolonizacii pomor’ja , Berlin 1924 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XXXIII, Russian reprint series Platonov, S. F., Smutnoe vremja , Praga 1924; also [reprint The Hague 1965], no.X, Russian reprint sereis Platonov, S. F., Social’nyj krizis smutnogo vremeni. Leningrad 1924. in Pamjatniki social’no-èkonomicheskoj istorii rossii (red. A. I. Zaozerski and V. N. Kashin) [reprint The Hague 1967], no.XXXIV, Russian reprint series (two copies) Platonov, S. F., Sochinenija , S.-Peterburg [reprint The Hague] tom I, Stat’i po russkoj istotrii (1883-1912) 1912 [1966], no.XXVIII/1, Russian reprint series (two copies) tom II, Drevnerusskija skazanija i povesti o smutnom vremeni XVII veka, kak istoricheskij istochnik 1913 [1966], no.XXVIII/2, Russian reprint series C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 113

*Platonov, S. F., Uchebnik russkoj istorij , Prague vol.1 1924 vol.2 1925 *Plattner, Ph. Ausführliche Grammatik der französischen Sprache pt.I, Grammatik der französischen Sprache für den Unterricht , Breisgau 1920 pt.II, Wörterbuch der Schwierigkeiten der französischen Aussprache und Rechtschreibung, mit phonetischer Bezeichnung der Aussprache , Breisgau 1917 pt.III, Ergänzungen section I, Das Nomen u. der Gebrauch des Artikels , Karlsruhe 1905 section II, Das Pronomen u. die Zahlwörter, Freiburg 1907 pt.IV, Präpositionen u. Adverbien, mit Einschluß der Negation, sowie Syntax des Adjektivs , Freiburg 1907 [Plautus] The Menaechmi of Plautus (ed. Harold North Fowler), Boston 1911. in The students’ series of Latin classics Plavshic, Lazar, Srpske shtamparije od kraja XV do polovine XIX veka, Beograd 1959 Pleshcheev, A. N., Stixotvorenija (vstup. stat. M. Ja. Poljakov), Leningrad 1957. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija [Pletnëv, P. A.] A. L. Baratynskaja and P. A. Pletnëv : correspondence (by G. R. Barratt), Copenhagen 1969. offprint from vol.XV, Scandoslavica [Plexanov, G. V.] Perepiska G.V. Plexanova i P.B. Aksel’roda (Redakcija i primechanija P.A. Berlina, V.S. Vojtinskogo, i B. I. Nikolaevskogo), Moscow 1925 [reprint 1967] no.54, Russian reprint series (two volumes in one) Plezia, Marian, Greckie i lacinskie zrodla do najstarszych dziejow slowian , Poznan - Krakow czesc I, do VIII wieku 1952. no.III, Prace etnologiczne (red. E. Frankowski and J. Gajek) Plot (by Elizabeth Dipple), London 1970. no.12, The critical idiom series Plotkin, L. A., Pisarev i literaturno-obshchestvennoe dvizhenie shestidesjatyx godov , Leningrad - Moskva 1945. in ANSSSR, Institut literatury [reprint The Hague 1969], no.121, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Plotkin, V. Y., The Dynamics of the English Phonological System , The Hague 1972. no.155, Janua Linguarum, series practica PMLA (Publications of the Modern Language Association of America), Menasha, Wisc. vol.LV, no.1 (devoted to Romanticism) Mar. 1940 vol.LXX, no.5 Dec. 1955 Pnin, Ivan, Poèty-Radishchevcy: Ivan Pnin, Vasilij Popugaev, Ivan Born, Aleksandr Vostokov (vstup. stat. Vl. Orlov), Leningrad. 1952 (2nd ed.), 1961 (3rd ed.: two copies). in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (three copies total) Pochatkové cheského basnictvi obzvlashte prozodie (uvodnu shtudiu napisal Mikulash Bakosh, text pripravil Rudolf Havel), Bratislava 1961. in Slovenska Akadémie Vied, ustav slovenskej literatury, edicia koreshpondencia a dokumenty, zväzok 8 Pocheptsov, G. G., Language and Humour: a collection of linguistically based jokes, anecdotes, etc. topically arranged, with an introductory chapter on the linguistic foundations of humour , Kiev 1974 (with author’s inscription) Pochodzenie polskiego jezyka literackiego , Wroclaw 1956. vol.III, Studia staropolskie C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 114

Pocta Fr. Travnichkovi a F. Wolmanovi , Brno 1948. no.1, Rochinenka seminare pro slovanskou filologii pri filosofické fakulte masarykovy university v Brne Poczatki polski z dziejow slowian w I tysiacleciu n.e. (by Henryk Lowminski), Warszawa vol.II 1964 vol.III 1967 Podhorski-Okolow, Leonard, Realia Mickiewiczowskie , Warszawa vol.II, Wpadam do Spolicowa 1955 Podluzhnyj, A. I., A. A. Krnickij and A. E. Mixnevich, Belorusskij jazyk dlja nebelorusov , Minsk 1973 Podrijetlo hrvatskih i srpskih naselja i govora u slavoniji (by Stjepan Pavichic), Zagreb 1953. kn.47, Djela jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti Poduezko, M. L. (ed.), Ukrajins’ko-anglijs’kij slovnik , 1962 Podvig russkoj literatury (by Anat. Gorelov), Leningrad 1957 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.179, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Poe, Edgar Allan] The Stylistic Development of Edgar Allan Poe (by Richard M. Fletcher), The Hague 1973. no.55, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica de Poerck, G. and L. Mourin, Introduction à la morphologie comparée des langues romanes, basée sur des traductions anciennes des actes des apôtres ch.XX à XXIV , Bruges tome IV, Sursilvain et engadinois anciens, et ladin dolomitique (by L. Mourin) 1964 Poetic Diction of the Old English Meters of Boethius (by Allan A. Metcalf), The Hague 1973. no.50, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Poèticheskaj frazeologija Pushkina (otvet. red. V. D. Levin), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Poèticheskija vozzrenija slavjan na prirodu (by A. Afanas’ev), Moskva [reprint The Hague] tom I 1865 [1970], no.214/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II 1868 [1969], no 214/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom III 1869 [1970], no.214/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Poetic Fantasy and Fiction: the short stories of Jules Supervielle (by Louisa E. Jones), The Hague 1973. no.83, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Poetics - Poetyka - Poetika (ed. Davie, Fonagy, Jakobson, Likhacev, Mayenowa et al.), Warszawa - ‘s-Gravenhage vol.I 1961 vol.II 1966 Poetic Synthesis in Shelly’s Adonais (by Edwin B. Silverman), The Hague 1972. no.36, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Poètika i genezis bylin ocherki (by A. P. Skaftymov), Moskva - Saratov 1924 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.207, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Poètika i stilistika russkoj literatury: pamjati Akademika Viktora Vladimirovicha Vinogradova (otvet. red. M. P. Alekseev), Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Poètika russkogo realizma: ocherki o russkoj literature XIX veka (by G. M. Fridlender), Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Poètika: vremennik slovesnogo otdela gosudarstvennogo instituta istorii iskusstv , Leningrad vol.I 1926 [also reprint, The Hague 1966] C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 115

vol.III 1974 vol.IV 1928 vol.V 1929 The Poetria Nova and its Sources in Early Rhetorical Doctrine (by Ernest A. Gallo), The Hague 1971. no.10, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Poetries: their media and ends (by I. A. Richards). A Collection of essays by I. A. Richards published to celebrate his 80th birthday (ed. Trevor Eaton), The Hague 1974. no.30, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior Poetry and Truth (by Dennis Rasmussen), The Hague 1974. no.20, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor Poèty 1820-1830-x godov (vstup. stat. L. Ja. Ginzburg), Leningrad 1961. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty 1840-1850-x godov (vstup. stat. B. Ja. Buxshtab), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty 1840-1850-x godov (vstup. stat. B. Ja. Buxshtab), Leningrad 1972. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija Poèty 1860-x godov (vstup. stat. I. G. Jampol’skij), Leningrad 1968. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty 1880-1890-x godov (vstup. stat. G. A. Bjalyj), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (two copies) Poèty-Dekabristy : V. Raevskij, A. Bestuzhev, P. Koloshin, N. Bobrishchev-Pushkin, P; Bobrishchev-Pushkin, N. Lorer, N. Bestuzhev, G. Baten’kov, N. Chuzhov, M. Bestuzhev, V. Davydov , Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty-demokraty 1870-1880-x godov (vstup. stat. B. L. Bessonov), Leningrad 1968. in Biblioteka poèt, bol’shaja serija Poèty-demokraty 1870-1880-x godov (vstup. Stta. A. M. Bixter), Moskva - Leningrad 1962. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty “Tskry” , Leningrad 1955. in Biblioteka moèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ tom 1, V. S. Kurochkin tom 2, D. D. Minaev, V. I. Bogdanov, N. S. Kurochkin, P.I. Vejnberg, G. N. Zhulev i dr. Poèty nachala XIX veka (vst. stat. Ju. M. Lotman), Leningrad 1961. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (two copies) Poèty-Petrashevcy (vstup. stat. V. V. Zhdanov), Moskva - Leningrad 1966. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Poèty Petrashevcy : A. P. Balasoglo, A. I. Pal’m, D. D. Axsharumov, S. F. Durov, A. N. Pleshcheev) , Leningrad 1957. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Poèty Pushkinskoj pory: izbrannye stixotvorenija (sost. Vl. Orlov), Leningrad 1954. in Shkol’naja biblioteka Poèty-Radishchevcy: Ivan Pnin, Vasilij Popugaev, Ivan Born, Aleksandr Vostokov (vstup. stat. Vl. Orlov), Leningrad 1952 (2nd ed.), 1961 (3rd ed. - two copies) in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (total: three copies) Poèty-satiriki: konca XVIII-nachala XIX v. (vstup. stat. G. V. Ermakova-Bitner), Leningrad 1959. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Poèty XVIII veka , Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija vol.1, A. Kantemir, V. Trediakovskij, M. Xeraskov, A. Rzhevskij, V. Petrov, C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 116

D. Fonvizin, M. Chulkov, P. Popov (vstup. G. P. Makogonenko) vol.2, V. Majkov, I. Bogdanovich, Ja. Knjazhnin, I. Xemnicer, N. L’vov, Ju. Neledinskij-Meleckij, E. Kostrov, M. Murav’ev, V. Kapnist Poetyka zarys encyklopedyczny (Pol. Akad. Nauk), Dzial III: Wersyfikacja, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow tom II, Wiersz, Podstawowe kategorie opisu , czesc I, rytmika 1963 tom III, Sylabizm (red. Z. Kopozynskiej, M. R. Mayenowa) 1956 tom IV, Kluska and Kurys, Sylabotonizm 1957 (two copies) tom VIII, czesc 2, Metryki obcojezyczne zeszyt I, Karel Horalek, Zarys dziejow czeskiego wierszwa 1957 zeszyt 2, Margaret Schlauch, Zarys wersyfikacij angielskiej 1958 zeszyt 4, Halina Sidorenko, Zarys wersyfikacji ukrainskiej 1961 Poèzija krest’janskix prazdnikov (vstup. stat. I. I. Zemcovskij), Leningrad 1970. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija Pogodin, M., Drevnjaja russkaja istorija, do mongol’skago iga , Moskva 1871 [reprint The Hague 1971] tom I no.256/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II no.256/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom II, otdelenie I no.256/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Pogodin, M.] Izsledovanija, zamechanija i lekcii, M. Pogodina, o russkoj istorii (izdany Imperatorskim Moskovskim obshchestvom istorii i drevnostej rossijskix), Moskva 1846 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.219/1-3 tom I, Vstuplenie. ob istochnikax drevnej russkoj istorii, preimushchestvenno o nestor tom II, Proisxozhdenie barjagov-rusi. o slavjanax tom III, Normanskij period [Pogodin, M.P.] Zhizn i trudy M. P. Pogodina (by Nikolaj Barsukov), S.-Peterburg 1888- 1910 [reprint The Hague 1969-1971], no.162/1 - 22, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pokorny, Juilius, Indogermanisches etymologisches Wörterbuch , Bern issues 1 - 15 1951-1966 16 -17 1968 18 1969 Poland’s Millenium Series of the Kosciuszko Foundation, The Hague The Kozciuszko Foundation Dictionary vol.I, Bulas and Whitfield, English - Polish 1959 vol.II, Bulas, Thomas, Whitfield, Polish - English 1961 Polanski, Kazimierz, Morfologia zapozyczen niemieckich w jezyku polabskim , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1962. no.32, Prace jezykoznawcze, PAN Polanski, Kazimierz and James Allen Sehnert, Polabian - English Dictionary , The Hague - Paris 1967. no.LXI, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Poldauf, Ivan, Czech - English Dictionary (medium), Prague 1959 Polentz, Emil, Die Funktionen des französischen Relativpronomens lequel , Berlin. in Wissenschaftliche Beilage zum Jahresbericht des Andreas-Realgymnasiums zu Berlin part I 1901 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 117

Polezhaev, Aleksandr, Sochinenija (vstup. stat. i primech. V. I. Bezjazychni), Moskva 1955 Polishensky, J., Jan Amos Komensky , Praha 1963. in Odkazy pokrokouych osobnosti nashi minulosty Politichke pesme Jovana Jovanovica Zmaja (priredili Vasa Stajic and Mladen Leskovac), Novi Sad 1945. broj 2, Izdanja prosvetno-izdavachke zadruge “Zmaj” Politicheskie processy v Rossii 1860-x gg. (po arxivnym dokumentam) (by Mix. Lemke), Moskva - Petrograd 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.144, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Polivanov, E. D., Izbrannye raboty , Moskva tom I, Stat’i po obshchemu jazykoznaniju 1968 (two copies) Polivanov, E. D., Selected Works: articles on general linguistics (ed. A. A. Leont’ev), The Hague 1974. no.72, Janua Linguarum, series maior Poljanec, Franjo (sast.), Istorija srpskohrvatskoslovenachog knjizhevnog jezika: s pregledom nashih dijalekata i istorijskim chitankom , Zagreb 1936 Poljarnaja Zvezda: zhurnal A. I. Gercina i N. P. Ogareva v vos’mi knigax. 1855-1869. vol’naja russkaja tipografija: London - Zheneva. faksimil’noe izdanie , Moskva vol.1 1855 [1966] vol.2 1856 [1966] vol.3 1857 [1966] vol.4 1858 [1967] vol.5 1859 [1967] vol.6 1861 [1968] vol.7 1862 [1968] vol.8 1869 London [1968 vol.9, (kommentarii i ukazateli k I-VIII knigam) 1968 Pollard, Arthur, Satire , London 1970. no.7, The critical idiom series Polner, T. I., in Na chuzhkoj storone , vol.I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Die polnische Literatur (by Julius Kleiner), Potsdam 1929. in Handbuch der Literaturwissenschaft. bound with: P. N. Sakulin, Die russische Literatur 1927 Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej, ANSSSR, Institut istorii, Moskva tom 1 tom 2, Ipat’evskaja letopis 1962 tom 9-10, Patriarshaja ili nikonovskaja letopis 1965 tom 11-12, Patriarshaja ili nikonovskaja letopis 1965 tom 13, Patriarshaja ili nikonovskaja letopis 1965 tom 14, “Povest’ o chestnom zitii carja i vekilogo knjazja Fedora Ivanovicha vseja rusi” “novyj letopisec” i “ukazateli knikonovskoj letopisi IX-XIV tt. 1965 tom 15 (vyp.1), Rogozhskij letopisec (from 1922 ed.) 1965 tom 15, Tverskoj sbornik (from 1863 ed.) tom 25 1949 tom 26 tom 27 tom 28 1963 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 118

tom 29 1965 tom 30 tom 31, Letopiscy poslednej chetverti XVII v. 1968 (two copies) Polockij, Simeon, Izbrannye sochinenija (podgot. I. P. Eremin), Moskva - Leningrad 1953. in Literaturnye pamjatniki Polonskij, Ja. P., Stixotvorenija (vstup. B. M. Ejxenbaum), Leningrad 1954. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ Polonskij, V., O sovremennoj literature , Moscow-Leningrad 1929. 2nd ed. [reprint The Hague 1967] no.49, Russian reprint series Polska Akademia umijetnosei, wydawnictwa slaskie, prace jezykowe, Krakow no.5, Kazimierz Nitsch, Dialekty polskie slaska 1939 Polska Akademja umiejetnosci, wydzial filologiczny, Rozprawy T., Krakow no.LXI, no.5, Witold Taszycki, Imeislowy czynne, terazniejszy i przeszly I w jezyku polskim 1924 Polska gwara gorali bukowinskich w rumunii (by Elena Deboveanu), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1971. no.60, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Polska gwara trojjezycznej wsi kaczyki w rumunii (by Stanislaw Gogolewski), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1972. no.68, Prace jezykoznawcze, komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN Polskich cech gwarowych, monografje, Krakow no.4, Mieczyslaw Malecki, Archaizm Podhalanski 1928 no.6, Zdzislaw Stieber, Izoglosy gwarowe na obszarze dawnych wojewodztw leczyckiego i sieradzkiego 1933 Z polskich studiow slawistycznych: prace historycznoliterackie na IV miedzynarodowy kongres slawistow w Moskwie 1958 (red. Samuel Fiszman), Warszawa 1958 Z polskich studiow slawistycznych: prace jezykoznawcze i etnogenetyczne na IV miedzynarodowy kongres slawistow w Moskwie 1958 (red. Przemyslaw Zwolinski), Warszawa 1958 Z polskich studiow slawistycznych: prace na VII miedzynarodowy kongres slawistow w Warszawie 1973 , Warszawa 1972. seria 4, Jezykoznawstwo (red. Witold Doroszewski) Pol’skie govory v SSSR (red. V. V. Martynov), Minsk chast I, Issledovanija i materialy 1967-1969 g. 1973. in ANBSSR, Institut jazykoznanija im. Ja. Kolasa Polskie rzeczowniki meskie na -o na tle slowianskim (by Zofia Kurzowa), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1970. no.26, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN - oddzial w Krakowie Polskie teksty gwarowe z ilustracja dzwiekowa (by Zenon Sobierajski), Poznan vol.IV, Lubawskie - ostrodzkie - kaszuby 1964. tom XVIII, zeszyt 4, Prace komisji filologicznej, wydzial filologiczno-filozoficzny, Poznanskie towarzystwo przyjaciok nauk (three copies) Z polskich studiow slawistycznych , Warszawa seria 4, Jezykoznawstwo. Prace na VII miedzynarodowy kongres slawistow w Warszawie 1973 1972 Polsko-balgarski rechnik (by Sabina Radeva), Warszawa 1961 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 119

Pol’sko-russkij slovar’ (red. M. F. Rozvadovskij), Moskva 1955 Pol’s’ko-ukrajins’kij slovnik (red. A. I. Gens’ors’kij, L. L. Gumec’ka, I. M. Kernic’kij, M. J. Onishkevich, M. I. Rudnic’kij) v dvox tomas, Kijiv tom I A - N 1958 tom II, pt.I O - R 1959 pt.II S - Z 1960 Polszczyzna XVIII wieku w podreczniku gramatyki polskiej M. Seimiginowskiego (Kijow 1791) (by Halina Safarewiczowa), Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow - Gdansk 1971. no.29, Prace komisji jezykoznawstwa, PAN, oddzial w Krakowie Poltoratsky, A. I., Nonna Shmyr’ova, Rolandas F. Idzelis, Lydia Natan, The Principles and Methods of Linguostylistics (a course of lectures) (ed. Olga Akhmanova), Moskva 1970 Poludniowo-slowianskie nazwy miejscowe z sufiksem *-itj- (by Stanislaw Rospond), Krakow 1937. no.25, Prace komisji jezykowej, Polska Akademia umiejectnosci Polynesian languages: a survey of research (by Viktor Krupa), The Hague 1973. no.11, Janua Linguarum, series critica Pomjalovskij, N. G., Polnoe sobranie sochinenij , 1914. “Kniroizdatel’stvo ‘Shkola’” tom I, Vukol’. Meshchanskoe schast’e. Molotov tom II, Ocherko bursy. Maxilov. Danilushka. Andrej Fedorych Chebanov. Porechane. Brat i sestra Pomjalovskij, N. G., Sochinenija (primechanija: I. Jampol’ski), Moskva 1965. two volumes *Pomorska, Krystyna, Russian Formalist Theory and its Poetic Ambiance , The Hague 1968. no.82, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings V pomoshch’ chitatelju: russkaja literatura XVIII-XIX vekov , Moskva 1955 (two copies) Ponjatie leksicheskoj normy i leksikograficheskaja praktika v anglijskom jazykoznanii XVI- XVIII vv. (by S. S. Linsku), Dnepropetrovsk 1973. in Ministerstvo vyshego i srednevo special’novo obrazovanija SSSR, Dnepropetrovskij ordena trudovogo krasnogo znameni gosudarstvennyj universitet imeni 300-letija vossoedinenija ukrainy s rossiej Pop, Ghita (mit einem Nachtrag: Lange-Kowal), Langenscheidts Taschenwörterbuch der rumänischen und deutschen Sprache , Berlin - Schöneberg erster Teil, Rumänisch - deutsch 1911 *Pop, Sever, Grammaire roumaine , Berne 1948 Popcig, V., Clenenie indoevropejskoj jazykovoj oblasti , Moskva 1964 Pope, Emily Norwood, Questions and Answers in English , The Hague 1976. no.226, Janua Linguarum, series practica Popivanov, Georgi, Osobenosti na shumenskija govor (dopalnenie kam opisanieto mu v das ostbulgarische na Prof. L. Miletic), Sofija 1940. no.XXXIV, Sbornik na balgarskata akademija na naukite (note: one of two titles with this number) Popivanov, Georgi, Sofijakijat govor , Sofija 1940. no.XXXIV, Sbornik na balgarskata akademija na naukite (note: one of two titles with this number) Popov, Elisabeth Angela, The Semantic Structure of the Russian Diminutives . photocopy of 1967 Stanford University dissertation. Popov, K., Savremenen balgarski ezik : sintaksis , Sofija 1963 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 120

Popov, M., in Poèty XVIII veka , vol.I (vstup. stat. G. P. Makogonenko), Leningrad 1958. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Popov, V. M., Fonetika russkogo literaturnogo jazyka s elementami uzbekskogo , Tashkent 1965 Popova, E. P., Russkaja mebel’ konec XVIII v. , Moskva 1957. vol.XXIV, Pamjatniki kul’tury Popova, Z. D., Sistema padezhnyx i predlozhnopadezhnyx form v russkom literaturnom jazyke XVII veka (strukturno-semanticheskoe-opisanie) , Voronezh 1969 Popovich, Anton, Shtrukturalizmus v slovenskej vede 1931-1949 , Martin 1970 Popovic, Bogdan (sast.), Antologija: novije srpske lirike , Beograd 1953 (one copy); 1956 (two copies). kolo XLVII, knjiga 323, Srpska knjizhevna zadruga (total: three copies) Popovic, Bogdan, Dva ogleda iz teorije stila , Novi Sad n.d. no.17, Mozaik series Popovic, Ivan, Geschichte der serbokroatischen Sprache , Wiesbaden 1960. in Bibliotheca slavica Popovic, Ivan, Istorija srpskoxrvatskog jezika , Novi Sad 1955 Popovic, Miodrag, Istorija srpske knjizhev nosti romantizam , Beograd vol.I 1968 vol.II 1972 vol.III 1972 Popovic, Vasa, Volite se, ljudi , Sarajevo 1954. no.13, Cepna knjiga Popowska-Taborska, Hanna, Centralne zagadnienie wokalizmu kaszubskiego kaszubska zmiana e ≥ i, y, u ≥…, Wroclaw 1961. no.28, Prace jezykoznawcze, PAN Popowska-Taborksa, Hanna, Dawne pogranicze jezykowe polsko-dolnoluzyckie (w swietle danych toponomastycznych) , Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow 1965. no.44, Prace jezykoznawcze, Komitet jezykoznawstwa, PAN *Poppe, Nikolaus, Khalkha-mongolische Grammatik: mit Bibliographie Sprachproben und Glossary , Wiesbaden 1951. in Veröffentlichungen der orientalischen Kommission, Akademe der Wissenschaften und der Literatur O poprawie rzeczypospolitej: przeklad cypriana bazylika z r.1577 (by Andrzej Frycz), Warszawa 1953. photooffset Popugaev, Vasilij, Poèty-Radishchevcy: Ivan Pnin, Vasilij Popugaev, Ivan Born, Aleksandr Vostokov (vstup. stat. Vl. Orlov), Leningrad 1952 (one copy); 1961 (two copies). in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija (total: three copies) Porak, Jaroslav, Cvichebnice starocheského tvaroslovi , Praha 1967. in Uchebni texty vysokych shkol, Universita Karlova v Praze, fakulta filosoficka Porjadok slov v russkom literaturnom jazyke XVIII - pervoj treti XIX v.: puti stanovlenija sovremennoj normy (by I. I. Kovturnova), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka *Portael der Saecken en Spraecken (by Joh. Amos Comenius), Amsterdam 1673 *Porta Linguarum Orientalium: Sammlung von Lehrbüchern für das Studium der orientalischen Sprachen, herausgegeben von Richard Hartmann, Leipzig vol.XXIII, A. von Gabain, Alttürkische Grammatik 1950 *Porta Linguarum Orientalium, neue Serie, Wiesbaden no.III, Hans Joachim Kissling, Osmanisch-türkische Grammatik 1960 (two copies) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 121

no.VIII, Heinz Gortzfeld, Syrisch-arabische Grammatik (Dialekt von Damaskus) 1965 *Portraits of Linguists: a biographical source book for the history of western linguistics 1746-1963 (ed. Thomas A. Sebeok), Bloomington, Ind. 1967. in Indiana University studies in the history and theory of linguistics (two copies, two volume set) vol.1, From Sir William Jones to Karl Brugmann vol.2, From Eduard Sievers to Benjamin Lee Whorf Portugal’skij jazyk: grammaticheskij ocherk, literaturnye teksty s kommentarijami i slovarem (by E. M. Vol’f and B. A. Nikonov), Moskva 1965. vyp.3, Jazyki mira, serija posobij *Porudominskij, Vladimir, Dal’ , Moskva 1971. vyp.17 (505), Zhizn’ zamechatel’nyx ljudej, serija biografij Posner, Roland, Rational Discourse and Poetic Communication: methods of linguistic, literary and philosophical analysis , The Hague 1982. no.103, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Pos, H. J., De eenheid der syntaxis: overdruk uit wetenschappelijke bijdragen door hoogleeraren der vrije universiteit aangeboden ter gelegenheid van haar vijftigjarig bestaan , Amsterdam 1930 *Pos, H. J., Het onbepaalde in de taal en in de taalkunde: rede uitgesproken op den dies natalis der vrije universiteit, 21 october 1929 , Amsterdam 1929 *Pos, H. J., Impliciete functies in de taal: referaat verdedigd in de veertiende wetenschappelijke samenkomst der Vrije Universiteit op 4 juli 1928 , Assen 1928 *Pos, H. J., Inleiding tot de taalwetenschap , Haarlem 1926. no.36, Volksuniversiteits bibliotheek *Pos, H. J., Keur uit de verspreide geschriften van Dr. H. J. Pos , Assen - Arnhem pt.I, Taalmens en cultuur 1957 pt.II, Beginselen en gestalten 1958 Posebna djela jugoslavenske akademije znanosti i umjetnosti, Zagreb vol.XVII, Tisucugodizhnjoj uspomeni prvoga hrvatskoga kralja Tomislava 1925 Posebna Izdana, Arxeoloshki Institut, Beograd p.i. XLVI, a.i. I, Lazar Mirkovic, Miroslavl’evo evangel’e 1950 Posebna Izdana, Druzhtveni i istoriski spisi, Beograd p.i. CXIV, d.i.i.s. 47, kn.I, Svetosavski zbornik rasprave 5, A. Belic, Ucheshce sv. Save i njegove shkole u stvaranju 1936 Posebna Izdanja, Filosofski i filoloshki spisi, Beograd p.i. XCI, f.i.f.s. 21, A. Belic, O dvojini u slovenskim jezicima 1932 p.i. C, f.i.f.s. 24, Milana Reshetara, Dubrovachki zbornik od rod.1520 1933 p.i.CXXII,f.i.f.s. 32, M. Reshetar and C. Baneli, Dva dubrodachka jezichna spomenika uz XVI. vijeka Posebna Izdanja, Institut za srpski jezik, Beograd p.i. CCXXIII, i.z.s.j. 1, Irena Grickat, O perfektu bez pomocnog glagola u srpskoxrvatskom jeziku i srodnim sintaksichkim pojavama 1954 p.i. CCXXVII, i.z.s.j. 2, Milka Ivic, Znachenja srpskoxrvatskog instrumentala i njixov rasvoj 1954 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 122

Posebna Izdanja, Odeljenje drushtvenix nauka, Beograd p.i. CCCIX, o.d.n. 29, Dejan Medakovic, Grafika srpskix shtampanix knjiga XV-XVVII veka 1958 Posebna Izdanja, Odeljenje literature i jezika, Beograd p.i. CXCII, o.l.i.j. 4, Milan Reshetar, Najstarija Dubrovachka proza 1952 p.i. CCXVII, o.l.i.j. 5, Kiril Taranovski, Ruski dvodelni rinmovi I-II 1953 Posebna Izdanja (srpska kraljevska akademja), Nauke filosofske i filoloshke (filosofski i filoloshki spisi), Beograd p.i. XLII, n.f.i.f. 2, A. Belic, Akcenatske studije , vol.I 1914 p.i. LVIII, n.f.i.f. 16, Duro Danichic, Srpski akcenti 1925 p.i. CXXXIV, n.f.i.f. 35, A. Belic, O jezichkoj prirodi i jezichkom razvitku: lingvistichka ispitivanja 1941 The Positive Hero in Russian Literature (by Rufus W. Mathewson Jr.), Stanford 1975 Poslanija Iosifa Volockogo (podgot. A. A. Zimin and Ja. S. Lur’e), Moskva - Leningrad 1959. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Poslanija Ivana Groznogo (red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc), Moskva - Leningrad 1951. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR Poslovicy russkogo naroda: sbornik V. Dalja , Moskva 1957 Posobie v tablicax dlja uskorennogo obuchenija osnovam grammatiki russkogo jazyka : dlja inostrancev (by I. I. Belavenceva), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Kafedra inostrannyx jazykov Pososhkov, I. T., Kniga o skudosti i bogatstve i drugie sochinenija (red.i komment. B. B. Kafengauz), Moskva 1951. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR *Postal, Paul M. and Jerrold J. Katz, An Integrated Theory of Linguistic Descriptions , Cambridge, Mass. 1964 (1973 prtg.), Research monograph no.26, M. I. T. Press (two copies) *Postal, Paul, Constituent Structure: a study of contemporary models of syntactic description , Bloomington, Ind. 1967. Publication no.30, Research center for the language sciences Postal, Paul M., On Raising: one rule of English grammar and its theoretical implications , Cambridge, Mass. 1974. in Current studies in linguistics Postanak praslovenske glagolske sisteme (by A. Belic), Beograd 1934. no.CLXIV, Glas, drugi razred, 84(1) (two copies) Potebnja, A. A., Iz lekcij po teorii slovesnosti: Basnja. Poslovica. Pogovorka. , Xar’kov 1894 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.150, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Potebnja, A. A., Iz zapisok po russkoj grammatike , Moskva vol.i-II (in one tome) 1958 vol.III, Iz zapisok znachenija i zamenax sushchestvitel’nogo 1968 vol.IV, Glagol. mestoimenie. chislitel’noe. predlog 1941 Potebnja, A. A., Iz zapisok po teorii slovesnosti , Xar’kov 1905 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.128, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Potebnja, A. A., Udarenie (podgotov. V. Ju. Franchuk), Kiev 1973. in AN Ukrainskoj SSR, Ordena trudovogo krasnovo znameni institut jazykovedenija im. A. A. Potebni Potixa, Z. A., Sovremennoe russkoe slovoobrazovanie , Moskva 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 123

*Potresov, A. N. and B. N. Nikolaevskij, eds., Social-demokraticheskoe dvizhenie v Rossii. (Predislovie P. Lepeshinskogo), Vol. I,Moscow-Leningrad 1928 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.57, Russian reprint series *Pottier, Bernard, L’ethnolinguistics , Paris 1970. no.18, Langages Pouillon, Jean and Pierre Maranda (ed.), Echanges et communications: mélanges offerts à Claude Lévi-Strauss à l’occasion de son 60ème anniversaire , The Hague - Paris 1970. two volumes. no.V/1, 2, Studies in general anthropology Pound, Louise, American Euphemisms for Dying, Death and Burial: an anthology , from American Speech, vol.XI, no.3, October 1936, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.75, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and lminguistics *Poutsma, H., Do You Speek English ? engelse woorden en uitdrukkingen , Groningen 1930 *Poutsma, H., A Grammar of Late Modern English: for the use of continental, especially Dutch, students , Groningen part I, The Sentence section I, The Elements of the Sentence 1904 Povest’ o chestnom zhitii carja i velikogo knjazja Fedora Ivanovicha vseja Rusi’ , Moskva 1965 (from 1910 ed.), tom.14, Polnoe sobranie russkix letopisej Povest’ o Dmitrii Basarge i o syne ego borzosmysle (issledovanie i podgotovka tekstov: M. O. Skripil’), Leningrad 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj liteatury (Pushkinskij dom) Povest’ o drakule (issled. i podgot. Ja. S. Lur’e), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Povest’ o prixozhenii Stefana Batorija na grad Pskov (podgot. V. I. Malyshev), Moskva - Leningrad 1952. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Povest’ o skanderbege (izd. podgot. N. N. Rozov, N. A. Chistjakova), Moskva - Leningrad 1957. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR *Povest’ vremennyx let (stat. i kom. D. S. Lixacev, red. V. P. Adrianova-Peretc), Moskva - Leningrad 1950. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR (two copies) chast’ 1, Tekst i perevod (perevod: D. S. Lixacev i B. A. Romanov) chast’ 2, Prilozhenija Povest’ vremennyx let (by A. A. Shaxmatov), Petrograd [reprint The Hague] tom I, Vvodnaja chast’. tekst. primechanija. 1916 [1969], no.98, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Povest’ vremennyx let po lavrentievskomu spisku , Sanktpeterburg 1910. in Izdanie Imperatorskoj arxeograficheskoj kommissii *Povesti i proze: razmyshlenija i razbory (by Viktor Shklovskij), Moskva 1966 (two copies) tom 1, Rasskazyvajushchij, glavnym odrazom, o zapadnoj proze tom 2, V kotorom rasskazyvaetcja o russkoj proze Povesti o kulikovskoj bitve (podgot. M. N. Tixomirov, V. P. Rzhiga, L. A. Dmitriev), Moskva 1959. in Literaturnye pamjatniki, ANSSSR Povesti o nachale Moskvy (podgot. M. A. Salmina), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in ANSSSR, institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Povesti o spore zhizni i smerti (issled. R. P. Dmitrieva), Moskva - Leningrad 1964. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 124

Povest o zhitii Mixaila Klopskogo (pod. got. L. A. Dmitriev), Moskva - Leningrad 1958. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) Powell, J. W., Indian Linguistic Families of American North of Mexico , Lincoln, Nebr. 1971. in same volume: Franz Boas, Introduction to Handbook of American Indian Languages Powers, Doris C., English Formal Satire: Elizabethan to Augustan , The Hague 1971. no.19, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Poznanskie Towarzystwo Przyjaciol Nauk, wydzial filozoficzny, prace komisji filologicznej, Poznan tom XVII, zeszyt 2, M. Rudnicki, Jezykoznawstwo polskie w dobie oswiecenia 1956 tom XVIII, zeszyt 4, Zenon Sobierajski, Polskie teksty gwarowe z ilustracja dzwiekowa IV: lubawskie - ostrodzkie - kaszuby 1964 (two copies) Lingua posnaniensis V, zeszyt dodatkowy, biuletyn fonograficzny 2 1957 Poznan Towarzystwo Przyjaciol Naul, wydzial filologiczno-filozoficzny, prace komisji jezykoznawczej, Poznan tom II, zeszyt 1, Z. Zagorski, Gwary krajny 1964 (two copies) tom XVIII, zeszyt 4, Zenon Sobierajski, Polskie teksty gwarowe , IV 1964 Prace, Bialostockiego towarzystwa naukowego, Warszawa no.18, Teksty gwarowe z bialostocczyzny z kpmentarzem jezykowym 1972 Prace cheskoslovenské akademie ved (red. Josef Kurz, recenzoval prof. Antonin Dostal), Praha sv. 4, Karel Horalek, Uvod do studia slovanskych jazyku 1962 Prace etnologiczne (red. E. Frankowski and J. Gajek), Lublin/Poznan - Krakow no.I, Tadeusz Milewski, Zarys jezykoznawstwa ogolnego czesc I: Teoria jezykoznawstwa 1947 czesc II: Rozmieszczenie jezykow , zeszyt 1, Tekst 1948 no.III, Greckie i lacinskie zrodla do najstarszych dziejow slowian , czesc I, Do VIII wieku (przelozyl i opracowal, Marian Plezia) 1952 Prace Instytutu zachodniego, Poznan no.2, Tadeusz Lehr-Splawinski, O pochodzeniu i praojczyznie slowian 1946 Prace jezykoznawcze, Polska Akad. Nauk, Wroclaw no.4, Witold Doroszewski, Studia fonetyczne z kilku wsi mazowieckich 1955 (two copies) no.5, Stanislaw Skorupka, Studia nad budowa akustyczna samoglosek polskich 1955 no.6, Piotr Golab, Gwara schodni i okolicy 1955 no.9, Jerzy Kurylowicz, L’apophonie en indo-européen 1955 no.12, Andrzej Sieczkowski, Struktura slowotworcza przymiotnikow czeskich i polskich 1957 no.13, Karol Djena, Gwary ukrainskie tarnopolszczyzny 1957 no.14, Adam Heinz, Funkcja egzocentryczna rzeczownika 1957 no.15, Stanislaw Rospond,, Dawnosc mazurzenia w swietle grafiki staropolskiej 1957 no.16, Kazimierz Moszynski, Pierwotny zasiag jezyka praslowianskiego 1957 no.19, Jerzy Kurylowicz, Esquisses linguistiques 1960 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 125

no.26, Maria Jezowa, Dawne slowianskie dialekty meklemburgii w swietle nazw kiejschwychi osbowych , cz.I, foneticka 1962 no.27, Zuzanna Topolinska, Z historii akcentu polskiego od wieku XVI do dzis 1961 (two copies) no.28, Hanna Popowska-Taborska, Centralne zagadnienie wokalizmu kaszubskiego 1961 no.31, Wiktor Jassem, Akcent jezyka polskiego 1962 no.32, Kazimierz Polanski, Morfologia zapozyczen niemieckich w jezyku polabskim 1962 no.38, Irena Bajerowa, Ksztaltowanie sie systemu polskiego jezyka literackiego w XVIII wieku 1964 no.43, Jan Barasa, Terminologia budownictwa wiejskiego w dialektach polskich , cz.I, Dom mieszkalny 1964 no.44, Hanna Popowska-Taborska, Dawne pogranicze jezykowe polsko- dolnoluzyckie (w swietle danych tuponomastycznych) 1965 no.49, Maria Kaminska, Gwary polski centralnej 1968 no.54, Zenon Leszczynski, Studia nad polskimi grupami spolgloskowymi , I 1969 no.60, Elena Deboveanu, Polska gwara gorali bukowinskich w rumunii 1971 no.61, A. A. Zdaniukiewicz, Gwara lopatowszczyzny 1972 no.64, Barbara Klebanowska, Znaczenia lokatywne polskich przyimkow wlasciwych 1971 no.68, Stanislaw Gogolewski, Polska gwara trojjezycznej wsi kaczykl w rumunii 1972 no.69, Irena Styczek, Badania eksperymentalne spirantow polskich s, sh, s ze stanowiska fizjologii i patologii mowyI 1973 no.70, Halina Rybicka-Nowacka, Rzeczowniki zapozyczone z laciny w jezyku polskim XVII wieku (na materiale literatury pamietnikarskiej) 1973 Prace komisji jezykowej akademji umiejetnosci w Krakowie, Krakow no.3, T. Lehr-Splawinski, O praslowianskiej metatonja 1918 no.16, Adam Tomaszewicz, Gwara lopienna i okolicy w polnocnej wielkopolsce 1930 *no.21, J. Kurylowicz, Etudes indoeuropéennes , I 1935 no.25, Stanislaw Rospond, Poludniowo-slowianskie nazwy miejscowe z sufiksem *-itj- 1937 no.26, Lubomir Andrejczin, Kategorie znaczeniwoe koniugacji bulgarskiej 1938 no.29, Witold Taszycki, Slowianskie nazwy miejscowe (ustalenie podzialu) 1946 no.37, J. Kurylowicz, L’accentuation des langues indoeuropéennes 1952 Prace Komisji jezykowej, Etudes Indoeuropéennes, Krakow no.21, Jerzi Kurylowicz, Etudies indoeuropéennes 1935 no.26, Lubomir Andrejczin, Kategorie znaczeniowe koniugacji bulgarskiej 1938 no.37, Jerzi Krylowicz, L’accentuation des langues indoeuropéennes 1952 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 126

Prace Komisji jezykoznawstwa, Polska Akademia Nauk, Krakow no.4, Edward Lotko, Funkcje syntaktyczne bezokolioznika w gwiarach zachodniocieszynskich 1964 no.5, Symbolae linguisticae in honorem Georgii Kurylowicz 1965 no.8, Marian Kucala, Rozxoj iteratiwow dokonanych w jezyku polskim 1966 no.14, Maria Schabowska, Rzeczowniki ilosciowe w jezyku polskim 1967 no.22, Krystyna Pisarkowa, Funkcje skladniowe polskich zaimkow odmiennych 1969 no.26, Zofia Kurzowa, Polskie rzeczowniki meskie na -o na tle slowianskim 1970 no.28, Roman Laskowski, Derywacja rzeczownikow w dialektach laskich , cz.II 1971 (two copies) no.29, Halina Safarewiczowa, Polszczyzna XVIII wieku w podreczniku gramatyki polskiej M. Siemiginowskiego (Kijow 1791) 1971 no.32, Symbolae polonicae in honorem Stanislai Jodlowski 1972 Prace komisji slowianoznawstwa, Polska Akademia Nauk - oddzial w Krakowie, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow no.10, Stanislaw Stachowski, Slownik do gornoluzyckiego katechizmu warychiusza (1597) 1966 no.23, Sesja naukowa miedzynarodowej komisji budowy gramatycznej jezykow slowianskich 1971 Prace mazowieckiego osrodka badan naukowych, Warszawa no.16, Maria Grad-Mucowa, Fleksja rzeczownikow w gwarach mazowza 1970 Prace onomastyczne, komitet jezykoznawsztwa, PAN, Wroclaw - Warszawa - Krakow no.11, Stanislaw Rospond, Slowianskie nazwy miejscowe z sufiksem -’sk- 1969 Prace slovanského ustavu v Praze, Praha no.XVIII Jan Frchek, Zadonshtina: staroruskyè zhalozpev o voji rusu s tataru r. 1380 1948 Prace uchené spolechnosti shafarikovy v Bratislave (poradaji J. Fr. Babor, A. Prazhak, O. Sommer), Praha Vl. Shmilauer, Slovenské stridnice jerové a zmena e, e > a, o , sv.1 1930 (photocopy) Prace Wroclawskiego towarzystwa naukowego, Wroclaw ser.A, no.17, A. Zajaczkowski, Glosy toreckie w zabytkack staropolskich , I, Katechizacja turecka Jana Herbiniusa 1948 ser.A, no.53, Leon Zawadowsi, On the Syntactic Function of the Clauses of Result 1953 ser.A, no.57, Jozef Mayer and Stanislaw Rospond, Z badan nad przeszloscia dialektu slaskiego , II 1956 ser.A, no.58, Stanislaw Rospond, Klazyfikacja strukturalno-gramatyczna slowianskich nazw geograficznych 1957 ser.A, no.59, Stanislaw Bak, Z Badan nad przeszloscia dialektu slaskiego , III, Kesizka roznych ciekawych rzeczy … 1953 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 127

ser.A, no.70, Antoni Furdal, Rozpad jezyka praslowianskiego w swietle rozwoju glosowego 1961 Prace Wydzialu filologiczno-filozoficznego, Turun tom VIII, zeszyt 3, Bibliografia czasopism pomorskich: wojewodztwo bydgoskie (red. Henryka Baranowskiego) 1960 tom XX, zeszyt 2, Aleksandra Krupianka, Formacje czasownikowe z przedrostkiem o-(ob-) w jezyku polskim 1969 Prace z historii literatury polskiej, Krakow no.8, T. Ulewicz, Swiadomosc slowianska Jana Kochanowskiego 1948 Z prac przygotowiawczych, sesji naukowej odrodzenia, Polskiej Akademii Nauk, Wroclaw Wladyslaw Kurasziewicz, Pochodzenie polskiego jezyka literackiego w swietle wynikow dialektologii historycznej 1953 Pragmalinguistics: theory and practice (ed. Jacob L. Mey), The Hague 1979. no.85, Janua Linguarum, series maior, vol.1, Rasmus Rask studies in pragmatic linguistics *A Prague School Reader on Esthetics, Literary Structure and Style (selected and trans. Paul L. Garvin) with appendix: A Critical Bibliography of Prague School Writing on Esthetics, Literary Structure and Style , Washington, D.C. 1955. no.1, publications of the Washington linguistic club Prakticheskoe posobie po sintaksisu russkogo jazyka dlja studentou inostrancev , Moskva 1966 Pratické uchebnice slovanskych jazyku, Praha sv.1, Tadeusz Lehr-Splawinski and Iza Shaunova, Mluvnice jazyka polského 1946 Prameny uchené spolechnosti shafarikovy v Bratislave, Bratislava sv.2, L. Shtur, Das Slawenthum und die Welt der Zukunft 1931 Praninskas, Jean, Trade Name Creation: processes and patterns , The Hague 1968. no.58, Janua Linguarum, series practica Pranjic, Krunoslav, Jezik i knjizhevno djelo: ogledi za lingvostilistichku analizu knijzhevnih tekstova , Zagreb 1968 Praslowianskie nomen agentis (by Maria Wojtyla-Swierzowska), Wroclaw-Warszawa- Krakow-Gadansk 1974. no.30, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Pravda russkaja, Moskva III, Faksimil’noe vosproizvedenie tekstov (red. B. D. Grekov) 1963 Pravidla cheského pravlopisu , Praha 1957. in Ustav pro jazyk chesky, sekce jazyka a literatury, ChAV Pravidla slovenského pravopisu s pravopisnym a gramatickym slovnikom , Bratislava 1953 Pravila russkoj orfografii i punktuacii , Moskva 1956 Preavo va zhizn’ (by Pantelejmon Romanov), Letchworth 1970. no.2, Russian titles for the specialist Pravopis na makedonskiot literaturen jazik so prvopisen rechnik , Skopje 1970. in Institut za makedonski jazyk “krste misirkov” Pravopis srpskoxrvatskoga Knjizhevnoe jezika so pravopisnim rechnikom , Novi Sad - Zagreb 1960 Pravopisen rechnik na balgarskija knizhoven ezik (sost. L. Andrejchin, Vl. Georgiev, Iv. Lekov, St. Stojkov), Sofija 1954 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 128

Prawo , Torun 1961. vol.1, zeszyty naukowe, Uniwersytetu Mikolaja Kopernika Praz, Mario, The Romantic Agony (transl. Angus Davidson)), New York 1956. Meridian MG 5 Prazhak, A., Literarni slovensko: let padesatych azh sedmdesatych , Praha 1932. chislo 4, Knihovna sboru pro vyzkum slovenska a podkarpatské rusi pri slovanském ustavu v Praze Prazhskij lingvisticheskij kruzhok: sbornik statej (redaktor: N. A. Kondrashov), Moskva 1967 Précis de grammaire italienne (by S. Camugli and G. Ulysse), Paris 1967 *Predication: a study of its development (by Carol Wall), The Hague 1974. no.201, Janua Linguarum, series minor Predlozhenie i ego grammaticheskie katigorii (by T. P. Lomtev), Moskva 1972. in Nauchno-metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka PRI MGU Predmet i osnovnye ponjatija struktural’nogo sintaksisa (by E. R. Atajan), Erevan 1968 Prednashky o praktické strance v krestanském nabozhenstvi (vidali: Josef Volf, Milosh B. Volf and Josef Vrashtil) (by Josef Dobrovsky), Praha 1948. sv.XVI, Spisy a projevy Josefa Dobrovského Predosvobozhdenski periodichen pechat (ed. Stojko Stojkov), Sofija n.d. (ca.1937) Prefiksacja imienna w jezykach slowianskich (by Wieslaw Borys), Wroclaw-Warszawa- Krakow-Gdansk 1975. no.32, Monografie slawistyczne, komitet slowianoznawstwa, PAN Pregled gramatike hrvatskosrpskog jezika: za osnovne i druge shkole (by Stjepko Tezhak and Stjepan Babic), Zagreb 1970 Pregled izdanija srpske akademija nauka od 1886-1952 god (sast. Boshko M. Veljkovic), Beograd 19583 Pregled knjizhevnosti, hrvatske i srpske , Zagreb vol.I 1933 The Prehistory of Eastern Europe (by Marija Gimbutas), Cambridge, Mass part I, Mesolithic, Neolithic and Copper Age Cultures in Russia and the Baltic area 1956. Bull.20, American school of prehistoric research (two copies) *The Prehistory of Languages (by Mary R.Haas), The Hague 1969. no.57, Janua Linguarum, sereis minor Preisschriften: gekrönt und herausgegeben von der Fürstlich jablonowski’schen Gesellschaft zu Leipzig, der historisch-nationalökonomischen Section, Leipzig ser.XXVIII, sect. XVIII, M. E. Mucke, Historische und vergleichende Laut- und Formenlehre der niedersorbischen (niederlausitzisch-wendischen) Sprache 1891 *Preliminaries to Speech Analysis: the distinctive features and their correlates (by Roman Jakobson, C. Gummar M. Fant and M. Halle), Cambridge, Mass. 1951 (one copy); 1961 (4th prtg. - two copies); 1969 (paperback - two copies) (total: five copies) Le premier livre d’italien (by S. Camugli and G. Ulysse), Paris 1967 Prentice-Hall Foundations of Modern Linguistics series, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Maurice Gross, Mathematical Models in Linguistics 1972 Prentice-Hall Mathematics series, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Theral O. Moore, Elementary General Topology 1964 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 129

Prentice-Hall Series in Applied Mathematics, Englewood Cliffs, N.J. Ivan Flores, Computer Software 1965 Prentice-Hall Series in Automatic Computation (ed. George Forsythe), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. R. Bauman, M. Feliciano, F. L. Bauer and K. Samelson, Introduction to Algol 1964 Jean E. Sammet, Programming Languages: history and fundamentals 1969 *Prepositional Phrases and Prepositional Verbs: a study in grammatical function (by Torben Vestergaard), The Hague 1977. no.161, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Prepositions in Thucydides (by David Dunn Mulroy). photocopy of 1971 Stanford University dissertation Preradovic, Petar, Izbranie pjesme (uredio: Dragutin Tadijanovic, pogovor napisao: Anton Barac), Zagreb 1956. in Hrvatski pjesnici *Présence et pensée, Paris Maurice Corvez, Les structuralistes 1968 Preshérna, Francéta, Poezije , Ljubljana 1952 Preshernove nemshke poezije (transl. Oton Zhupanchich), Ljubljana 1950. dela 2, Razred za filoloshke in literarne vede, slovenska akademija znanosti in umetnosti Presnjakov, A., Knjazoe pravo v drevnej rusi. ocherki po istorii X-XII stoletii , S.-Peterburg 1909. no.XC, Zapiski istoriko-filologicheskago fakul’teta imperatorskago S.- Peterburgskago universiteta [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XV, Russian reprint series (two copies) Presnjakov, A. E., Lekcii po russkoj istorii , Moskva [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XXV, Russian reprint series (two copies) tom I, Kievskaja rus’ 1938 tom II, vyp.I, Zapadnaja rus’ i litovsko-russkoe gosudarstvo 1939 Presnjakov, A. E., Moskovskoe carstvo , Petrograd 1918 [reprint The Hague 1967], no.XL, Russian reprint series (two copies) Presnjakov, A. E., Obrazovanie velikorusskago gosudarstvo: ocherki po istorii XIII-XV stoletij , Petrograd 1918 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.VIII, Russian reprint series Presupposition (by David E. Coooper), The Hague 1974. no.203, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Preziosi, Donald, Architecture, Language and Meaning: the origins of the built world and its semiotic organization , The Hague 1979. no.49, Approaches to semiotics Pribic, N., Studien zum literarischen Spätbarock in Binnenkratien Adam Aloisius Barichevic , München 1961. vol.58, Südosteuropäischen Arbeiten (with author’s inscription) *Price, Jeffrey Thomas, Language and Being in Wittgenstein’s ‘Philosophical Investigations’ , The Hague 1973. no.178, Janua Linguarum, series minor Prichitanija (vstup. stat. K. V. Chistov), Leningrad 1960. in Biblioteka poèta, bol’shaja serija, sovetskij pisatel’ (two copies) Prideaux, Gray D., The Syntax of Japanese Honorifics , The Hague 1970. no.102, Janua Linguarum, series practica *Prieto, Juis J., Principes de noologie , The Hague 1964. no.35, Janua Linguarum, series minor Prigorody Leningrada [al’bum] , Leningrad 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 130

Prikladnaja lingvistika i mashinnyj perevod (redaktor: L. A. Kaluzhnin), Kiev 1962 (two copies) Prilozi prouchavanjy jezika , Novi Sad. no.3, 1967 *A Primer of Newspaper Chinese (by Yu-Ju Chih), New Haven 1970. no.31, Mirror series B Primeri knjizhevnosti i jezika staroga i srpsko-slovenskoga (compl. Stojan Nonakovic), Beograd 1889 (bound photocopy) *Primitivism (by Michael Bell), London 1972. no.20, The critical idiom series *Prince, Gerald, A Grammar of Stories: an introduction , The Hague 1973. no.13, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor La princess de Clèves: the tension of elegance (by Barbara R. Woshinsky), The Hague 1973. no.72, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica *Princeton Essays in European and Comparative Literature, Princeton, N.J. *Fredric Jameson, The Prison-house of Language: a critical account of structuralism and Russian formalism 1972 *Princeton Mathematical series (ed. Marston Morse and A. W. Tucker), Princeton, N.J. no.11, Solomon Lefschetz, Introduction to TopologyI 1949 *Principes de linguistique théorique de Gustave Guillaume: recueil de textes inédits préparé en collaboration sous la direction de Roch Valin, Québec - Paris 1973 Principles and Methods of Contemporary Structural Linguistics (by Ju. D. Apresjan), The Hague 1973. no.144, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Principles and Methods of Linguostylistics (a course of lectures) (ed. Olga Akhmanova; by Rolandas F. Idzelis, Lydia Natan, A. I. Poltoratsky and Nonna Shmyr’ova), Moskva 1970 Principles of Constructing Linguistic Models (by P. N. Denisov), The Hague 1973. no.91, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Principles of Linguistic Confrontation (by Olga Akhmanova and Dmitrij Melenchuk), Moskow 1977 (with inscription from Akhmanova) The Principles of the International Phonetic Association: being a description of the International Phonetic Alphabet and the manner of using it , London 1949 Principy i metody leksikologii kak sociolingvisticheskoj discipliny (by G. I. Axmanova, I. V. Gjubbenet, R. F. Idzelis, I. E. Krasnova, N. P. Kruglova, V. L. Lapshina, A. N. Marchenko, E. M. Mednikova, E. S. Turkova), Mosvka 1971 Principy i metody semanticheskix issledovanij (otvet. red. V.N. Jarceva), Moskva 1976. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija Principy nauchnogo analiza jazyka (redaktor: T. A. Degterevoj), Moskva 1959 Principy tekstologicheskogo izuchenija fol’klora (otvet. red. B. N. Putilov), Moskva - Leningrad 1966 (two copies) Priruchni slovnik jazyka cheského , Prague 1935 - 1957. eight volumes in nine tomes Priruchni slovnik nemecko-chesky (hlavni redakce: Josef Janko), Prag 1944-1948. four volume set Priselkov, M. D., Istorija russkogo letopisanija XI-XV vv. , Leningrad 1940 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XVII, Russian reprint series Priselkov, M. D., Nestor Letopisec; opyt istoriko-literaturnoj xarakteristiki. , St. Petersburg 1923 [reprint The Hague 1967] no.46, Russian reprint series C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 131

Priselkov, M. D., Ocherki po cerkovno-politicheskoj istorii Kievskoj Rusi X-XII vv. , S.- Peterburg 1913 [reprint The Hague 1966], no.XXIII, Russian reprint series two copies) Priselkov, M. D., Troickaja letopis’: rekonstrukcija teksta , Moskva - Leningrad 1950. in ANSSSR, Institut istorii, Leningradskoe otdelenie *The Prison-house of Language: a critical account of structuralism and Russian formalism (by Frederic Jameson), Princeton, N.J. 1972. in Princeton essays in European and comparative linguistics Prisyazhnyuk, N., H. Makarova and L. Palamar, Speak Ukrainian with us , Kiev book I 1970 book II 1971 book III 1972 *Privé-domein, Amsterdam no.17, Annie Romein-Verschoor, Omzien in verwondering: herinneringen deel I 1970 deel II 1971 Probabilistic Performance Models of Language (by Raoul N. Smith), The Hague 1973. no.150, Janua Linguarum, series minor The Problem of the Aristocratic Origin of Russian Byliny (by Felix J. Oinas), offprint from Slavic Review, Sept. 1971 Problema avtorstva i teorija stilet (by V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva 1961 Problema obshchnosti altajskix jazykov , Leningrad 1971. in ANSSSR, institut jazykoznanija Probleme der Sprachwissenschaft: Beiträge zur Linguistik , The Hague 1971. no.118, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Probleme des höheren Seelenlebens (by Walter Ehrenstein), München - Basel 1965 (two copies) *Problèmes et méthodes de la sémiologie (by J. J. Nattiez, et al.), Paris 1974. no.35, Langages Problemi i principi stilistike (by Milivoj Pavlovic), Beograd 1969 Problemi na aspektual nostta v slavjanskite ezici (by Svetomir Ivanchev), Sofija 1971. in BAN, Institut za balgarski ezik Problems in Applied Educational Sociolinguistics: readings on language and culture problems of United States ethnic groups (ed. Glenn G. Gilbert and Jacob Ornstein), The Hague 1978. no.162, Janua Linguarum, series minor. Problems in Linguistic Metatheory: 1976 conference proceedings , East Lansing, Michigan 1976 Problems in the Construction of a Theory of Natural Language (by Philip Tartaglia), The Hague 1972. no.124, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Problems of Communism , Washington D.C.. vol.VII, no.1 Jan.-Feb. 1958 (with inscription) Problems of Theoretical Phonology (by S. K. Shaumjan), The Hague 1968. no.41, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Problems of Typological and Genetic Linguistics Viewed in a Generative Framework (by Henrik Birnbaum), The Hague 1970. no.106, Janua Linguarum, series minor C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 132

Problemy afrikanskogo jazykoznanija: tipologija, komparativistika, opisanie jazykov (otvet. red. N. V. Oxotina, B. A. Uspenskij), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Problemy dvujazychija i mnogojazychija (otvet. red. P. A. Azimov, Ju. D. Desheriev, F. P. Filin), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Nauchnyj sovet “zakonomernosti razvitija nacional’nyx jazykov v svjazi z razvitiem socialisticheskix nacij”, Institut jazykoznanija, institut russkogo jazyka, institut jazyka i literatury AN Turkmenskoj SSR Problemy frazeologii issledovanija i materialy (redaktor, A. M. Babkin), Moskva - Leningrad 1964 Problemy indoevropejskogo jazykoznanija: etjudy po sravnitel’no-istoricheskoj grammatike indoevropejskie jazykov (red. V. N. Toporov), Moskva 1964 Problemy jazykoznanija: doklady i soobshchenija sovetskix uchenyx na X mezhdunarodom kongresse lingvistov (Buxarest, 28.VIII - 2.IX 1967) , Moskva 1967 Problemy lingvisticheskogo analiza: fonologija grammatika leksikologija (red. E. A. Makaev), Moskva 1966 (three copies) Problemy morfologicheskogo stroja germanskix jazykov (redaktor, V. I. Jarceva), Moskva 1963. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Problemy nemeckogo jazykoznanija i metodiki prepodavanija nemeckogo jazyka (otvet. red. M. V. Raevskij), Tula 1970. vyp.4, Uchenye zapiski fakul’teta inostrannyx jazykov, Tul’skij gosudarstvennyj pedagogicheskij institut im. L. N. Tolstogo Problemy obshchego i chastnogo jazykoznanija (red. T. A. Degterev), Moskva 1960 Problemy slavjanskogo fol’klora (by N. I. Kravcov), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka, nauchnyj sovet po fol’kloru Problemy slavjanskogo jazykoznanija (red. S. B. Bernshtejn, L. E. Kalnyn’ et al.), Moskva 1962. vol.23, Uchenye zapiski instituta slavjanovedenija Problemy sovremennoj lingvistiki (zavedujushchij kafedroj: M. Kubrik; recenzenty, A. V. Isachenko et al.), Praha 1967 Problemy sovremennoj lingvistiki: monografii posvjashchennye IV mezhdunarodnomu s’ezdu slavistov (Praga 1968) (zavedujushchij kafedroj, M. Kubik), Praha 1967 Problemy sovremennoj lingvistiki: sbornik rabot lingvistov filologicheskogo fakul’teta MGU , Moskva 1968 Problemy strukturnoj lingvistiki 1963 (red. S. K. Shaumjan), Moskva 1963 Problemy strukturnoj lingvistiki 1967 (red. S. K. Shaumjan), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Problemy strukturnoj lingvistiki: 1971 (otvet. red. S. K. Shaumjan), Moskva 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Problemy teorii literatury (red. V. R. Shcherbina and N. K. Gej), Moskva 1958 Proceedings of the IVth Congress of International Comparative Literature Association, Fribourg 1964 (red. François Jost), The Hague 1966. two volumes *Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of Linguists (ed. Eva Silvertsen et al.), Oslo 1958 Proceedings of the Eighth International Congress of Onomastic Sciences (ed. D. P. Blok), The Hague 1966. no.XVII, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Proceedings of the Eleventh Internationa Congress of Linguists (Bologna - Florence Aug.28- Sept. 2, 1972) (ed. Luigi Heilmann). C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 133

schedule of speakers for Congress table of contents Proceedings of the Fifth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences: Münster 16-22 August 1964 (ed. Eberhard Zwirner and Wolfgang Bethge), Basel - New York 1965 Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences: Helsinki 1961 (ed. Antti Sovijäru and Pentti Aalto), The Hague 1962. vol.X, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Proceedings of the Ninth International Congress of Linguists, Cambridge, Mass. August 27 - 31, 1962 (ed. Horace G. Lunt), The Hague 1964 Proceedings of the Second ICA Congress: Sound and Man (ed. R. B. Lindsay), New York 1957 (two copies) Proceedings of Symposia in Applied Mathematics, Providence vol.XII, Structure of Language and its Mathematical Aspects *Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Linguists, London 1 - 6 September 1952 (ed. F. Norman and P. F. Ganz), London 1956. parts I & II Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. University of Montreal and McGill University 22 - 28 August 1971 (ed. André Rigault and René Charbonneau), The Hague 1972. no.57, Janau Linguarum, series maior Proceedings of the Third International Congress of Phonetic Sciences, Ghent 1938 (ed. E. Blancquaert and Willem Pée), Ghent 1939 Processy formirovanija leksiki russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (ot Kantemira do Karamzina) (red. Ju. S. Sorokin), Moskva - Leningrad 1966 (three copies) *Procopius din Caesarea, Istoria secreta (ed. H. Mihaescu), Bucuresti 1972. no.VIII, Scriptores byzantini Proctor, Thelwall, Dostoevskij and the Belinskij School of Literary Criticism , The Hague 1969. no.64, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (with author’s inscription) Prodolzhenie drevnej rossijskoj vivliofiki , Sanktpeterburg [reprint The Hague] chast I, Soderzhashchaja pravdu ruskuju i sudebnik carja i velikago kniazja Ivana Vasil’evicha 1786 [1970], no.251/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast II, Novgorodskoj letopisec 1786 [1970], no.251/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast III 1788 [1970], no.251/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast IV 1788 [1970], no.251/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast V 1789 [1970], no.251/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast VII 1791 [1970], no.251/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast VIII 1793 [1970], no.251/8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast IX 1793 [1970], no.251/9, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast X 1795 [1970], no.251/10, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings chast XI 1801 [1970], no.251/11, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Proffer, Carl R. (ed. and transl.), The Critical Prose of Alexander Pushkin: with critical essays by four Russian romantic poets , Bloomington - London 1969 Proffer, Carl R., The Simile and Gogol’s Dead Souls , The Hague 1967. no.LXII, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Programma van het zes en twintigste nederlands filologencongres te Groningen op woensdag 20, donderdag 21 en vrijdag 22 april 1960 , Groningen 1960 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 134

*Programming Business Computers (by Daniel D. McCracken, Harold Weiss and Tsai-Hwa Lee), New York 1966 Programming Languages: history and fundamentals (by Jean E. Sammet), Englewood Cliffs, N.J. 1969. in Prentice-Hall series in automatic computation Progress in Linguistics (ed. Manfred Bierwisch and Karl Erich Heidolph), The Hague 1970. no.43, Janua Linguarum, series maior *Progress into the Past: the rediscovery of Mycenaean civilization (by William A. McDonald), Bloomington, Ind. 1969 Progressivnoe assimiljatvnoe smjagchenie zadnenebnyx soglasnyx v russkix govorax (by L. L. Kasatkin), Moskva 1968. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka (two copies) Proisxozhdenie russkogo, ukrainskogo i belorusskogo jazykov: istorika-dialektologicheskij ocherk (by F. P. Filin), Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Prokopovich, E. N., Stilistika chastej rechi (glagol’nye slovoformy) , Moskva 1969. in Voprosy sovetskogo jazykoznanija Prokopovich, Feofan, Sochinenija (red. E. P. Eremin), Moskva - Leningrad 1961 Prokopovich, N. N., Slovosochetanie v sovremennom russkom literaturnom jazyke , Moskva 1966 (two copies) Prolégomènes à l’étude des structures intonatives (by Pierre R. Léon and Philippe Martin), Montréal - Paris 1970. no.2, Studia phonetica Pronina, I. V., Izychenie trudnyx slov s primeneniem etimologicheskogo analiza , Moskva 1964 *Proost, K. F., De ontwikkeling der literatuur in Sowetrusland , Arnhem 1935. no.3/4, serie V, Religieus-socialistische vragen Propp, V; Ja., Istoricheskie korni volshebnoj skazki , Leningrad 1946 *Propp, V.Ja., Morfologija skazki , Moskva 1969 (2nd ed.). in Issledovanija po fol’kloru i mifologii vostoka (three copies) Propp, V., Morphology of the Folktale (first ed. transl. by Laurence Scott with an introd. by Svatava Pirkova-Jakobson; second edition: rev. and ed. with a preface by Louis A. Wagner, new introd. by Alau Dundas), Austin - London 1968. vol.9, (rev. ed.), Publications of the American folklore society, inc., bibliographical and special series, and vol.10, Indiana University reserarch center in anthropology, folklore and linguistics Propp, V., Morphology of the Folktale , Baltimore, Md. 1958. in IJAL, vol.24, no.4, pt.III October 1958 Propp, V. Ja., Russikij geroicheskij epos , Leningrad 1955 De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series didactica, The Hague 1, Kathleen M. Swaim, A Reading of Gulliver’s Travels 1972 2, David Shelley Berkeley, Inwrought with Figures Dim: a reading of Milton’s ‘Lycidas’ 1974 3, Sol Gittleman, Sholom Aleichem : a non-critical introduction 1974 De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series maior, The Hague 1, Marcus B. Hester, The Meaning of Poetic Metaphor 1967 2, Rodney Delasanta, The Epic Voice 1969 3, Bennison Gray, Style: the problem and its solution 1969 5, Raimund Belgardt, Romantische Poesie: Begriff und Bedeutung bei Friedrich Schlegel 1969 6, Richard J. Sexton, The Complex of Yvor Winters’ Criticism 1973 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 135

7, Theodore E. B. Wood, The Word ‘sublime’ and its Context, 1650-1760 1972 8, Ewa M. Thompson, Russian Formalism and Anglo-American New Criticism 1971 9, David G. Hale, The Body Politic: a political metaphor in Renaissance English literature 1971 10, Ernest A. Gallo, The Poetria Nova and its Sources in Early Rhetorical Doctrine 1971 11, David M. Miller, The Net of Hephaestus 1971 12, William W. Ryding, Structure in Medieval Narrative 1971 13, Marvel Shmiefsky, Sense at War with Soul: English poetics (1865-1900) 1972 14, Burton Raffel, The Forked Tongue: a study of the translation process 1971 15, Paul M. Levitt, A Structural Approach to the Analysis of Drama 1971 16, Michio P. Hagiwara, French Epic Poetry in the Sixteenth Century: theory and practica 1972 17, John T. Braun, The Apostrophic Gesture 1971 18, Eva H. Guggenheimer, Rhyme Effects and Rhyming Figures 1972 19, Forrest L. Ingram, Representative Short Story Cycles of the 20th century 1971 20, Frances K. Barasch, The Grotesque: a study in meanings 1971 21, James D. Boulger, The Calvinist Temper in English Poetry 1980 22, James W. Nichols, Insinuation: the tactics of English satire 1971 23, Oscar G. Brockett (ed.), Studies in Theatre and Drama 1972 24, Vahan D. Barooshian, Russian Cubo-Futurism 1910-1930 1974 25, Firchow, et al. (ed.), Deutung und Bedeutung: studies in German and comparative literature presented to Karl-Werner Maurer 1973 26, Raymond Benoit, Single Nature’s Double Name: the collectedness of the conflicting in British and American romaniticism 1973 28, Joseph A. Galdon, Typology and Seventeenth-century Literature 1975 30, I. A. Richards, Poetries, their media and ends 1974 35, Vladimir R. Rossman, Perspectives of Irony in Medieval French Literature 1975 36, Bennison Gray, The Phenomenon of Literature 1975 De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series minor, The Hague 4, Donald Lo Cicero, Novellentheorie: the practicality of the theoretical 1970 5, Theodore E. Uehling, Jr., The Notion of Form in Kant’s Critique of Aesthetic Judgment 1971 6, Rosmarie Waldrop, Against Language ? ‘dissatisfaction with language’ as theme and as impulse towards experiments in 20th c. poetry 1971 7, Warren A. Shibles, Analysis of Metaphor in the Light of W. M. Urban’s Theories 1971 8, Cornel Lengyel, The Creative Self 1971 9, Frederic Will , The Knife in the Stone 1973 10, Judith Leibowitz, Narrative Purpose in the Novella 1974 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 136

11, Trevor Eaton, Theoretical Semics 1972 12, Robert Champigny, Ontology of the Narrative 1972 13, Gerald Prince, A Grammar of Stories 1973 14, Daniel O’Connell, The Opposition Critics 1974 15, Roland A. Champagne, Beyond the Structuralist Myth of Ecriture 1977 16, John Woods, The Logic of Fiction 1974 17, Prospero Seiz, Personae and Poiesis 1976 20, Dennis Rasmussen, Poetry and Truth 1974 23, Mircea Marghescou, Le concept de liittérarité 1974 De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica, The Hague 5, Marjorie Perloff, Rhyme and Meaning in the Poetry of Yeats 1970 6, Marian H. Cusac, Narrative Structure in the Novels of Sir Walter Scott 1969 7, Robert P. Newton, Form in the Menschheitsdämmerung 1971 8, W. Victor Wortley, Tallement des Réaux 1969 9, Donald R. Swanson, Three Conquerors: character and method in the mature works of George Meredith 1969 10, Irwin Gopnik, A Theory of Style and Richardson’s Clarissa 1970 11, Raymond Adolph Prier, Archaic Logic 1976 12, Sylvia D. Feldman, The Morality-patterned Comedy of the Renaissance 1970 14, Dean Ebner, Autobiography in Seventeenth-century England: theology and the self 1971 16, Peggy Ann Knapp, The Style of John Wyclif’s English Sermons 1977 17, Meredith B. Raymond, Swinburne’s Poetics: theory and practice 1971 18, Philip E. Blank, Jr., Lyric Forms in the Sonnet Sequences of Barnabe Barnes 1974 19, Doris C. Powers, English Formal Satire 1971 21, Henry Wood, The Histories of Herodotus 1972 22, James E. Magner, Jr., John Crowe Ransom 1971 23, Elisabeth Th. M. van de Laar, The Inner Structure of Wuthering Heights: a study of an imaginative field 1969 24, Bernard L. Einbond, Samuel Johnson’s Allegory 1970 25, Susan W. Tiefenbrun, A Structural Stylistic Analysis of La Princesse de Clèves 1976 26, Worth T. Harder, A Certain Order: the development of Herbert Read’s theory of poetry 1971 29, Sammy K. McLean, The Bänkelsang and the Work of Bertolt Brecht 1972 30, Kenneth Inniss, D. H. Lawrence’s Bestiary 1971 32, Emery Edward George, Hölderlin’s ‘Ars Poetica’ 1971 33, H. Grant Sampson, The Anglican Tradition in Eighteenth-Century Verse 1971 34, R. E. Blake, The Essays De méditions poétiques of frère Zacharie de Vitré 1972 *35, R. Jakobson and L. G. Jones, Shakespeare’s Verbal Art in "Th’expence of Spirit" 1970 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 137

36, Edwin B. Silverman, Poetic Synthesis in Shelly’s Adonais 1972 37, Edward M. Palumbo, The Literary Use of Formulas in Guthlac II and their Relation to Felix’s Vita Sancti Guthlaci 1977 39, Thomas R. Rees, The Technique of T. S. Eliot 1974 40, Alvin Eustis, Molière as Ironic Contemplator 1973 41, Robert Champigny, Humanism and Human Racism 1972 42, Samuel A. Eisenstein, Boarding the Ship of Death 1974 43, H. Kopman, Rencontres with the Inanimate in Proust’s Recherche 1971 44, Thomas A. Sebeok, Structure and Texture 1974 45, Gerd Hillen, Andreas Gryphius’ Cardenio und Celinde 1971 47, Ralph W. Ewton, Jr., The Literary Theories of Augush Wilhelm Schlegel 1972 48, John Emerson Todd, Emily Dickinson’s Use of the Persona 1973 50, Allan A. Metcalf, Poetic Diction of the Old English Masters of Boethius 1973 51, Sister Mary Arthur Knowlton, The Influence of Richard Rolle and of Julian of Norwich on the Middle English Lyrics 1973 52, H. M. Richmond, Renaissance Landscapes: English lyrics in a European tradition 1973 54, Morton M. Celler, Griaudoux et la métaphore: une étude des images dans ses romans 1974 55, Richard M. Fletcher, The Stylistic Development of Edgar Allan Poe 1973 57, Thomas Allen Nelson, Shakespeare’s Comic Theory 1972 59, John Raymond Dugan, Illusion and Reality 1973 60, Lolette Kuby, An Uncommon Poet for the Common Man 1974 61, Gordon W. Couchman, This Our Caesar: a study of Bernard Shaw’s Caesar and Cleopatra 1973 63, Hans-Joachim Schulz, This Hell of Stories: a hegelian approach to the novels of Samuel Beckett 1973 64, Robert H. Deming, Ceremony and Art: Robert Herrick’s poetry 1974 69, William Leigh Godshalk, Patterning in Shakespearean Drama: essays in criticism 1973 *70, Roman Jakobson and D. Svjatopolk-Mirsky, Smert’ Vladimira Majakovskogo 1975 71, Nicholas Kostis, The Exorcism of Sex and Death in Julien Green’s Novels 1973 72, Barbara R. Woshinsky, La Princesse de Clèves: the tension of elegance 1973 74, Philip G. Buehler, The Middle English Genesis and Exodus 1974 75, Winston R. Hewitt, Through Those Living Pillars: man and nature in the works of Emile Zola 1974 78, Joan M. Ferrante, The Conflict of Love and Honor: the medieval Tristan legend in France, Germany and Italy 1973 81, Virginia M. Meehan, Christopher Marlowe, Pet and Playwright 1974 82, Clive Wake, The Novels of Pierre Loti 1974 83, Louisa E. Jones, Poetic Fantasy and Fiction: the short stories of Jules C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 138

Supervielle 1973 84, Harriet Blodgett, Patterns of Reality: Elizabeth Bowen’s novels 1975 86, Georges Ferdinandy, L’oeuvre hispanoaméricaine de Zsigmond Remenyik 1975 88, Robert F. Wilson, Jr., Their Form Confounded: studies in the burlesque play from Udall to Sheridan 1975 89, David J. Parent, Werner Bergenstein’s Das Buch Rodenstein 1974 90, G. F. Waller, The Strong Necessity of Time 1976 91, Richard Hamilton, Epinikion: general form in the odes of Pindar 1974 92, Mark Taylor, The Soul in Paraphrase 1974 93, Evelyn Birge Vitz, The Crossroad of Intentions: a study of symbolic expression in the poetry of François Villon 1974 96, Hannah C. Copeland, Art and the Artist in the Works of Samuel Beckett 1975 97, Burf Kay, The Theatre of Jean Mairet: the metamorphosis of sensuality 1975 98, Richard Tuerk, Central Still: circle and sphere in Thoreau’s prose 1975 99, Agnes V. Persson, Comic Character in Restoration Drama 1975 101, Esther Hudgins, Nicht-episode Strukturen des romanischen Romans 1975 108, L. J. Dessner, The Homely Web of Truth 1975 109, William Beauchamp, The Style of Nerval's "Aurélia" 1976 112, Ray M. Wakefield, Nibelungen Prosody 1976 114, Grant Crichfield, Three Novels of Madame de Duras: Ourika, Edouard, Olivier 1975 116, Roman Jakobson, Pushkin and his Sculptural Myth 1975 The Prosody of Speech (ed. Olga Akhmanova), Moskva 1973 *Prosushchestvuet li sovetskij sojuz do 1984 goda ? (by Andrej Amal’rik), Amsterdam 1969 Prosvirkina, S. K., Russkaja derevjannaja posuda , Moskva 1955. vol.XVI, Pamjatniki kul’tury Protchenko, I. F. and Ju. D. Desheriev, Razvitie jazykov narodov SSSR v sovetskuju èpoxu , Moskva 1968 [Proust] Rencontres with the Inanimate in Proust’s Recherche (by H. Kopman), The Hague 1971. no.43, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Les proverbes érotiques russes: études de proverbes recueillis et non-publiés par Dal’ et Simoni (by Claude Carey), The Hague 1972. no.88, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings O proze: sbornik statej (by B. Ejxenbaum), Leningrad 1969 *Prozezinski, Viktor, Einleitung in die Sprachwissenschaft , Leipzig - Berlin 1910 Prozhezinskij, V., Elementy jazykovedénija i istorii russkago jazyka , Moskva 1910 Prozig, V., Chlenenie indoevropejskoj jazykovoj oblazti , Moskva 1964 Prucha, Jan, Information Sources in Psycholinguistics: an interdisciplinary bibliographical handbook , The Hague 1972. no.158, Janua Linguarum, series minor Prucha, Jan, Soviet Psycholinguistics , The Hague 1972. no.143, Janua Linguarum, series minor C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 139

Prugavin, A. S., Monastyrskija tjur’my v bor’be s sektantstvom , S.-Peterburg 1904 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.151, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Prusu kalbos paminklai (sost. Mazhjulic), Mintis - Vilnius 1966 (two copies) Prutkov, Koz’ma, Izbrannye sochinenija (vstup. stat. V. Desnickij), Leningrad 1953. in Biblioteka poèta, malaja serija Prutkov, Koz’ma, Polnoe sobranie sochinenij , Esthonie vol.2 1937 Prutkov, Koz’ma, Sochinenija , Moskva 1955 [Prutkov, Koz’ma] Koz’ma Prutkov: the art of parody (by Barbara Heldt Monter), The Hague 1972. no.211, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Przheval’skij, N. M., Velikij russkij geograf i puteshestvennik N. M. Przheval’skij (by E. M. Murzaev), Moskva 1950. in Vsesojuznoe sbshchestvo po rasprostraneniju politicheskix i nauchnyx znanij *Psaltes, Stamatios B., Grammatik der Byzantinischen Chroniken , Göttingen 1913. Heft 2, Forschungen zur griechischen und lateinischen Grammatik *Psellos, Michel, Chronographie ou histoire d’un siècle de byzance (976-1077) , Paris tome I (texte établi et trad.: Emile Renauld) 1926 Psixolingvisticheskie edinicy i porozhdenie rechevogo vyskazyvanija (by A. A. Leont’ev), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut jazykoznanija Psixologicheskie mexanizmy usvoenija grammatiki rodnogo i inostrannogo jazykov (by A. N. Zhdan and M. M. Goxlerner), Moskva 1972 Psixologija grammatiki (red. A. A. Leont’ev and T. V. Rjabova), Moskva 1968. in Moskovskij gosudarstvennyj universitet, nauchno-metodicheskij centr russkogo jazyka, sektor psixologii i metodiki obuchenija *Pskov: spravochnik dlja turistov , Leningrad 1965 Pskovskij oblastnoj slovar’ s istoricheskimi dannymi (red. B. A. Lapin, A. D. Gerd, et al.), Leningrad vyp.1 1969 vyp.3, v - vzjat’sja 1976 Psycholinguistics: a survey of theory and research problems , Baltimore, Md. 1954. Supplement to vol.49, no.4, pt.2, The Journal of abnormal and social psychology A Psycholinguistic Study of Phonological Interference (by Eugène Brière), The Hague 1968. no.66, Janua Linguarum, series minor *Psycholinguistik (by Johannes Engelkamp), München 1974. Uni-taschenbücher 297 (with author’s inscription) *Psycholinguistique et grammaire générative (by Jacques Mehler), Paris 1969. no.16, Langages Psychologische Monografieën (red. Th. G. G. Bezembinder, J. C. J. Duijker, W. J. M.Levelt, J. A. Michon, H. R. Wijngaarden) Deventer W. J. M. Levelt, Formele grammatica’s in linguïstiek en taalpsychologie deel II 1973 deel III 1973 Pubblicazioni dell’ “Instituta per l’Europa Orientale”, prima series: letteratura-arte-filosofia, Roma XIV(3), Ettore Lo Gatto, Storia della letteratura russa , vol.3(1) 1929 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 140

Pubblicazioni dell’ instituto per l’Europa orientale’ Roma, sezione baltica, Roma IV, Studi Baltici (a cura di Giacomo Devoto), volume quarto (1934-1935) 1935-38 *Pubblicazioni dell’ instituto per l’oriente, Roma Ettore Rossi, Grammatica di persiano moderno 1947 Publications de la faculté des lettres de l’université de Strasbourg, Paris fasc. 70, D. Strémooukhoff, La poésie et l’idéologie de Tiouttchev 1937 *Publications de l’institut de civilisation indienne, Paris N. Stchoupak, L. Nitti and L. Renou, Dictionnaire sanskrit - français 1932 Nadine Stchoupak, Chrestomathie sanskrite 1948 Publications de l’institut slave d’Upsal, Upsal IV, A. Ringheim, Eine altserbische Trojasage 1951 Publications of the American Folklore Society, Inc., Bibliographical and Special Series, Austin - London vol.9, V. Propp, Morphology of the Folklore (rev. ed.) 1968 Publications of the Linguistic of New York, New York vol.1, Uriel Weinreich, Languages in Contact: findings and problems 1953 vol.3, Uriel Weinreich, The Field of Yiddish 1954 Publications of the Oriental Institute of Al-Hikma University, Linguistic series, Beirut - Chicago no.1, R. J. McCarthy and Faraj Raffouli, Spoken Arabic of Baghdad part I, Grammar and Exercises 1969 (three copies) no.2 part II-A, Anthology of texts 1969 (three copies) Publications romanes et françaises (ed. Jean Frappier), Genève XXVII, R.-L. Wagner, Introduction à la linguistique française 1965 Publikace slezského studijniho ustavu v opave, Osrava svazek 23, Milan Romportl, Wvukova stranka souvisllé rechi v narechich na teshinsku: foneticka studie 1958 (two copies) Publikacii otdelenija strukturnoj i prikladnoj lingvistiki (red. V. A. Zvegincev), serija monografij, Moskva vyp.3, Semanticheskie i fonologicheskie problemy prikladnoj lingvistiki: sbornik stati 1968 vyp.5, Z. M. Murygina, Semanticheskaja struktura sprjagaemyx form russkogo glagola 1970 vyp.6, V. V. Raskin, K teorii jazykovyx podsistem 1971 vyp.8, 200 Zadach po jazykovedeniju i matematike 1972 Publikacija odnogo pamjatniki, Leningrad 2, Licevaja rukopis’ uspenskogo sobora 1968 Publikachni chinnost pracovniku ustavu pro jazyk chesky ChSAV za léta 1963-1967 bibliograficky soupis (zpracovala Milena Tylova), Praha 1968 Pudic, Ivan, Gotski jezik i istorijska gramatika , Beograd 1971 *Puech, Aimé, Histoire de la littérature grecque chrétienne: depuis les origines jusqu’à la fin du IVe siècle , Paris. in Collection d’études anciennes tom I, Le nouveau testament 1928 tom III, Le IVe siècle 1930 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 141

Puech, Henri-Charles et André Vaillant, Le traité contre les bogomiles de Cosmas le prêtre , Paris 1945. no.XXI, Travaux publiés par l’Institut d’études slaves Puhvel, Jaan, Laryngeals and the Indo-european verb , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1960. no.21, University of California publications in linguistics Puhvel, Jaan (ed.), Substance and Structure of Languge: lectures delivered before the Linguistic Institute of the LSA, UCLA June 17 - August 12, 1966 , Berkeley - Los Angeles 1969 Pulgram, Ernst, Introduction to the Spectrography of Speech , ‘s-Gravenhage 1959. no.VII, Janua Linguarum, series minor Pulgram, Ernst, Phoneme and Grapheme: a parallel , from Word, vol.7, no.1, April 1951, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.76, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics Pulgram, Ernst, Syllable, Word, Nexus, Cursus , The Hague 1970. no.81, Janua Linguarum, series minor Pumpjanskij, L. M., in Na chuzhkoj storone , volume I, Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1968], no.131/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Purin, V. R. and A. A. Bred, Latvija , Moskva 1968. in Sovetskij sojuz *Puscariu, Sextil, Die rumänische Sprache (aus dem Rumänischen übersetzt und bearbeitet von Heinrich Kuen) : ihr Wesen u. ihre volkliche Prägung , Leipzig 1943. Band I, Rumänische Bibliothek Pushkin (by D. S. Mirski; introd. George Siegel), New York 1963. Dutton D129 *[Pushkin, A. S.] Pushkin (by B. Tomashevskij), Moskva - Leningrad. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury kniga 1, 1813-1824 1956 kniga 2, Materialy k monografii (1824-1837) 1961 [Pushkin, A. S.] Pushkin: sovremennye problemy istoriko-literaturnogo izuchenija (by B. Tomashevskij), Leningrad 1925 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.134, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings [Pushkin, A. S.] Bajron i Pushkin: iz istorii romanticheskoj poèmy (by V. Zhirmunskij), Leningrad 1924 [reprint The Hague 1970], no.138, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) [Pushkin, A. S.] The Critical Prose of Alexander Pushkin: with critical essays by four Russian romantic poets (ed. and transl. Carl R. Proffer), Bloomington - London 1969 [Pushkin, A. S.] Eighteenth-Century Neoclassical French Influences on E. A. Baratnysky and Pushkin (by Glynn R. Barratt), reprint frim Comparative literature studies, vol.6, no.4 *Pushkin, Alexander, Eugene Onegin: a novel in verse (transl. Walter Arndt), New York 1963. Dutton D132 (two copies) Pushkin, Aleander Sergeevich, Evgennij Onegin: a novel in verse (ed. Dmitry Chizhevsky), Cambridge, Mass. 1953 [Pushkin, A. S.] Evgenij Onegin: roman A. S. Pushkina (by N. L. Brodskij), Moskva 1950 Pushkin, issledovanija i materialy (red. M. P. Alekseev), Moskva - Leningrad *vol.I 1956 (with editor’s inscription) vol.VI, Realizm Pushkina i literatura ego vremeni 1969 C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 142

*[Pushkin, A. S.] Jazyk Pushkina: Pushkin i istorija russkogo literaturnogo jazyka (by V. V. Vinogradov), Moskva - Leningrad 1935. photocopy entire book [Pushkin, A. S.] Novo-najdennyj avtograf Pushkina: zametki na rukopisi knigi P. A. Vjazemskogo “Biograficheskie i literaturnye zapiski o Denise Ivanoviche Fonvizine” (podgot. teksta, stat’ja i kommentarii: V. E. Vacuro and M. I. Gillel’sona), Moskva - Leningrad 1968. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka (Pushkinskaja komissija) [Pushkin, A. S.] Ocherki po poètike Pushkina , Berlin 1923 [reprint The Hague 1969], no.180, Slavistic Printngs and Reprintings in one volume: B. Tomashevskij, Pjatistopnyj jamb Pushkina Bogatyrev, “Gusar” V. Shklovskij, Evgenij Onegin (Pushkin i Stern) 81 diagramm i chertezhej k rabote B. Tomashevskogo Pushkin, A. S., Polnoe sobranie sochinenie , Moskva tom 1, Licejskie stixotvorenija 1937 tom 2, Stixotvorenija 1817-1825: licejskie stixotvorenija v pozdnejshix redakcijax part 1 1947 part 2 1949 tom 3, pt.1, Stixotvorenija 1826-1836; skazki 1948 tom 4, Poèmy 1817-1824 1937 tom 5, Poèmy 1825-1833 1948 tom 6, Evgenij Onegin 1937 tom 7, Dramaticheskie proizvedenija 1948 tom 8, Romany i povesti puteshestvija part 1 1948 part 2 1940 tom 9, Istorija pugacheva part 1 1938 part 2 1940 tom 10, Istorija petra, zapiski moro-de-Braze zametki o kamchatke 1938 tom 12, Kritika avtobiografija 1949 tom 13, Perepiska 1815-1827 1937 tom 14, Perepiska 1827-1831 1941 tom 15, Peripiska 1832-1834 1948 tom 16, Perepiska 1835-1837 1949 spravochnyj tom, Dopolnenija i ispravlenija: ukazateli 1959 [Pushkin, A. S.] Poèticheskaja frazeologija Pushkina (otvet. red. V. D. Levin), Moskva 1969. in ANSSSR, Institut russkogo jazyka Pushkin, A., Polnoe sobranie sochinenij (obshch. red., primechanija i vstupitel’nye stat’i: D. D. Blagogo and S. M. Petrova), Moskva 1954… nine volumes *Pushkin and His Sculptural Myth (by Roman Jakobson; transl. and ed. John Burbank), The Hague 1975. no.116, De Proprietatibus Litterarum, series practica Pushkin i ego sovremenniki materialy i izsledovanija (napech. N. Dubrovich), S.-Peterburg [reprint The Hague] vyp.I-III 1903-1905 [1969], no.123/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.IV-VI 1906-1908 [1970], no.123/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 143

vyp.VII-X 1908-1910 [1970], no.123/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XI-XIII 1909-1910 [1970], no.123/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XIV-XVI,1911-1913 [1970], no.123/5, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XVII-XX, 1913-1914 [1970], no.123/6, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XXI-XXII 1915 [1970], no.123/7, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XXIII-XXV 1916 [1970], no.123/8, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) vyp.XXVI-XXVII 1916 [1970], no.123/9, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XXVIII-XXXII 1917 [1970], no.123/10, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings vyp.XXXIII-XXXV 1922 [1970], no.123/11, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings (two copies) [Pushkin, A. S.] Pushkin i francija (by B. V. Tomashevskij), Leningrad 1960 [Pushkin, A. S.] Pushkin v zhizni (by V. Veresaev), Moskva 1936 [reprint The Hague 1969]. two volumes., no.157/1 & 2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pushkin, A. S., Sochinenija (jubilejnoe izdanie Puskinskago komiteta) (red. M. L. Gofman), Berlin 1937 [Pushkin, A. S.] Smutniki Pushkina (by V. Veresaev), Moskva 1937 [reprint The Hague 1970] Pushkin: sravnitel’no-istoricheskie issledovanija (by M. P. Alekseev), Leningrad 1972. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) [Pushkin, A. S.] Stixotvorenie Pushkina “Ja pamjatnik sebe vozdvig…”: problemy ego izuchenija (by M. P. Alekseev), Leningrad 1967. in ANSSSR, Otdelenie literatury i jazyka Pushkinskaja komissija Pushkin Threefold: narrative, lyric, polemic and ribald verse (transl. Walter Arndt), New York 1970 Pushkin: vremennik Pushkinskoj komissii (red. Ju. G. Oksman, D. P. Jakubovich, et al.), Moskva - Leningrad. in ANSSSR, Institut literatury [reprint The Hague] tom 1 1936 [1970], no.235/1, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 2 1936 [1970], no.235/2, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 3 1937 [1970], no.235/3, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings tom 4 - 5 1939 [1970], no.235/4, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Puteshestvija russkix poslov XVI-XVII vv.: statjnye spiski (ot. red. D. S. Lixacev), Moskva - Leningrad 1954. in Literaturny pamjatniki, ANSSSR Putilov, B. N., Russkoj istoriko-pesennyj fol’klor XIII-XVI vekov , Moskva - Leningrad 1960. in ANSSSR, Institut russkoj literatury (Pushkinskij dom) *Putnam, Hilary, Philosophy of Logic , New York 1971. in Harper essays in philosophy Pyles, Thomas, Bible Belt Onomastics or Some Curiosities of Anti-Pedobaptist Nomenclature , from Names, vol.VII, no.2, June 1959, reprint Indianapolis n.d. no.77, Bobbs-Merrill reprint series in language and linguistics C. H. van Schooneveld library p. 144

*Pyne, Jane, Interpolation Routines , Washington 1959. Georgetown University occasional papers on machine translation, no.9, general analysis technique Russian - English research reports, GAL, pt.VIII Pynsent, Robert B., Julius Zeyer: the path to decadence , The Hague 1973. no.290, Slavistic Printings and Reprintings Pypin, A. N., Istorija russkoj literatury , S.-Peterburg tom I, Drevnjaja pis’mennost’ 1902 tom II, Drevnjaja pis’mennost’. vremena moskovskago carstva. kanun preobrazovanij 1902 tom III, Sud’by narodnoj poèzii. epoxa preobrazovanij petra velikago. ustanovlenie novoj literatury. Lomonosov. 1902 tom IV, Vremena imp. Ekateriny II. devjatnoatyj vek. Pushkin i Gogol’. utverzhdenie nacional’nago znachenija literatury 1903